Great American Life Insurance S-1 IPO registration

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2022

Registration No. 333-                    

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Great American Life Insurance Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ohio	6311	13-1935920
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

301 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

(513) 357-3300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

John P. Gruber

Great American Life Insurance Company

301 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

(513) 357-3300

(Name and Address of Agent of Service)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☐
		Emerging growth company	☐

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Administrative Office: P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati OH 45201-5423

Street Address: 301 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati OH 45202

Policy Administration: 1-800-789-6771

INDEX FRONTIER^® 7 PRO ANNUITY

PROSPECTUS Dated May 1, 2022

The Index Frontier^® 7 Pro annuity is an Individual Index-linked Modified Single Premium Deferred Annuity (the “Contract”) issued by Great American Life Insurance Company^® (“Great American Life,” “we” or “us”). It provides that we will pay annuity payout benefits to you in exchange for your purchase payments. The Contract offers you the opportunity to allocate funds to indexed strategies for one-year periods (a “Term”). Indexed strategies provide returns based, in part, on the change in the value of a market index or the share price of an exchange-traded fund (an “Index”). The returns of an Index do not include reinvestment of any dividends.

The Contract is a modified single premium deferred annuity. This means we will accept Purchase Payments only during the purchase payment period, which ends two months after the Contract Effective Date.

A glossary of defined terms used herein can be found in the Special Terms section starting on page 5 of this prospectus.

The Contract currently offers three Conserve Strategies, three Growth Strategies, and one Buffer Strategy.

Conserve/0% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 0% Per Term
S&P 500 0% Floor	S&P 500® Index	Other than the reduction for the Daily Charge, you cannot lose money allocated to a Conserve Strategy due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate 0% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE 0% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
Growth/-10% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 10% Per Term
S&P 500 -10% Floor	S&P 500® Index	In addition to the reduction for the Daily Charge, each Term you can lose up to 10% of money allocated to a Growth Strategy due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate -10% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE -10% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
10% Buffer Strategy	Index	End of Term Buffer of 10% Per Term
S&P 500 10% Buffer	S&P 500® Index	At the end of the Term, the Buffer protects against the first 10% negative change in the Index, but there is no limit on losses due to a negative change above that Buffer. The Buffer is less than 10% if you withdraw money before the end of the Term. The Buffer does not protect against reduction for the Daily Charge.

At the end of a Term, we may stop offering any particular Indexed Strategy, but we will always offer at least one Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. Consequently, any Indexed Strategy listed above may not be available after the end of the initial Term. Indexed Strategies that may be available in the future may earn a return that is lower than the return your investments would have earned if they had been invested in the other Indexed Strategies listed above. In addition, if we reduce the available number of Index Strategies to just one Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, your ability to increase your Account Value could be significantly reduced.

In general, we will set a higher Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy than the Maximum Gain for a Conserve Strategy that uses the same Index, and we will set a higher Maximum Gain for the Buffer Strategy than for the Growth Strategy that uses the same Index.

• Subject to the Daily Charge, the value of an indexed strategy will increase if there is a positive change in the applicable Index value during a Term. Any increase during a Term is subject to an upper limit called the Maximum Gain. At least 10 days before a Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates). We can change the Maximum Gain for each new Term of an indexed strategy.

• Before the end of a Term, any increase in the value of an indexed strategy is also subject to a vesting factor. The vesting factor limits the portion of the positive change in the Index that we take into account when we calculate the increase in the strategy value. The vesting factor varies depending on the day of the Term. It is 25% for any date within the first half of a Term, 50% for any date within the second half of a Term, and 100% at the end of a Term.

1

• Each day, we will subtract the Daily Charge from the value of each indexed strategy. The Daily Charge is calculated as a percentage of the amount applied to the strategy, adjusted for withdrawals and prior daily charges. The Daily Charge is a rate that compounds to 1.00% per year.

• The value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy will not decrease by more than the Daily Charge even if there is a negative change in the applicable Index value during a Term. The value of each Conserve Strategy is reduced by the Daily Charge.

• The value of a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy will decrease by more than the Daily Charge if there is a negative change in the applicable Index value during a Term. Any decrease during a Term for a Growth Strategy (other than by reason of the Daily Charge) is subject to a lower limit called the Maximum Loss. The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is 10%. In addition to the Daily Charge, each Growth Strategy includes a risk of potential loss of up to 10% of principal and any prior earnings each Term.

• The value of a 10% Buffer Strategy will decrease if there is a negative change in the applicable Index Value that is larger than the Buffer during a Term. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when calculating Buffer Strategy losses. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. The Buffer at the end of a Term is 10%. Before the end of the Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer. In addition to the Daily Charge, each Buffer Strategy includes a risk of potential loss of principal and any prior earnings. At maximum, the Buffer protects 10% of principal and any prior earnings from loss each Term.

The Contract is intended for long-term investment purposes and may not be appropriate for investors who plan to take withdrawals (including systematic withdrawals and required minimum distributions) during the first seven contract years. An early withdrawal charge may apply if you take a withdrawal or Surrender the Contract during the first seven contract years. That charge will reduce strategy values, including the value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. The early withdrawal charge is 9% for withdrawals and Surrenders of the Contract in the first contract year, and falls each contract year during the seven-year period. Withdrawals and Surrenders may also be subject to income tax, and withdrawals and Surrenders before age 59¹/₂ may also be subject to an additional 10% penalty tax.

Risk Factors for this Contract appear on pages 13-17 and pages 86-90. Indexed annuity contracts are complex insurance and investment vehicles. You should speak with a financial advisor about the Index Frontier 7 Pro and its features, benefits, risks, and fees, and whether the Contract is appropriate for you based upon your financial situation and objectives.

Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. It contains important information about your annuity and Great American Life that you ought to know before investing. It describes all material rights and obligations under the Contract including material state variations.

****************************************

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

• The Contract is not insured by the FDIC (Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) or the NCUSIF (National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund).

• Although the Contract may be sold through relationships with banks or other financial institutions, the Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed by, such institutions or any federal regulatory agency.

• The Contract is a security. It involves investment risk and may lose value. There is a risk of loss of principal under the Contract and that loss can become greater due to Early Withdrawal Charges.

All guarantees under the Contract are the obligations of Great American Life and are subject to the credit worthiness and claims-paying ability of Great American Life.

The Contract doesn’t invest in any equity, debt or other investments. If you buy this Contract, you aren’t investing directly in an Index, the stocks included in an Index, or the underlying investments or other assets held by an Index.

The S&P 500 Index is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC, a division of S&P Global, or its affiliates (“SPDJI”), and has been licensed for use by Great American Life. Standard & Poor’s^®, S&P^®, S&P 500^®, SPDR^® and STANDARD & POOR’S DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS^® are trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a division of S&P Global (“S&P”); Dow

2

Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by Great American Life. Great American Life products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P or their respective affiliates, and none of such parties makes any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such products nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruption of the S&P 500 Index.

The iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF and the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF are distributed by BlackRock Investments, LLC. iShares^®, BLACKROCK^®, and the corresponding logos are registered and unregistered trademarks of BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates (“BlackRock”), and these trademarks have been licensed for certain purposes by Great American Life Insurance Company. Great American Life annuity products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by BlackRock, and purchasers of an annuity from Great American Life do not acquire any interest in the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF or the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF nor enter into any relationship of any kind with BlackRock. BlackRock makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of any Great American Life annuity product or any member of the public regarding the advisability of purchasing an annuity, nor does it have any liability for any errors, omissions, interruptions or use of the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF or the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF or any data related thereto.

****************************************

The principal underwriter of the Contract is Great American Advisors, LLC. The offering of the Contract is intended to be continuous. The underwriter will use its best efforts to sell the Contract.

This prospectus is not an offering in any state, country, or jurisdiction in which we are not authorized to sell the Contract.

If you purchase a Contract, you may cancel it within 20 days after you receive it. If you purchase a Contract to replace an existing annuity contract or insurance policy, you have 30 days to cancel the Contract. The right to cancel period may be longer in some states. In many states, you will bear the risk of investment gain or loss before cancellation. The right to cancel is described more fully in the Right to Cancel section of this prospectus.

Our form number for the Contract is P1833521NW. Our form numbers for the strategy endorsements to the Contract are E1322517NW, E1322617NW, E1322717NW, E1322817NW, E1322917NW, E1323017NW, E1829620NW, E1829720NW, and E1829820NW. The form numbers may vary by state. The Securities and Exchange Commission file number for the Contract is 333-                    .

3

Table of Contents

INDEX FRONTIER® 7 PRO ANNUITY INFORMATION	5
Special Terms	5
Summary	8
Risk Factors	13
Purchase	17
Initial Strategy Selections	18
Indexed Strategies	19
Vested Gains and Losses	21
Asymmetrical Impact of Index Changes on Growth and Buffer Strategies Using the Same Index	25
Examples—Impact of Withdrawals on Contract Values and Amounts Realized	26
Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End	38
Cash Benefit	39
Examples—Amount Available for Withdrawal	41
Daily Charge	49
Early Withdrawal Charge	50
Annuity Payout Benefit	53
Death Benefit	54
Payout Options	56
Processing Applications and Requests	59
Right to Cancel (Free Look)	61
Annual Statement and Confirmations	61
Electronic Delivery	62
Abandoned Property Requirements	62
Owner	62
Annuitant	63
Beneficiary	63
Other Contract Provisions	64
State Variations	64
Index Replacement	67
Federal Tax Considerations	68
Premium and Other Taxes	72
Distribution of the Contracts	72
Great American Life’s General Account	73
Legal Matters	74
Experts	74
The Registration Statement	74
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INFORMATION	75

4

INDEX FRONTIER^® 7 PRO ANNUITY INFORMATION

Special Terms

In this prospectus, the following capitalized terms have the meanings set out below.

ACCOUNT VALUE. The sum of the values of each Indexed Strategy, plus the value of the Purchase Payment Account, if any.

ANNUITANT. The natural person or persons on whose life Annuity Payout Benefit is based.

ANNUITY PAYOUT BENEFIT. A series of periodic payments made under a Payout Option. The terms and conditions are described in the Annuity Payout Benefit section of this prospectus.

ANNUITY PAYOUT INITIATION DATE. The first day of the first payment interval for which payment of an Annuity Payout Benefit is to be made.

BAILOUT TRIGGER. The Maximum Gain for the next Term of an Indexed Strategy that triggers a waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges under the Bailout right of an Indexed Strategy.

BENEFICIARY. A person entitled to receive all or part of a Death Benefit that is to be paid under the Contract on account of a death before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

BUFFER. The portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. Once the final Market Day of the Term has been reached, the Buffer is 10%. Before the final Market Day, the Buffer is equal to: 10% x ((365 – N) / 365), where N is equal to the number of days remaining until the final Market Day of the Term.

CONTRACT. The legally binding agreement between you and Great American Life, including applicable endorsements and riders.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. The date in each year that is the annual anniversary of the Contract Effective Date. That date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE. The date as of which the initial Purchase Payment is applied to the Contract. That date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PAGE. The page in your Contract that contains details unique to your Contract.

CONTRACT YEAR. A 12-month period that starts on the Contract Effective Date or on a Contract Anniversary.

DAILY CHARGE. The charge for maintaining your Contract. It is a daily rate that compounds at 1.00% per year. It is calculated daily as a percentage of, and is subtracted from, the then remaining investment base of each Indexed Strategy.

DEATH BENEFIT. An amount that becomes payable if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and before the date that the Contract is Surrendered. The terms and conditions are described in the Death Benefit section of this prospectus.

EARLY WITHDRAWAL CHARGE. A charge deducted from the Account Value of your Contract if, during the first seven Contract Years, you Surrender your Contract or you take a withdrawal in excess of the Free Withdrawal Allowance (including systematic withdrawals and required minimum distributions). The Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply to a withdrawal that qualifies for the Free Withdrawal Allowance or the amount, if any, that qualifies for another waiver. The Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply to an Annuity Payout Benefit or Death Benefit.

5

FREE WITHDRAWAL ALLOWANCE. The total amount that may be taken as a withdrawal or Surrendered during a Contract Year without an Early Withdrawal Charge that would otherwise apply. This amount is described in the Free Withdrawal Allowance section of this prospectus. Like any other withdrawal, an amount withdrawn that is covered by the Free Withdrawal Allowance will reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy on a dollar-for dollar basis, and will proportionally reduce the Investment Base of a Strategy.

GREAT AMERICAN LIFE (“WE,” “US,” “OUR,” “GALIC”). Great American Life Insurance Company.

INDEX. A stock market index or an exchange-traded fund.

INDEX CHANGE. The increase or decrease, if any, in the applicable Index Value over a Term of an Indexed Strategy.

INDEX VALUE. For Indexed Strategies that use the S&P 500 Index, the Index Value is the closing value of the Index. For Indexed Strategies that use, the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, or the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF, the Index Value is the fund’s closing share price on the NYSE Arca.

INDEXED STRATEGY. A specified method by which gain or loss is calculated for a Term. Each Indexed Strategy provides a return based, in part, on changes in an Index Value. The Indexed Strategies that are currently available are set out on the first page of this prospectus.

INVESTMENT BASE. The amount applied to an Indexed Strategy at the start of a current Term. The Investment Base is reduced daily by an amount equal to the Daily Charge. A withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge reduces the Investment Base proportionally to the reduction in the value of that Indexed Strategy due to the withdrawal or charge. For example, if a withdrawal reduces the value of an Indexed Strategy by 15%, then it will reduce the Investment Base of that Strategy by 15%.

MARKET CLOSE. The close of the regular or core trading session on the market used to measure a given Indexed Strategy.

MARKET DAY. Each day that all markets that are used to measure available Indexed Strategies are open for regular trading.

MAXIMUM GAIN. The largest positive Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine the Vested Gain for a given Indexed Strategy. We set the Maximum Gain for each Term of an Indexed Strategy before the first day of that Term. For a given Term, we may set a different Maximum Gain for amounts attributable to Purchase Payments received on different dates. The Maximum Gain can also be called a “Cap”. Daily Charges are not taken into account when calculating Maximum Gains.

MAXIMUM LOSS. The most negative Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine a Vested Loss for a given Conserve Strategy or Growth Strategy. The Maximum Loss for a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10% and will apply to all Terms of that Growth Strategy. The Maximum Loss for a Conserve Strategy is 0% and will apply to all Terms of that Conserve Strategy. The Maximum Loss can also be called a “Floor”. Daily Charges are not taken into account when calculating Maximum Losses.

OWNER (“YOU,” “YOURS”). The person(s) who possesses the ownership rights under the Contract. If there is more than one Owner, each Owner will be a joint owner of the Contract and each reference to Owner means joint owners.

PAYOUT OPTION. The form in which an Annuity Payout Benefit or Death Benefit may be paid. Standard options are described in the Payout Options section of this prospectus.

PURCHASE PAYMENT. An amount received by us for the Contract. This amount is after the deduction of any fee charged by the person remitting payment and any taxes withheld from the payment.

PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCOUNT. An account where a Purchase Payment is held from the date it is applied to the Contract until the first Strategy Application Date on or after that date.

6

REQUEST IN GOOD ORDER. Information provided or a request made that is:

• complete and satisfactory to us;

• sent to us on our form or in a manner satisfactory to us, which may, at our discretion, be by telephone or electronic means; and

• received at our administrative office.

Information provided or a request made is complete and satisfactory when we have received: (1) all the information and legal documentation that we require to process the information or the request; and (2) instructions that are sufficiently clear that we do not need to exercise any discretion to process the information or the request. If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting your request.

STRATEGY APPLICATION DATE. The 6th and 20th days of each month.

SURRENDER. The termination of your Contract in exchange for its Surrender Value.

SURRENDER VALUE. The Account Value minus the Early Withdrawal Charge that would apply on a Surrender of the Contract.

TAX-QUALIFIED CONTRACT. An annuity contract that is intended to qualify for special tax treatment for retirement savings. If your Contract is a Tax-Qualified Contract, the cover page of your Contract includes information about its tax qualification. If your Contract is not a Tax-Qualified Contract, the cover page of your Contract will identify it as a “Nonqualified Annuity.”

TERM. The period for which Contract values are allocated to a given Indexed Strategy, and over which gain or loss is calculated. Each Term is one year long, and will start and end on a Strategy Application Date. A new Term will start on the date that the preceding Term ends.

VESTED GAIN. The portion of any positive Index Change for the Term of an Indexed Strategy that is taken into account when determining the value of that Indexed Strategy. For any day of a Term, the Vested Gain is equal to: (1) any positive Index Change for the Term, but not exceeding the Maximum Gain set for that Term; multiplied by (2) the applicable Vesting Factor for that day; and then multiplied by (3) the remaining Investment Base for that Term. Daily Charges are applied prior to calculating Vested Gains.

VESTED LOSS. The portion of any negative Index Change for the Term of an Indexed Strategy that is taken into account when determining the value of that Indexed Strategy. For any day of a Term, the Vested Loss is equal to: (1) any negative Index Change for the Term, after taking into account either the Maximum Loss for each Term of that Indexed Strategy or the Buffer; multiplied by (2) the remaining Investment Base for that Term. Daily Charges are applied prior to calculating Vested Losses.

VESTING FACTOR. A factor used to determine a Vested Gain. Vesting Factors are described in the Vested Gains and Losses section of this prospectus.

7

Summary

The Great American Life Index Frontier^® 7 Pro annuity is a modified single premium deferred annuity contract that may help you accumulate retirement savings. The Contract is intended for long term investment purposes. The Contract is a legal agreement between you as the Owner and Great American Life as the issuing insurance company. In the Contract, you agree to make one or more Purchase Payments to us and we agree to pay the Annuity Payout Benefit to you.

Like all deferred annuities, the Contract has two periods. During the period prior to the Annuity Payout Initiation Date, your Contract may accumulate earnings on a tax-deferred basis. During the period that begins on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date, we will make payments under the selected Payout Option.

The following chart describes the key features of the Contract. Read this prospectus for more detailed information about the Contract.

Benefits	• The Annuity Payout Benefit is a series of periodic payments made under a Payout Option. This benefit can provide you with income for a fixed period of time or for life. It is based on the Account Value on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. • The Cash Benefit lets you take out all of your Account Value (Surrender) or take out part of it (withdrawal). An Early Withdrawal Charge generally applies if you take money out during the first seven Contract Years. You can Surrender your Contract or take a withdrawal before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. • The Death Benefit is payable if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. This benefit is paid to your beneficiaries. It is based on the Death Benefit Value, which will never be less than your Purchase Payments, reduced proportionately for withdrawals. Please see the Annuity Payout Benefit, Cash Benefit, and Death Benefit sections below for more information.
Purchase Payments	The Contract is a modified single premium annuity. This means we will accept Purchase Payments only during the purchase payment period, which ends two months after the Contract Effective Date. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $25,000. Each additional Purchase Payment must be at least $10,000. You will need our prior approval if: • you are age 80 or younger and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $1,000,000; or • you are over age 80 and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $750,000. Please see the Purchase section below for more information.
Issue Age	Each Owner must be age 80 or younger on the Contract Effective Date. Please see the Purchase section below for more information.

Indexed Strategies	We currently offer seven Indexed Strategies.
	Conserve/0% Floor Strategies	Index
	S&P 500 0% Floor	S&P 500® Index
	iShares U.S. Real Estate 0% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
	iShares MSCI EAFE 0% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
	Growth/-10% Floor Strategies	Index
	S&P 500 -10% Floor	S&P 500® Index
	iShares U.S. Real Estate -10% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
	iShares MSCI EAFE -10% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
	10% Buffer Strategy	Index
	S&P 500 10% Buffer	S&P 500® Index

8

Conserve/0% Floor Strategies • The value of a Conserve Strategy will increase if there is a positive Index Change during a Term. Any positive Index Change is subject to the applicable Maximum Gain for the Term. Before the end of the Term, any positive Index Change is also subject to a Vesting Factor. A Vested Gain can never be more than the Maximum Gain for that Term. • The value of a Conserve Strategy will never decrease due to a negative Index Change during a Term. • The value of a Conserve Strategy will be reduced by the Daily Charge. The Daily Charge may result in a reduction in value over a Term equal to the Daily Charge. •We will always offer at least one Conserve Strategy. Growth/-10% Floor Strategies • The value of a Growth Strategy will increase if there is a positive Index Change during a Term. Any positive Index Change is subject to the applicable Maximum Gain for the Term. Before the end of the Term, any positive Index Change is also subject to a Vesting Factor. A Vested Gain can never be more than the Maximum Gain for that Term. • The value of a Growth Strategy will decrease due to a negative Index Change during a Term. If you allocate money to a Growth Strategy, you can lose up to 10% of that money during the Term due to a negative Index Change. • The value of a Growth Strategy will be reduced by the Daily Charge. The Daily Charge may result in a reduction in value over a Term equal to the Daily Charge plus any loss due to a negative Index Change. 10% Buffer Strategy • The value of the Buffer Strategy will increase if there is a positive Index Change during a Term. Any positive Index Change is subject to the applicable Maximum Gain for the Term. Before the end of the Term, any positive Index Change is also subject to a Vesting Factor. A Vested Gain can never be more than the Maximum Gain for that Term. • The value of the Buffer Strategy will decrease due to a negative Index Change during a Term. If you allocate money to the Buffer Strategy, at the end of the Term you can lose up to 90% of that money due to a negative Index Change. At the end of the Term, 10% of the money you allocated is protected from loss. You can lose more than 90% of that money if you withdraw it before the end of the Term. • The value of the Buffer Strategy will be reduced by the Daily Charge. The Daily Charge may result in a reduction in value over a Term even if the Buffer protects against any loss due to a negative Index Change. Please see the Indexed Strategies section below for more information.

Indexed Strategy Value and Investment Base

At the start of a Term, the value of an Indexed Strategy is equal to the Investment Base for that Term, which is the amount applied to that Strategy for that Term. During a Term, a Vested Gain increases the Strategy value or a Vested Loss reduces the Strategy value. The Daily Charge reduces the Investment Base of the Strategy equal to the amount of the charge. The Daily Charge reduces the amount to which Vested Gain or Vested Loss applies. This means that the Daily Charge will increase any losses and decrease any gains A withdrawal reduces the Strategy value, including the value of any Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, by the amount of the withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge. A withdrawal reduces the Investment Base by the portion of the Investment Base needed to pay for the withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge. The reduction in the Investment Base is proportional to the reduction in the Strategy value. This means that we calculate the percentage of Strategy Value that is being withdrawn and we reduce your Investment Base by the same percentage. If you take a withdrawal when your Strategy Value is less than your Investment Base, the amount of Investment Base reduction will exceed the dollar amount of your withdrawal. For example, if your Strategy Value is $30,000 and you withdraw $12,000, you have withdrawn 40% of Strategy Value. If your Investment Base was $40,000 before the withdrawal, it would be reduced by $16,000 ($40,000 x .40) and your new Investment Base after the withdrawal would be $24,000 ($40,000 – $16,000). If your Strategy Value is greater than your Investment Base, the amount of the Investment Base reduction will be less than the dollar amount of the withdrawal. Please see the Indexed Strategies section below for more information.

9

Daily Charge	Each day of this Contract, we will subtract a Daily Charge from the Investment Base of each Indexed Strategy. The Daily Charge is calculated as a percentage of the remaining Investment Base of the Strategy. The Daily Charge is a rate that compounds to 1.00% per year. Please see the Daily Charge section below for more information.
Vested Gains and Losses	• Each day of a Term, the value of an Indexed Strategy is adjusted for the Vested Gain or Loss since the start of that Term. We use the following formulas to calculate Vested Gains and Losses. • Vested Gain = any positive Index Change for the Term (but not exceeding the Maximum Gain set for the Term) x applicable Vesting Factor for that day x remaining Investment Base for the current Term. • Vested Loss = any negative Index Change for the Term (after taking into account either the Maximum Loss for the Term or the Buffer, as applicable) x remaining Investment Base for the current Term. • Daily Charges are applied prior to calculating Vested Gains and Vested Losses. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Maximum Gains	We set a Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy prior to the start of each Term. This means the Maximum Gain for an Indexed Strategy may change for each Term. At least 10 days before the next Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that next Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates). In general, we will set a higher Maximum Gain for a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy than the Maximum Gain for a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy that uses the same Index. In general, we will set a higher Maximum Gain for a 10% Buffer Strategy than the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy that uses the same Index. The Daily Charges will decrease any gains. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Maximum Losses	The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Conserve Strategy is 0%. The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10%. The Maximum Loss for each Term of the Buffer Strategy is a loss of 90%, or more than 90% if a withdrawal is taken before the end of the Term. In addition, your cumulative loss over Multiple Terms could exceed 90% of your investment. The Daily Charge will increase any losses. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Buffer	The Buffer at the end of each Term of a Buffer Strategy is 10%. Before the end of each Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.

10

Vesting Factors	Vesting Factors for the Indexed Strategies are fixed and are applied as follows: • For a positive Index Change during a Term, the Vesting Factors are 25% for any date within the first six months of a Term; 50% for any date within the final six months of a Term but before the final Market Date of the Term; and 100% on or after the final Market Date of the Term. A Vesting Factor below 100% limits any positive increase during a Term. • For a negative Index Change during a Term, there is no Vesting Factor. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Strategy Renewals	At the end of each Term of a given Indexed Strategy, we will apply the ending value of that Strategy to a new Term of that same Strategy. The amount applied to a new Term will not include any amount that is moved as part of a reallocation at the Term end. Please see the Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End section below for more information.
Strategy Reallocations	At the end of a Term, you may reallocate the ending values of the Indexed Strategies for that Term among the Strategies. Please see the Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End section below for more information.
Access to Your Money Through Withdrawals	You may take a withdrawal from your Contract at any time prior to the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. • During the first seven Contract Years, unless you qualify for the Free Withdrawal Allowance or the bailout right as described below, an Early Withdrawal Charge will apply. • A withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy will reduce the value of that Strategy on a dollar-for-dollar basis. A withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy during a Term will proportionally reduce the Investment Base used to calculate any subsequent Vested Gain or Loss in that Term. • In addition to any applicable Early Withdrawal Charge, a withdrawal may be subject to income tax, and a withdrawal before age 591/2 may also be subject to an additional 10% penalty tax. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.
Early Withdrawal Charge	An Early Withdrawal Charge applies during the first seven Contract Years if you Surrender your Contract or withdraw an amount in excess of the Free Withdrawal Allowance. The charge is equal to the amount subject to the charge multiplied by the applicable rate set out below.

Contract Year	1			2			3			4			5			6			7			8+
Early Withdrawal Charge Rate		9	%		8	%		7	%		6	%		5	%		4	%		2	%		0	%

If you take a withdrawal from your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is the amount you withdraw plus any amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge. If you Surrender your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is your Account Value.

When you request a withdrawal, we will reduce the amount we pay you by the amount of the Early Withdrawal Charge. If you instruct us to pay you the specific withdrawal amount, we will instead reduce your Account Value by both the requested specific withdrawal amount, as well as the amount of the Early Withdrawal Charge. In this case, since you opted not to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge out of your withdrawal proceeds, we treat the Early Withdrawal Charge as an additional requested withdrawal. We will apply the Early Withdrawal Charge to both the specified withdrawal amount, as well as any amounts we withdraw to cover your Early Withdrawal Charges. The Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply to (1) a withdrawal that qualifies for the Free Withdrawal Allowance; (2) any withdrawal under the Bailout right; or (3) the amount, if any, that qualifies for another waiver. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.

For example, if after using their Free Withdrawal Allowance a contractholder requested that an additional $10,000 be withdrawn from their Account Value when a 9% Early Withdrawal Charge was in effect, a $900 Early Withdrawal Charge would apply (9% of $10,000 withdrawn). The contractholder would receive $9,100 ($10,000 - $900), minus any income tax withholding.

Similarly, if a contractholder instead requested that they receive a net amount of $10,000 from their account in the same circumstances, we would treat the Early Withdrawal Charge amount as an additional requested withdrawal subject to an Early Withdrawal Charge. This means that we will “gross up” your requested withdrawal to cover applicable Early Withdrawal Charges (and any income tax withholding). If we assume that no income tax withholding applies, the withdrawal would be grossed up to $10,989, calculated by dividing the net amount requested by 1 minus the Early Withdrawal Charge rate ($10,000 / (1 – 0.09)). The Early Withdrawal Charge would be $989 (9% of the $10,989 withdrawal), and the contractholder would receive $10,000 ($10,989 - $989).

11

Free Withdrawal Allowance	The Free Withdrawal Allowance lets you withdraw some money from your Contract without the imposition of the Early Withdrawal Charge. For the first Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is an amount equal to 10% of the total Purchase Payments received by us. For each subsequent Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is equal to 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary. The Free Withdrawal Allowance is non-cumulative and you may not carry over any unused portion to other Contract Years. Like any other withdrawal, an amount withdrawn that is covered by the Free Withdrawal Allowance will reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy on a dollar-for dollar basis, and will proportionally reduce the Investment Base of a Strategy. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.
Bailout Right	We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge on an amount you withdraw if: (1) you withdraw it at the end of a Term from an Indexed Strategy; and (2) either the Maximum Gain for such Indexed Strategy for the next Term is less than the Bailout Trigger for the current Term, or such Indexed Strategy will not be available for the next Term. If the Bailout right will apply at the end of a Term, we will notify you at least 30 days before the end of that Term. The Bailout right does not apply to your initial Term. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.
Payout Options	Like all annuity contracts, the Contract offers a range of Payout Options, which provide payments for your lifetime or for a fixed period. After payments begin, you cannot change the Payout Option or any fixed period you selected. The standard Payout Options are listed below. • Fixed Period Payout • Life Payout • Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period • Joint and One-half Survivor Payout Please see the Payout Options section below for more information.
Death Benefit	A Death Benefit is payable under the Contract if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. If the Owner is a non-natural person, such as a trust or a corporation, then a Death Benefit is payable under the Contract if an Annuitant dies before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. The Death Benefit Value is the greater of: (1) the Account Value as of the applicable date; or (2) your Purchase Payment(s) reduced proportionally for all withdrawals, but not including amounts applied to pay Early Withdrawal Charges. Please see the Death Benefit section below for more information.
Tax Deferral	The Contract is generally tax deferred, which means that you are not taxed on the earnings in your Contract until the money is paid to you. Contracts owned by non-natural owners, such as trusts and corporations, are subject to special rules. A tax-qualified retirement plan such as an IRA also provides tax deferral. Buying the Contract within a tax-qualified retirement plan does not give you any extra tax benefits. There should be reasons other than tax deferral for buying the Contract within a tax-qualified retirement plan. Please see the Federal Tax Considerations section below for more information.
Right to Cancel	If you purchase a Contract, you may cancel it within 20 days after you receive it. If you purchase a Contract to replace an existing annuity contract or insurance policy, you have 30 days to cancel the Contract. The right to cancel period may be longer in some states. In many states, you will bear the risk of investment gain or loss before cancellation. Please see the Right to Cancel (Free Look) section below for more information.

12

Risk Factors

The Contract involves certain risks that you should understand before purchasing it. You should carefully consider your income needs and risk tolerance to determine whether the Contract or a particular Indexed Strategy is appropriate for you. The level of risk you bear and your potential investment performance will differ depending on the Indexed Strategies you choose.

Loss of Principal Related to Growth Strategy and Buffer Strategy due to Negative Index Changes	There is a significant risk of loss of principal and related earnings due to negative Index Changes if you allocate your Purchase Payment(s) to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy or 10% Buffer Strategy. Such a loss may be substantial. This risk exists for each Growth Strategy because you agree to absorb any loss in the Index during the Term up to the Maximum Loss of 10%. This risk exists for each Buffer Strategy because you agree to absorb any loss in the Index that exceeds the Buffer. This risk of loss does not exist if you allocate your Purchase Payment(s) to a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. If you allocate money to a Growth Strategy, you may lose up to 10% at the end of each Term. If you allocate money to a Growth Strategy over multiple Terms, you may lose up to 10% each Term, which may result in a cumulative loss that is greater than 10%. If you allocate money to a Buffer Strategy, you may lose up to 90% at the end of each Term. If you allocate money to a Buffer Strategy and withdraw it before the end of the Term, you may lose more than 90% because the Buffer is less than 10% until the end of the Term. If you allocate money to a Buffer Strategy over multiple Terms, you may lose up to 90% at the end of each Term, which may result in a cumulative loss that is greater than 90%.
Loss of Principal Related to Daily Charge	There is a risk of loss of principal and related earnings as a result of the Daily Charge that applies to your Contract values. The Daily Charge reduces your Investment Base and may result in reduced gains and/or increased losses. Strategy values will not include any Vested Gains or Losses attributable to amounts applied to Daily Charges because Daily Charges are applied to the Investment Base prior to calculating Vested Gains and Losses. You could realize losses even when Index Values increase. This will occur when the amount of Vested Gain is smaller than the Daily Charge. Even if you invest in the Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, the Daily Charge could cause you to realize losses in excess of the Maximum Loss. If you invest in a 10% Buffer Strategy and the Index Value decreases but does not exceed the Buffer, the Daily Charge could cause you to experience losses. Any Vested Loss would be in addition to the Daily Charge. If you invest in a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and the Index Value decreases, the Daily Charge could cause you to experience losses in excess of the Maximum Loss.
Loss of Principal Related to Early Withdrawal Charge	There is also a risk of loss of principal and related earnings if you take a withdrawal from your Contract or Surrender it during the first seven Contract Years. This risk exists for each Strategy because an Early Withdrawal Charge may apply. A withdrawal from any Strategy, including any Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, when an Early Withdrawal Charge applies, will reduce the value of the Strategy. This reduction will occur even if there is a Vested Gain on the date of the withdrawal. An Early Withdrawal Charge may reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy by more than increases in the value of the Indexed Strategy resulting from Vested Gains in the current and prior Terms.
Long-Term Nature of Contract	The Contract is a deferred annuity, which means the Annuity Payout Benefit will begin on a future date. We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you can use to help build a retirement nest egg and provide income for retirement. The limitations and charges included in the Contract reflect its long-term nature.

13

Limits on Investment Return	Any increase in the value of an Indexed Strategy over a Term is limited by a Maximum Gain. Any increase in the value of an Indexed Strategy before the end of a Term is also limited by a Vesting Factor, which will be less than 100%. Due to these limitations, in many cases the return on money allocated to an Indexed Strategy will not fully reflect the corresponding positive Index Change for a Term. The value of an Indexed Strategy only captures an Index Value at the applicable Market Close. You will bear the risk that an Index Value might be significantly lower at that Market Close than at another point during the Term. We measure the Index Change by comparing the Index Value on the first day of the Term to the Index Value on the last day of the Term. This means that if the Index Value is lower on the last day of the Term, you may experience negative or flat performance even if the Index experienced gains through some, or most, of the Term.
Limits on Reallocations	You cannot reallocate money among the Indexed Strategies prior to the end of a Term. If you want to take money out of Strategy during a Term, you must take a withdrawal from that Strategy or Surrender your Contract.
Early Withdrawal Charge	If you withdraw money from or Surrender the Contract during the first seven Contract Years, we will deduct an Early Withdrawal Charge unless the Free Withdrawal Allowance or Bailout right applies. Deduction of the Early Withdrawal Charge may result in loss of principal and any prior earnings. An Early Withdrawal Charge will reduce Strategy values, including Conserve/0% Floor Strategy values.
Timing of Withdrawals, Surrender, Annuity Payout Initiation Date, or Death Benefit Claim	You should take into consideration the dates on which the Term(s) of your Indexed Strategies end relative to the timing of a withdrawal or Surrender, the Annuity Payout Initiation Date, or the submission of a Death Benefit claim. For example, a withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy before the end of a Term will lock in the existing Vested Gain or Loss. In addition, due to the Vesting Factors that we use to calculate Vested Gains, increase in the value of an Indexed Strategy before the end of a Term will be less than the corresponding positive Index Change.
No Ability to Determine Strategy Values in Advance	If you request a withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy, we will process the withdrawal at the first Market Close after receipt of your Request in Good Order. This means you will not be able to determine in advance the value of an Indexed Strategy or the amount of any Vested Gain or Vested Loss. Likewise, you will not be able to determine in advance the amount payable upon Surrender, applied to the Annuity Payout Benefit, or payable as the Death Benefit.
Changes in Maximum Gains	We set a Maximum Gain for each new Term of an Indexed Strategy. The Maximum Gain for a new Term of an Indexed Strategy may be lower than its Maximum Gain for the current Term and may be as low as 1%. You risk the possibility that the Maximum Gain for a new Term may be lower than you would find acceptable.
Unavailable Indexed Strategies	At the end of a Term, we may stop offering any Indexed Strategy and, consequently, an Indexed Strategy you selected may not be available after the end of a Term. An Indexed Strategy you selected also may not be available after the end of a Term due to minimums and maximums that we set. In that case, if you do not withdraw the funds pursuant to your Bailout Right or reallocate them to another Indexed Strategy, then we will reallocate the applicable funds to a default Strategy. The funds allocated to a default Strategy may earn a return that is lower than the return they would have earned if there had been no reallocation, but will not increase the risk of loss of principal and any prior earnings.
Replacement of an Index	We have the right to replace an Index if it is discontinued or we are no longer able to use it, its calculation changes substantially, or we determine that hedging instruments are difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of a Term or during a Term. If we replace an Index during a Term, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the old Index up until the replacement date. After the replacement date, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the new Index. The performance of the new Index may not be as good as the performance of the old Index. As a result, funds allocated to an Indexed Strategy may earn a return that is lower than the return they would have earned if there had been no replacement.

14

Involuntary Termination of Contract	If your Account Value falls below the minimum value of $5,000 for any reason, we may terminate your Contract. For example, we may terminate your Contract if a loss on a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy or a 10% Buffer Strategy causes your Account Value to fall below $5,000.
No Direct Investment in the Market	When you allocate money to an Indexed Strategy that uses the S&P 500 Index, you will not be investing in that Index, or in any stock included in that Index. Index Changes for these Strategies are calculated without taking into account dividends paid on stocks that make up the S&P 500 Index. When you allocate money to an Indexed Strategy that uses the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, you will not be investing in that exchange-traded fund, in the securities or other assets that it holds, or in any real estate investment trust. Index Changes for these Strategies are calculated without taking into account dividends paid by the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF. When you allocate money to an Indexed Strategy that uses the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF, you will not be investing in that exchange-traded fund or in the securities or other assets that it holds, or in any stock included in the MSCI EAFE Index. Index Changes for these Strategies are calculated without taking into account dividends paid by the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF. Because changes in the value of an Indexed Strategy are subject to Maximum Gains and either Maximum Losses or a Buffer, as applicable, and may be subject to a Vesting Factor, the performance of an Indexed Strategy may diverge from the performance of the Index.
Market Risk	Money allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy or 10% Buffer Strategy that uses the S&P 500 Index is subject to the risk that the market value of the underlying securities that comprise the S&P 500 Index may decline. For a Growth Strategy, you will absorb any such market loss up to the amount of the Maximum Loss of 10%. For a Buffer Strategy, you will absorb any such market loss to the extent it exceeds the Buffer. In addition, any positive change in the Index Value over a Term will be lower than the total return on an investment in the stocks that comprise the S&P 500 Index because the total return will reflect dividend payments on those stocks and the Index Values will not reflect those dividend payments. Because the return on an Indexed Strategy that uses the S&P 500 Index will be subject to limitations and will be linked to its performance and not the performance of the underlying stocks, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks. In addition, due to the same limitations, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in a fund that tracks the S&P 500 Index. Due to the Daily Charge, any positive return will be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks. Money allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy that uses the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF is subject to the risk that its share price may decline. You will absorb any such market loss up to the amount of the Maximum Loss of 10%. The share price of the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF is tied to the performance of the real estate sector, which is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding, and subject to risks associated with leverage. The share price may not replicate the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or the components of that index. In addition, because the return on any indexed strategy that uses the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF will be subject to limitations and will be linked to the performance of the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF and not the performance of its underlying index or the components of that index, your return may be less than that of another investment linked directly to the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or a direct investment in such components. In addition, due to the same limitations, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF. Due to the Daily Charge, any positive return will be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks.

15

	Money allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy that uses the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF is subject to the risk that its share price may decline. You will absorb any such market loss up to the amount of the Maximum Loss of 10%. The share price of the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF is tied to the performance of large- and mid-capitalization developed market equities, excluding the U.S. and Canada. The share price may not replicate the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or the components of that index. In addition, because the return on any indexed strategy that uses the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF will be subject to limitations and will be linked to the performance of the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF and not the performance of its underlying index or the components of that index, your return may be less than that of another investment linked directly to the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or a direct investment in such components. In addition, due to the same limitations, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF. Due to the Daily Charge, any positive return will be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks. The outbreak of the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020. As of the date of this prospectus, the COVID-19 pandemic has led to significant volatility and negative returns in the financial markets. These market conditions have impacted the performance of the Indexes to which the Growth/-10% Floor Strategies and 10% Buffer Strategies are linked. If these market conditions continue, and depending on your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected Indexed Strategies and the timing of any Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals), you may experience (perhaps significant) negative returns under the Contract. The duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the future impact that the pandemic may have on the financial markets and global economy, cannot be foreseen, however. You should consult with a Financial Professional about how the COVID-19 pandemic and the recent market conditions may impact your future investment decisions related to the Contract, such as purchasing the Contract or making Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals, based on your individual circumstances. The historical performance of an Index does not guarantee future results.
Regulatory Risk	Great American Life is not an investment company and is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The protections provided to investors by that Act are not applicable to the Contract.
Reliance on Our Claims-Paying Ability	No company other than Great American Life has any legal responsibility to pay amounts owed under the Contract. You should look to the financial strength of Great American Life for its claims- paying ability. Various factors, such as those listed below, could materially affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or future results and, in turn, our financial strength and claims-paying ability. A more complete discussion of these factors appears on pages 86-90. • Adverse developments in financial markets and deterioration in global economic conditions • Unfavorable interest rate environments • Losses on our investment portfolio • Loss of market share due to intense competition • Ineffectiveness of risk management policies • Changes in applicable law and regulations • Inability to obtain reinsurance or to collect on reinsurance • Downgrade or potential downgrade in our financial strength rating • Variations from actual experience and management’s estimates and assumptions • The amount of capital we must hold to meet our statutory requirements can vary significantly from time to time • Legal actions and regulatory proceedings • Difficulties with technology or data security • Failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information • Failure to maintain effective and efficient information systems • Occurrence of catastrophic events, terrorism or military actions The economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts financial markets, the global economy, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments that cannot be predicted with certainty. We continue to be subject to significant state solvency regulations that require us to reserve amounts to pay our contractual guarantees. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors Related to GALIC’s Business,” and “Financial Statements”, and “Regulation” for additional financial information about the company and the state solvency regulations to which we are subject.

16

Purchase

You may purchase a Contract only through a registered representative of a broker-dealer that has a selling agreement with our affiliated underwriter, Great American Advisors, LLC.

Any Owner or Annuitant must be age 80 or younger on the Contract Effective Date. To determine eligibility, we will use the person’s age on his/her last birthday. We may make exceptions with respect to the maximum issue age in our discretion.

The Contract is not available in all states. To find out if it is available in the state where you live, ask your registered representative. The Contract may not be available for purchase during certain periods. There are a number of reasons why the Contract periodically may not be available, including that we want to limit the volume of sales of the Contract. You may wish to speak to your registered representative about how this may affect your purchase. For example, in order to purchase the Contract, you may be required to submit your application prior to a specific date. In that case, if there is a delay because your application is incomplete or otherwise not in good order, you might not be able to purchase the Contract. Your broker-dealer may impose conditions on the purchase of the Contract, such as a lower maximum issue age, than we or other selling firms impose. We reserve the right to reject any application in our discretion.

Purchase Payments

The Contract is a modified single premium annuity contract. This means you may make one or more Purchase Payments during the purchase payment period. The purchase payment period begins on the Contract Effective Date. It will end two months after the Contract Effective Date.

We must receive your initial Purchase Payment on or before the Contract Effective Date. We must receive each additional Purchase Payment before the last day of the purchase payment period. We will not accept any Purchase Payment that we receive after the date that the Contract is cancelled or Surrendered or after a death for which a Death Benefit is payable.

The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $25,000. Each additional Purchase Payment must be at least $10,000. You will need our prior approval if you are age 80 or younger and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $1,000,000; or you are over age 80 and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $750,000.

We reserve the right to refuse a Purchase Payment made in the form of a personal check in excess of $100,000. We may accept a Purchase Payment over $100,000 made in other forms, such as EFT/wire transfers, or certified checks or other checks written by financial institutions. We will not accept a Purchase Payment made with cash, money orders, or traveler’s checks.

Exchanges, Transfers, or Rollovers

If you own an annuity or tax-qualified account, you may be able to exchange it for an Index Frontier annuity, directly transfer it to an Index Frontier annuity, or roll it over to an Index Frontier annuity without paying taxes. Before you do, compare the benefits, features, and costs of each annuity or account. You may pay an early withdrawal charge under the old annuity or account. You may also pay a sales charge under the new annuity or account, or you may pay an early withdrawal charge if you later take withdrawals from the new annuity or account. Please note that some financial professionals may have a financial incentive to offer this Contract in place of the one the investor already owns. Ask your registered representative whether an exchange, transfer, or rollover would be advantageous, based on the features, benefits, and charges of the Index Frontier annuity.

If you purchase your Contract with an exchange, transfer, or rollover, a delay in processing the exchange, transfer, or rollover may delay the issuance of your new Contract or prevent the application of additional Purchase Payments to your existing Contract.

You should only exchange your existing contract for this Contract if you determine after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts that it is preferable for you to purchase this Contract rather than continuing to own your existing contract.

17

Application of Purchase Payments

Each Purchase Payment will be held in the Purchase Payment Account until it is applied to an Indexed Strategy on a Strategy Application Date. On each Strategy Application Date, we will apply the then current balance of the Purchase Payment Account to the Indexed Strategies you selected.

In certain states, we are required to give back your Purchase Payment(s) if you decide to cancel your Contract during the free look period. If we are required by law to refund your Purchase Payment(s), we reserve the right to hold your Purchase Payment(s) in the Purchase Payment Account until the first Strategy Application Date on or after the end of the free look period.

We will credit interest daily on amounts held in the Purchase Payment Account at the annual effective rate set out in your Contract. This rate will be at least 1%.

Purchase Payment Account Value

On any day, the value of the Purchase Payment Account is equal to:

• Purchase Payments received by us plus interest earned daily; minus

• the premium tax or other tax that may apply to the Purchase Payments; and minus

• each withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge taken from the Purchase Payment Account since the last Strategy Application Date.

Unforeseen Processing Delays

We are exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, such as (but not limited to) storms, fires, floods, earthquakes, public health crises, malicious acts, and terrorist acts, any of which could adversely affect our ability to conduct business. A natural or man-made disaster or catastrophe, including a pandemic (such as COVID-19), could affect the ability or willingness of our employees or the employees of our service providers to perform their job responsibilities. While many of our employees and the employees of our service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements may result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and could lead to delays in our processing of contract-related transactions, including orders from contract owners. Catastrophic events may negatively affect the computer and other systems on which we rely, impact our ability to calculate values under your Contract, or have other possible negative impacts. There can be no assurance that our service providers will be able to successfully avoid negative impacts associated with natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes.

A processing delay will not affect the effective date as of which we process transactions, including orders from contract owners, the date that a Term begins or ends, or the values used to process the transaction.

Initial Strategy Selections

You make your initial selection of Indexed Strategies in your purchase application. Your initial selection is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

Your initial selection will also apply to each subsequent Purchase Payment. If you wish to change your selection for a specific Purchase Payment, we must receive your Request in Good Order with the Indexed Strategies you selected for that Purchase Payment before the Strategy Application Date that applies to that Purchase Payment.

When you select an Indexed Strategy, you must also indicate the percentage of the Purchase Payment that you wish to allocate to that Indexed Strategy. All allocations must be in whole percentages that total 100%. We reserve the right to round amounts up or down to make whole percentages, and to reduce or increase amounts proportionally in order to total 100%.

Currently there are no limitations on the amounts that may be applied to an Indexed Strategy.

We may establish minimum and maximum amounts or percentages that may be applied to a given Indexed Strategy for any future Term in our discretion. We will notify you of any such minimum or maximum. We may limit the availability of a Strategy for a Term that would extend beyond the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. All Strategies may not be available in all states.

18

Indexed Strategies

The Indexed Strategies provide returns that are based, in part, upon changes in an Index Value. The Indexed Strategies do not earn interest at a fixed rate. Unlike a traditional variable annuity, the values of the Indexed Strategies are not based on the investment performance of underlying portfolios.

Each Indexed Strategy has a Maximum Gain for each Term.

• We will set a new Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy prior to the start of each Term. In general, the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain for a Conserve Strategy using the same Index, and the Maximum Gain for a Buffer Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy using the same Index.

Each Conserve Strategy and Growth Strategy has a Maximum Loss for each Term.

• The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Conserve Strategy is 0%. The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10%.

Each Buffer Strategy has a Buffer for each Term.

• The Buffer at the end of each Term is 10%. Before the end of each Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer.

Changes in the value of an Indexed Strategy reflect the change in the applicable Index Value since the start of the applicable Term, the Maximum Gain we set for that Indexed Strategy for that Term, the applicable Vesting Factor, and the applicable Buffer or Maximum Loss for that Indexed Strategy. If you select a Growth Strategy or a Buffer Strategy, then each Term it is possible for you to lose a portion of your Purchase Payment(s) and any earnings allocated to that Indexed Strategy.

See Vested Gains and Losses section below for additional details.

The Indexed Strategies that are currently available are listed below. You may allocate your funds to any of the Indexed Strategies, subject to the procedures disclosed in this prospectus.

Conserve/0% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 0%
S&P 500 0% Floor	S&P 500® Index	If you allocate money at the start of a Term to a Conserve Strategy, you cannot lose that money during the Term due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate 0% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE 0% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
Growth/-10% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 10%
S&P 500 -10% Floor	S&P 500® Index	If you allocate money at the start of a Term to a Growth Strategy, you can lose up to 10% of that money during the Term due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate -10% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE -10% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
10% Buffer Strategy	Index	End of Term Buffer of 10%
S&P 500 10% Buffer	S&P 500® Index	If you allocate money at the start of a Term to a Buffer Strategy, at the end of the Term you can lose up to 90% of that money due to a negative change in the Index. At the end of the Term, 10% of the money you allocated is protected from loss. You can lose more than 90% of that money if you withdraw it before the end of the Term.

An Early Withdrawal Charge may apply if you take a withdrawal during the first seven Contract Years. That charge will reduce Strategy values, including the value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy.

Term

Each Term of an Indexed Strategy is one year long and will start and end on a Strategy Application Date. A new Term will start at the end of the preceding Term.

19

If you make only one Purchase Payment or you make all of your Purchase Payments before the initial Strategy Application Date, then each Term of each Indexed Strategy will end on the same date in any given year. If you make a Purchase Payment after the initial Strategy Application Date, then your Purchase Payments will be applied to the Indexed Strategies on different Strategy Application Dates. In this case, an Indexed Strategy may have Terms that end on different dates in any given year.

Examples. These examples show how a Contract with multiple Purchase Payments may have Terms that end on different dates.

• You make your initial Purchase Payment on March 10 and another Purchase Payment on March 17. You allocate both payments to the same Indexed Strategy and both payments are applied on March 20. Each Term of that Indexed Strategy will start and end on March 20.

• You make your initial Purchase Payment on May 2 and another Purchase Payment on June 14. You allocate both payments to the same Indexed Strategy. Your initial Purchase Payment is applied on May 6 and the other Purchase Payment is applied on June 20. That Indexed Strategy will have Terms that start and end on May 6 and other Terms that start and end on June 20.

Indexed Strategy Value

The value of an Indexed Strategy is equal to:

• the Investment Base for that Term, which is the amount applied to the Strategy at the start of the current Term; minus

• the sum of the Daily Charges subtracted from the investment base during the current Term;

• the portion of that Investment Base that is taken from the Strategy to pay for each withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge during the current Term; and plus or minus

• the Vested Gain or Loss for that Term on the remaining portion of the Investment Base.

The portion of the Investment Base that is taken from an Indexed Strategy to pay for a withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy for the withdrawal and any related charge. This means that we calculate the percentage of Strategy Value that is being withdrawn and we reduce the Investment Base by the same percentage.

• A withdrawal and any related charge will reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy by an amount equal to the withdrawal and any charge.

• But the reduction in the Investment Base to pay for a withdrawal and any related charge is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy. For example, if the withdrawal and any related charge reduces the value of an Indexed Strategy by 15%, then it will reduce the Investment Base by 15%.

• If there is a Vested Gain, then the portion of the Investment Base taken will be less than the withdrawal and any related charge. With a Vested Gain, the Indexed Strategy value will be higher than the Investment Base. For example, a 15% reduction in the Investment Base will be less than a 15% reduction in the Strategy value.

• If there is a Vested Loss, then the portion of the Investment Base taken will be greater than the withdrawal and any related charge. With a Vested Loss, the Investment Base will be higher than Indexed Strategy value. For example, a 15% reduction in the Investment Base will be greater than a 15% reduction in the Strategy value.

Here are the formulas that we use to calculate a proportional reduction in the Investment Base for a withdrawal and the remaining Investment Base.

Percentage reduction in Strategy value = withdrawal plus any related Early Withdrawal Charge / Strategy value immediately before the withdrawal

Proportionate reduction in Investment Base = Investment Base immediately before the withdrawal x percentage reduction in Strategy value

Remaining Investment Base = Investment Base immediately before the withdrawal—reduction in Investment Base

Examples. You allocate $5,000 to an Indexed Strategy at the start of a Term. This means the Investment Base at the start of the Term is $5,000. You take a $1,000 withdrawal on the 145^th day of the Term and that amount includes the amount needed to pay any related Early Withdrawal Charge that applies to the withdrawal. On that date, a total of $20 has been subtracted for Daily Charges, and the remaining Investment Base is $4,980 ($5,000 - $20).

20

Assume at the time of your withdrawal that you have a Vested Gain of 5%.

• The Vested Gain is equal to $249 ($4,980 x 0.05).

• The Strategy value on the withdrawal date is $5,229 ($4,980 + $249).

• The withdrawal (including any related Early Withdrawal Charge) reduces the Strategy value by $1,000.

• The Strategy value after the withdrawal is $4,229 ($5,229 - $1,000).

• The percentage reduction in the Strategy value is 19.12% ($1,000 / $5,229).

• The proportionate reduction in the Investment Base is $952 ($4,980 x 0.1912).

• The remaining Investment Base is $4,028 ($4,980 - $952).

• Due to the Vested Gain, the proportionate reduction in the Investment Base ($952) is less than the withdrawal and related charge ($1,000). This means, after the withdrawal, the Investment Base is $4,028 rather than $4,000.

Assume at the time of your withdrawal that you have a Vested Loss of 10%.

• The Vested Loss is equal to $498 ($4,980 x 0.10).

• The Strategy value on the withdrawal date is $4,482 ($4,980 - $498).

• The withdrawal (including any related Early Withdrawal Charge) reduces the Strategy value by $1,000.

• The Strategy value after the withdrawal is $3,482 ($4,482 - $1,000).

• The percentage reduction in the Strategy value is 22.31% ($1,000 / $4,482).

• The proportionate reduction in the Investment Base is $1,111 ($4,980 x 0.2231).

• The remaining Investment Base is $3,869 ($4,980 - $1,111).

• Due to the Vested Loss, the proportionate reduction in the Investment Base ($1,111) is greater than the withdrawal and related charge ($1,000). This means, after the withdrawal, the Investment Base is $3,869 rather than $3,980.

Vested Gains and Losses

Overview

Each day of a Term, the value of an Indexed Strategy includes the Vested Gain or Loss, if any, since the start of that Term. Vested Gain or Loss is calculated on the remaining Investment Base for that Term.

Here is the formula that we use to calculate the amount of the Vested Gain or Loss.

Amount of Vested Gain or Loss = remaining Investment Base x Vested Gain or Loss percentage

Example. At the beginning of a Term in Contract Year 10, your entire Account Value of $100,000 is allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy. You do not take any withdrawals during that Term. You Surrender your Contract at the end of that Term. No Early Withdrawal Charge applies to a Surrender in Contract Year 10. A total of $1,000 has been subtracted for Daily Charges, and the remaining Investment Base is $99,000 ($100,000 - $1,000).

• If the Vested Gain is 4%, then the Strategy value includes a $3,960 Vested Gain ($99,000 x 0.04). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $102,960 ($99,000 + $3,960).

• If the Vested Loss is 3%, then the Strategy value includes a $2,970 Vested Loss ($99,000 x 0.03). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $96,030 ($99,000 - $2,970).

If in this example your Surrender occurs in Contract Year 5 instead, when a 5% Early Withdrawal Charge applies, the amount payable upon Surrender is reduced by applicable Early Withdrawal Charges. For this example, we assume that the Account Value was $100,000 on the most recent Contract Anniversary.

• If the Vested Gain is 4%, then the amount payable is reduced by Early Withdrawal Charges of $4,648, calculated as 5% of the Strategy Value minus the Free Withdrawal Allowance (5% x ($102,960 – ($100,000 x 10%))). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $98,312 ($102,960 - $4,648).

• If the Vested Loss is 3%, then the amount payable is reduced by Early Withdrawal Charges of $4,302, calculated as 5% of the Strategy Value minus the Free Withdrawal Allowance (5% x ($96,030 – ($100,000 x 10%))). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $91,728 ($96,030 - $4,302).

The Daily Charge reduces the Investment Base of the Strategy equal to the amount of the charge. The Daily Charge reduces the amount to which Vested Gain or Vested Loss applies. This means that the Daily Charge will increase any losses and decrease any gains.

Index Change. Before we can calculate the Vested Gain or Loss since the start of a Term, we must determine the Index Change since the start of that Term. The Index Change is the increase or decrease in the applicable Index Value. This increase or decrease is expressed as a percentage of the applicable Index Value at the start of that Term. It is measured from the Index Value at the start of that Term to the Index Value at the last Market Close on or before the date the Index Change is determined.

21

Example. The Index Value was 1000 at the start of a Term.

• If the Index Value at the applicable Market Close is 1065, then there is a positive Index Change of 6.5% ((1065 - 1000) / 1000).

• If the Index Value at the applicable Market Close is 925, then there is a negative Index Change of 7.5% ((925 - 1000) / 1000).

Indexes. The S&P 500^® Index is designed to reflect the large-cap sector of the U.S. equity market and, due to its composition, it also represents the U.S. equity market in general. It includes 500 leading companies and captures approximately 80% coverage of available market capitalization. The S&P 500 Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies in this Index. Consequently, any positive change in the Index Value over a Term will be lower than the total return on a direct investment in the stocks that comprise the S&P 500 Index. The S&P 500 Index is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC. For more information, visit www.US.SPIndices.com.

The iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF is an exchange traded fund that seeks to track the investment performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index. This underlying index measures the performance of the real estate sector in the U.S. equity market. A significant portion of the underlying index is represented by real estate investment trusts (REITs), but the components are likely to change over time. The fund’s adviser uses an indexing strategy that involves investing in a representative sample of securities that collectively has an investment profile similar to that of the underlying index. The fund is subject to certain risks including the risk that it may not replicate the performance of the underlying index and those risks associated with concentrated investment in REITS. The fund’s performance will be reduced by its expenses and fees. The fund’s shares trade on the NYSE Arca under the symbol IYR. For more information, visit www.iShares.com and search ticker symbol IYR.

The iShares MSCI EAFE ETF is an exchange traded fund that seeks to track the investment results of an index composed of large- and mid-capitalization developed market equities, excluding the U.S. and Canada (MSCI EAFE Index). This underlying index includes stocks from Europe, Australasia and the Far East. The components of the underlying index, and the degree to which these components represent certain industries and/or countries, are likely to change over time. The fund’s adviser uses an indexing strategy that involves investing in a representative sample of securities that collectively has an investment profile similar to that of the underlying index. The fund is subject to certain risks including the risk that it may not replicate the performance of the underlying index and those risks associated with investment in non-U.S. issuers. The fund’s performance will be reduced by its expenses and fees. The fund’s shares trade on the NYSE Arca under the symbol EFA. For more information, visit www.iShares.com and search ticker symbol EFA.

Index Values. Index Values are determined at each Market Close. An Index Value at the start of a Term is its value at the last Market Close on or before the first day of that Term. An Index Value at the end of a Term is its value at the Market Close on the last Market Day of that Term. We will use consistent sources to obtain the closing values of an Index. We currently obtain the closing values for the S&P 500 Index from S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC and the closing values for the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF and the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF from BlackRock, Inc. If those sources are no longer available, we will select an alternative published source(s) to obtain such values.

Market Close. A Market Close is the close of the regular or core trading session on the market used to measure an Index Change for a give Indexed Strategy.

Market Day. A Market Day is each day that all markets that are used to measure Index Changes for available Indexed Strategies are open for regular trading.

Vested Gain

The Vested Gain is the portion of any positive Index Change that is taken into account when determining the value of an Indexed Strategy. Here is the formula that we use to calculate a Vested Gain for any day of a Term.

Vested Gain = any positive Index Change since the start of the current Term (but not exceeding the Maximum Gain set for the Term) x applicable Vesting Factor for that day x remaining Investment Base for the current Term

22

Maximum Gain. The Maximum Gain for an Indexed Strategy is the largest positive Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine the Vested Gain for that Indexed Strategy for that Term. For example, if the Maximum Gain for a Term is 5% and the Index Change at the end of that Term is positive 8%, then the Vested Gain for that Term is 5%.

• The Maximum Gain will vary between Indexed Strategies.

• The Maximum Gain for a given Indexed Strategy will vary between Terms.

• We guarantee that the Maximum Gain for a Term of an Indexed Strategy will never be less than 1%.

• For each Term, your return on an Indexed Strategy may be less than any positive Index Change over that Term.

• For each Term, your return on an Indexed Strategy may be less than the Maximum Gain.

We set the Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy based on the cost of hedging, interest rates, and other market factors, and the Purchase Payments received for a Contract. In general, the Maximum Gain we set for a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain we set for the corresponding Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, and the Maximum Gain for a 10% Buffer Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain for the corresponding Growth Strategy. Likewise, we may set Maximum Gains for Contracts with larger Purchase Payments that are higher than Maximum Gains for Contracts with smaller Purchase Payments.

For information about the current Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy offered for new Contracts, please contact your registered representative or refer to our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates). At least 10 days before the initial Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that Term on our website.

Maximum Gains for your initial Term can vary based on when a Purchase Payment is applied to an Indexed Strategy and the length of the Term of that Indexed Strategy.

When identifying the Maximum Gain that applies to a Purchase Payment in the initial Term of an Indexed Strategy, three dates are used: (1) the date that the application for the Contract is signed (the “Signature Date”) (2) the date seven days after the Signature Date (the “Rate Lock Deadline”) and (3) the third Strategy Application Date that is on or after the Signature Date (the “Third Strategy Application Date”).

If we receive the signed application on or before the Rate Lock Deadline:

If a Purchase Payment is applied:	Then the Maximum Gain for the initial Term of that Strategy is:
On or before the Third Strategy Application Date	The higher of: (1) the Maximum Gain for the first Strategy Application Date on or after the Signature Date (2) the Maximum Gain on the Strategy Application Date for that Purchase Payment
After the Third Strategy Application Date	The Maximum Gain on the Strategy Application Date for that Purchase Payment

If we receive the signed application after the Rate Lock Deadline, then the Maximum Gains for the initial Term will be determined separately for each Purchase Payment. In that case, the Maximum Gain for the initial Term of a Strategy would be the Maximum Gain in effect on the Strategy Application Date for that Purchase Payment.

If you are not satisfied with the Maximum Gains offered for your initial Term, you may rescind your Contract by returning it and giving written notice of your decision to rescind. You will have 20 days in which to rescind your Contract. The rescission period will end at midnight of the 20th day after the date on which your initial Term starts. If you exercise this rescission right, we will return your Purchase Payment(s), without any adjustment for the Early Withdrawal Charge.

Once your Contract is effective, we will send you a written notice at least 30 days before the end of each Term with information about the Indexed Strategies that will be available for the next Term. At least 10 days before the next Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that next Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates).

Because we can change the Maximum Gain that applies to an Indexed Strategy, the Contract has a Bailout right that allows you to take a withdrawal without incurring an Early Withdrawal Charge under certain circumstances. See Bailout Right discussion in the Early Withdrawal Charge section below.

Vesting Factor. The Vesting Factor varies depending on the day of the Term for which the Vested Gain is calculated. A Vesting Factor limits the portion of a positive Index Change that is taken into account when calculating the Vested Gain for a given Indexed Strategy for a given Term.

	Vesting Factor
Dates within first six months of a Term		25	%
Dates within the final six months of a Term but before the final Market Day of that Term		50	%
On the final Market Day of a Term		100	%

A Market Day is each day that all markets that are used to measure Index Changes for available Indexes Strategies are open for regular trading.

Months are measured from the first day of the Term. For example, if a Term starts on January 20, the final six months of that Term will begin on July 20.

If any date in a Term is after the final Market Day of that Term, then a 100% Vesting Factor applies on that date when Vested Gain for that Term is calculated. For example, if a Term ends on a Monday when the markets are closed due to a holiday, then the final Market Day of that Term is the Friday before that holiday. If an automatic transaction is scheduled for Saturday, then the 100% Vesting Factor applies to that transaction.

Example. On the date of Surrender, your entire Account Value of $100,000 is allocated to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy, which has a 12% Maximum Gain for the Term . You Surrender your Contract on day 270 of that Term, which means

that Daily Charges have totaled $741 and a Vesting Factor of 50% applies. For this example, we assume that you did not take any withdrawals before you Surrender your Contract. Assume there is a positive Index Change of 15% at the date on which you

23

Surrender your Contract. Because the Index Change exceeds the Maximum Gain, the Maximum Gain applies and limits the Index Change to 12%. As a result, the Vested Gain is 6% (12% x 0.50). The Investment Base on the date of Surrender is $99,259 ($100,000 - $741). The Vested Gain that applies upon Surrender will be $5,956 ($99,259 x 0.06) and the amount payable will be $105,215 minus any related Early Withdrawal Charge.

Vested Loss

The Vested Loss is the portion of any negative Index Change that is taken into account when determining the value of an Indexed Strategy. Here is the formula that we use to calculate a Vested Loss for any day of a Term.

Vested Loss = any negative Index Change since the start of the current Term (after taking into account either the Maximum Loss for each Term or the Buffer, as applicable) x remaining Investment Base for the current Term

Maximum Loss. The Maximum Loss for a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy or a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy is the most negative Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine the Vested Loss for that Indexed Strategy for that Term. For example, if the Maximum Loss for a Term is 10% and the negative Index Change at the end of that Term is 14%, then the Vested Loss for that Term is 10%.

• The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Conserve Strategy is 0%. This means that the value of a Conserve Strategy will not decrease due to a negative Index Change.

• The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10%. This means that the value of a Growth Strategy will not decrease by more than 10% during a Term due to a negative Index Change.

• The Maximum Loss will not vary depending on the day of the Term. This means that for a Growth Strategy, the Maximum Loss throughout the Term is 10%.

Buffer. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a 10% Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. The Buffer at the end of a Term is 10%. Before the end of the Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer. For example, when 40% of a Term has elapsed, the Buffer on that day equals 40% of the Buffer that would apply at the end of the Term. When 80% of a Term has elapsed, the Buffer on that day equals 80% of the Buffer that would apply at the end of the Term. As a result, a negative Index Change of 15% would produce different Vested Losses at the following junctures:

• Day 146 of Term:

Days Remaining to last Market Day of Term: 219

Buffer: 10% x (365-219)/365 = 4%

Vested Loss: 15% - 4% = 11%

• Day 292 of Term:

Days Remaining to last Market Day of Term: 73

Buffer: 10% x (365-73)/365 = 8%

Vested Loss: 15% - 8% = 7%

• End of Term:

Buffer: 10%

Vested Loss: 15% -10% = 5%

No Vesting Factor. A Vesting Factor does not apply when the Vested Loss is calculated. This means that all of the negative Index Change is taken into account when calculating the Vested Loss for a given Indexed Strategy for a given Term.

Example. On the date of Surrender, your entire Account Value of $100,000 is allocated to the S&P 500 Growth Strategy, which has a 10% Maximum Loss. You Surrender your Contract on day 270 of that Term, which means that Daily Charges have totaled $741. For this example, we assume that you did not take any withdrawals before you Surrender your Contract. Assume there is a negative Index Change of 12.5% on the day that you Surrender your Contract. Because the Index Change exceeds the Maximum Loss, the Maximum Loss applies and limits the Index Change to 10%. As a result, the Vested Loss is 10%. The Investment Base on the date of Surrender is $99,259 ($100,000 - $741). The Vested Loss that applies upon Surrender will be $9,926 ($99,259 x 0.10) and the amount payable will be $89,333 minus any related Early Withdrawal Charge.

24

Effect of Vested Gains and Losses

Here is a summary of the effect of Vested Gains and Losses in various situations.

Vested Gain	A Vested Gain increases the Indexed Strategy value.	If you take a withdrawal, the Investment Base will be reduced by less than the actual amount of the withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge because of the Vested Gain.
Vested Loss	A Vested Loss reduces the Indexed Strategy value.	If you take a withdrawal, the Investment Base will be reduced by more than the actual amount of the withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge because of the Vested Loss.
Additional Information	Any change in an Indexed Strategy value will affect the Account Value, which is used to determine the Surrender Value, the Annuity Payout Value and the Death Benefit Value.	If you take a withdrawal, you will receive the amount you requested and the Indexed Strategy value will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge.

Asymmetrical Impact of Index Changes on Growth and Buffer Strategies Using the Same Index

A Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a 10% Buffer Strategy that use the same Index will often perform differently over identical time periods. These divergent results are produced by variations in the methods used to calculate Vested Gains and Vested Losses for Growth Strategies and Buffer Strategies. You should consider these variations if you are choosing between a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy, and whether either is consistent with your income needs and risk tolerance. Currently, the only Index used by both a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy is the S&P 500 Index.

Vested Gain Variations

Vested Gains for Growth Strategies and Buffer Strategies are calculated using the same formula, but that formula can produce different results when different Maximum Gains are applied. The Maximum Gain for a Buffer Strategy generally will be higher than the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy that uses the same Index. This is because the maximum amount of money you can lose is larger for a Buffer Strategy than a Growth Strategy.

For example, if we set a 12% Maximum Gain for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy and a 14% Maximum Gain for the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy, then the Vested Gains for identical investments in these two strategies would be the same over any period that the Index Value increased up to 12%, but would diverge over any period that the Index Value increased by more than 12%. During any such period, the Vested Gains for the Growth Strategy would be capped at 12%, while the Vested Gains for the Buffer Strategy may reach as high as 14%. As a result, it is possible for the Buffer Strategy to increase in value to a greater extent than the Growth Strategy.

Vested Loss Variations

The formulas used to calculate Vested Losses for Growth Strategies and Buffer Strategies are similar, except Vested Losses for a Growth Strategy are limited by a Maximum Loss, while Vested Losses for a Buffer Strategy are limited by a Buffer. The 10% Maximum Loss for a Growth Strategy does not change throughout the Term, which means that any negative Index Change between 0% and -10% is taken into account whenever Vested Loss is calculated. The amount of the Buffer for a Buffer Strategy increases each day during the course of each Term, culminating with a 10% Buffer at the end of each Term. This means that any a negative Index Change from 0 to -10% is disregarded when calculating Vested Loss at the end of the Term, but a smaller portion of a negative Index Change is disregarded when measuring a Vested Loss before the end of the Term.

The differences in the impact of negative Index Changes on a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy using the same Index over the same Term depends on two variables: the size of the negative Index Change and the size of the Buffer on the date that the Vested Losses are measured.

25

The following chart illustrates how changes to these two variables impact Vested Losses for a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy using the same Index over the same Term:

		Impact of Negative Index Changes on Growth and Buffer Strategy Values Throughout Term
		Vested Loss on:
		Day 73 (20% of Term Elapsed)						Day 146 (40% of Term Elapsed)						Day 219 (60% of Term Elapsed)						Day 292 (80% of Term E lapsed)						End of Term (100% of Term Elapsed)
Index Change		Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 2% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 4% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 6% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 8% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 10% Buffer
	0%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%
	-2%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%
	-4%		-4	%		-2	%		-4	%		0	%		-4	%		0	%		-4	%		0	%		-4	%		0	%
	-6%		-6	%		-4	%		-6	%		-2	%		-6	%		0	%		-6	%		0	%		-6	%		0	%
	-8%		-8	%		-6	%		-8	%		-4	%		-8	%		-2	%		-8	%		0	%		-8	%		0	%
	-10%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%		-10	%		-4	%		-10	%		-2	%		-10	%		0	%
	-12%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%		-10	%		-4	%		-10	%		-2	%
	-14%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%		-10	%		-4	%
	-16%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%
	-18%		-10	%		-16	%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%
	-20%		-10	%		-18	%		-10	%		-16	%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%
	-22%		-10	%		-20	%		-10	%		-18	%		-10	%		-16	%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%

In general, Growth Strategies are designed to protect against larger negative Index Changes, while Buffer Strategies are designed to protect against smaller negative Index Changes. When identical investments are made in a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy using the same Index over the same Term, a negative change in the Index produces the following results:

• a negative Index Change between 0% and -10%, measured on any day, would have a greater negative impact on the Growth Strategy

• a negative Index Change between -10% and -20% could have a greater negative impact on either strategy, depending on the Index Change and the size of the Buffer on the day the Index Change is measured

• a negative Index Change below -20%, measured on any day, would have a greater negative impact on the Buffer Strategy

See Examples - Impact of Withdrawals on Contract Values and Amounts Realized section below for examples that illustrate these concepts.

Examples - Impact of Withdrawals on Contract Values and Amounts Realized

These examples are intended to show you how a withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy before the end of the Term affects the Indexed Strategy values, Vested Gains and Losses, and amounts realized at the end of the Term. These examples assume that you allocate a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 10% Buffer Strategy. The examples assume that the withdrawals are covered by the Free Withdrawal Allowance and therefore no Early Withdrawal Charges apply. If Early Withdrawal Charges did apply, the amounts realized at the end of the Term would be reduced by both the withdrawal and the amount of the Early Withdrawal Charge.

26

Example A: Withdrawal When Index Rising Steadily

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$201	$201
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 -$201 = $49,799	$50,000 -$201 = $49,799
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1040	1040
Positive Index Change	(1040 –1000) /1000 = 4%	(1040 –1000) /1000 = 4%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	4%	4%
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,799 x 1% = $498 Vested Gain	$49,799 x 1% = $498 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,799 + $498 = $50,297	$49,799 + $498 = $50,297
Amount Withdrawn	$5,000	$5,000
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$5,000 / $50,297 = 9.94%	$5,000 / $50,297 = 9.94%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,799 x 0.0994 = $4,950	$49,799 x 0.0994 = $4,950
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,799—$4,950 = $44,849	$49,799—$4,950 = $44,849

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,849	$44,849
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$270	$270
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,849 - $270 = $44,579	$44,849 - $270 = $44,579
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	1130	1130
Positive Index Change	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	12%	13%
Vesting Factor at Term End	100%	100%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	12% x 100% = 12% Vested Gain	13% x 100% = 13% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$44,579 x 12% = $5,349 Vested Gain	$44,579 x 13% = $5,795 Vested Gain
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,579 + $5,349 = $49,928	$44,579 + $5,795 = $50,374

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $54,928 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $49,928 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $55,440 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and plus $5,940 gain ($49,500 x 12%)).

This hypothetical Strategy value of $55,440 exceeds the amount realized of $54,928 because:

• the gain at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be less than the actual amount withdrawn ($5,000 -$4,950 = $50); and

• the subsequent gain at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that gain to be smaller than the hypothetical gain ($5,349 - $5,940 = -$591); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $29 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($50—$591 + $29 = -$512) is equal to the difference between the hypothetical Strategy value and the amount realized ($55,440 - $512 = $54,928).

27

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $55,374 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $50,374 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $55,935 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and plus $6,435 gain ($49,500 x 13%)). This hypothetical Strategy value exceeds the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $446 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($55,374) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($54,928) because the Growth Strategy had a lower Maximum Gain, and the Index Change at the end of the Term exceeded the Growth Strategy’s lower Maximum Gain.

Example B: Withdrawal When Index Falls and Then Rises

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$201	$201
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	880	880
Negative Index Change	(880 - 1000) / 1000 = -12%	(880 - 1000) / 1000 = -12%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer on Day 146 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-219)/365 = 4% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-4%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-12% - -4% = -8%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-8% x 100% = 8% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$49,799 x 10% = $4,980 Vested Loss	$49,799 x 8% = $3,984 Vested Loss
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,799 - $4,980 = $44,819	$49,799 - $3,984 = $45,815
Amount Withdrawn*	$4,945	$5,055
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$4,945 / $44,819 = 11.03%	$5,055 / $45,815 = 11.03%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,799 x 0.1103 = $5,493	$49,799 x 0.1103 = $5,493
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,799 - $5,493 = $44,306	$49,799 - $5,493 = $44,306

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,306	$44,306
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$267	$267
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,306 - $267 = $44,039	$44,306 - $267 = $44,039
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	1130	1130
Positive Index Change	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	12%	13%
Vesting Factor at Term End	100%	100%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	12% x 100% = 12% Vested Gain	13% x 100% = 13% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$44,039 x 12% = $5,285 Vested Gain	$44,039 x 13% = $5,725 Vested Gain
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,039 + $5,285 = $49,324	$44,039 + $5,725 = $49,764

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, the total value of all Indexed Strategies

28

immediately before the withdrawal was $90,634 ($44,819 + $45,815). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.45% of that total value ($44,819 / $90,634 = 49.45%), so 49.45% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($4,945) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.55% of that total value ($45,815 / $90,634 = 50.55%), so 50.55% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($5,055) was taken from it.

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $54,269 ($4,945 withdrawal plus the $49,324 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $55,440 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and plus $5,940 gain ($49,500 x 12%)).

This hypothetical Strategy value of $55,440 exceeds the amount realized of $54,269 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($4,945 - $5,493 = -$548); and

• the subsequent gain at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that gain to be smaller than the hypothetical gain ($5,285 - $5,940 = -$655); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $32 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy (-$548 + -$655 + $32 = -$1,171) is equal to the difference between the hypothetical Strategy value and the amount realized ($55,440 - $1,171 = $54,269).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $54,819 ($5,055 withdrawal plus the $49,764 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $55,935 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and plus $6,435 gain ($49,500 x 13%)). This hypothetical Strategy value exceeds the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $550 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($54,819) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($54,269) for two reasons: (1) at the time of the withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (4 percentage points of the -12% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (2 percentage points of the -12% change), thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, and (2) the Index Change at the end of the Term exceeded the Growth Strategy’s lower Maximum Gain, thus increasing the Buffer Strategy’s value by more than the increase in the Growth Strategy’s value.

29

Example C: Withdrawal When Index Falling Steadily

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$201	$201
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	980	980
Negative Index Change	(980 - 1000) / 1000 = -2%	(980 - 1000) / 1000 = -2%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-2%	N/A
Buffer on Day 146 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-219)/365 = 4% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	Entire -2% Index Change
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	0%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-2% x 100% = 2% Vested Loss	0% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$49,799 x 2% = $996 Vested Loss	$0 Vested Loss
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,799- $996 = $48,803	$49,799 - $0 = $49,799
Amount Withdrawn*	$4,949	$5,051
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$4,949 / $48,803 = 10.14%	$5,051 / $49,799 = 10.14%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,799 x 0.1014 = $5,050	$49,799 x .0.1014 = $5,050
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,799 - $5,050 = $44,749	$49,799 - $5,050 = $44,749

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,749	$44,749
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$269	$269
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,749 - $269 = $44,480	$44,749 - $269 = $44,480
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	860	860
Negative Index Change	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-14% - -10% = -4%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-4% x 100% = 4% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$44,480 x 10% = $4,448 Vested Loss	$44,480 x 4% = $1,779 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,480 - $4,448 = $40,032	$44,480 - $1,779 = $42,701

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $98,602 ($48,803 + $49,799). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.49% of that total value ($48,803 / $98,602 = 49.49%), so 49.49% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($4,949) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.51% of that total value ($49,799 / $98,602 = 50.51%), so 50.51% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($5,051) was taken from it.

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $44,981 ($4,949 withdrawal plus the $40,032 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,550 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $4,950 loss ($49,500 x -10%)).

30

The amount realized of $44,981 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,550 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($4,949 - $5,050 = -$101); and

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($4,950 - $4,448 = $502); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $30 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($502 - $101 + $30 = $431) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($44,981 - $431 = $44,550).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $47,752 ($5,051 withdrawal plus the $42,701 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $47,520 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $1,980 loss ($49,500 x -4%)). This hypothetical Strategy value is lower than the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,771 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($47,752) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($44,981) for two reasons: (1) at the time of the withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed all of the negative Index Change of -2%, while the Maximum Loss did not absorb any of the negative Index Change, thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, and (2) at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -14% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (4 percentage points of the -14% change), thus reducing the Growth Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Buffer Strategy value.

31

Example D: Withdrawal When Index Falling Steadily and Precipitously

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$201	$201
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	850	850
Negative Index Change	(850 - 1000) / 1000 = -15%	(850 -1000) / 1000 = -15%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer on Day 146 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-219)/365 = 4% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-4%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-15% - -4% = -11%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-11% x 100% = 11% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$49,799 x 10% = $4,980 Vested Loss	$49,799 x 11% = $5,478 Vested Loss
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,799 - $4,980 = $44,819	$49,799 - $5,478 = $44,321
Amount Withdrawn*	$5,028	$4,972
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$5,028 / $44,819 = 11.22%	$4,972 / $44,321 = 11.22%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,799 x 0.1122 = $5,587	$49,799 x 0.1122 = $5,587
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,799 - $5,587 = $44,212	$49,799 - $5,587 = $44,212

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,212	$44,212
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$266	$266
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,212 - $266 = $43,946	$44,212 - $266 = $43,946
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	750	750
Negative Index Change	(750 -1000) / 1000 = -25%	(750 - 1000) / 1000 = -25%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-25% - -10% = -15%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-15% x 100% = 15% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$43,946 x 10% = $4,395 Vested Loss	$43,946 x 15% = $6,592 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$43,946 - $4,395 = $39,551	$43,946 - $6,592 = $37,354

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $89,140 ($44,819 + $44,321). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 50.28% of that total value ($44,819 / $89,140 = 50.28%), so 50.28% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($5,028) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 49.72% of that total value ($44,321 / $89,140 = 49.72%), so 49.72% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($4,972) was taken from it.

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $44,579 ($5,028 withdrawal plus the $39,551 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,550 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $4,950 loss ($49,500 x -10%)).

32

The amount realized of $44,579 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,550 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($5,028 - $5,587 = -$559); and

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($4,950 - $4,395 = $555); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $33 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($555 - $559 + 33 = $29) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($44,579 - $29 = $44,550).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $42,326 ($4,972 withdrawal plus the $37,354 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $42,075 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $7,425 loss ($49,500 x -15%)).

The amount realized of $42,326 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $42,075 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($4,972 - $5,587 = -$615);

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($7,425 - $6,592 = $833); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $33.

The result for the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy ($833 - $615 + 33 = $251) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($42,326 - $251 = $42,075).

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy underperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,253 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($42,326) is smaller than the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($44,579) for two reasons: (1) at the time of the withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed less of the negative Index Change of -15%, thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, and (2) at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed less of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -25% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (15 percentage points of the -25% change), thus reducing the Buffer Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Growth Strategy value.

33

Example E: Withdrawal When Index Rises and Then Falls

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$201	$201
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1080	1080
Positive Index Change	(1080 - 1000) / 1000 = 8%	(1080 - 1000) / 1000 = 8%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	8%	8%
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	8% x 25% = 2% Vested Gain	8% x 25% = 2% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,799 x 2% = $996 Vested Gain	$49,799 x 2% = $996 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,799 + $996 = $50,795	$49,799 + $996 = $50,795
Amount Withdrawn	$5,000	$5,000
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$5,000 / $50,795 = 9.84%	$5,000 / $50,795 = 9.84%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,799 x 0.0984 = $4,900	$49,799 x 0.0984 = $4,900
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,799 - $4,900 = $44,899	$49,799 - $4,900 = $44,899

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,899	$44,899
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$270	$270
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,899 - $270 = $44,629	$44,899 - $270 = $44,629
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	860	860
Negative Index Change	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-14% - -10% = -4%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-4% x 100% = 4% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$44,629 x 10% = $4,463 Vested Loss	$44,629 x 4% = $1,785 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,629 - $4,463 = $40,166	$44,629 - $1,785 = $42,844

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $45,166 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $40,166 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,550 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $4,950 loss ($49,500 x -10%)).

The amount realized of $45,166 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,550 because:

• the gain at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be less than the actual amount withdrawn ($5,000 - $4,900 = $100);

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($4,950 - $4,463 = $487); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $29 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

34

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($100 + $487 + $29 = $558) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($45,166 - $616 = $44,550).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $47,844 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $42,844 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $47,520 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $1,980 loss ($49,500 x -4%)). This hypothetical Strategy value is lower than the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,678 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($47,844) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($45,166) because, at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -14% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (4 percentage points of the -14% change), thus reducing the Growth Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Buffer Strategy value.

35

Example F: Multiple Withdrawals in a Volatile Market

Impact of $2,500 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$201	$201
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799	$50,000 - $201 = $49,799
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1040	1040
Positive Index Change	(1040 - 1000) / 1000 = 4%	(1040 - 1000) / 1000 = 4%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	4%	4%
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,799 x 1% = $498 Vested Gain	$49,799 x 1% = $498 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,799 + $498 = $50,297	$49,799 + $498 = $50,297
Amount Withdrawn	$1,250	$1,250
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$1,250 / $50,297 = 2.49%	$1,250 / $50,297 = 2.49%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,799 x 0.0249 = $1,240	$49,799 x 0.0249 = $1,240
Remaining Investment Base after Day 146 Withdrawal	$49,799 - $1,240 = $48,559	$49,799 - $1,240 = $48,559

Impact of $3,500 Withdrawal on Day 219 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Day 146 Withdrawal	$48,559	$48,559
Daily Charges Day 147 through Day 219	$98	$98
Remaining Investment Base on Day 219	$48,559 - $98 = $48,461	$48,559 - $98 = $48,4619
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	970	970
Negative Index Change	(970 - 1000) / 1000 = -3%	(970 - 1000) / 1000 = -3%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-3%	N/A
Buffer on Day 219 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-146)/365 = 6% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	Entire -3% Index Change
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	0%
Vested Loss as Percentage	-3% x 100% = 3% Vested Loss	0%
Vested Loss in Dollars	$48,461 x 3% = $1,454 Vested Loss	$0
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$48,461 - $1,454 = $47,007	$48,461 - $0 = $48,461
Amount Withdrawn*	$1,723	$1,777
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$1,723 / $47,007 = 3.67%	$1,777 / $48,461 = 3.67%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$48,461 x 0.0367 = $1,779	$48,461 x 0.0367 = $1,779
Remaining Investment Base after Day 219 Withdrawal	$48,461 - $1,779 = $46,682	$48,461 - $1,779 = $46,682

36

Impact of $4,000 Withdrawal on Day 292 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Day 219 Withdrawal	$46,682	$46,682
Daily Charges Day 220 through Day 292	$94	$94
Remaining Investment Base on Day 292	$46,682 - $94 = $46,588	$46,682 - $94 = $46,588
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1150	1150
Positive Index Change	(1150 - 1000) / 1000 = 15%	(1150 - 1000) / 1000 = 15%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	12%	14%
Vesting Factor in Month 8	50%	50%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	12% x 50% = 6% Vested Gain	14% x 50% = 7% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$46,588 x 6% = $2,795 Vested Gain	$46,588 x 7% = $3,261 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$46,588 + $2,795 = $49,383	$46,588 + $3,261 = $49.849
Amount Withdrawn*	$1,991	$2,009
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$1,991 / $49,383= 4.03%	$2,009 / $49,849 = 4.03%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$46,588 x 0.0403 = $1,878	$46,588 x 0.0403 = $1,878
Remaining Investment Base after Day 292 Withdrawal	$46,588 - $1,878 = $44,710	$46,588 - $1,878 = $44,710

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Day 292 Withdrawal	$44,710	$44,710
Daily Charges Day 293 to Term End	$90	$90
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,710 - $90 = $44,620	$44,710 - $90 = $44,620
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	860	860
Negative Index Change	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-14% - -10% = -4%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-4% x 100% = 4% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$44,620 x 10% = $4,462 Vested Loss	$44,620 x 4% = $1,785 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,620 - $4,462 = $40,158	$44,620 - $1,785 = $42,835

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, on Day 219 the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $95,468 ($47,007 + $48,461). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.24% of that total value ($47,007 / $95,468 = 49.24%), so 49.24% of the $3,500 withdrawal ($1,723) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.76% of that total value ($48,461 / $95,468 = 50.76%), so 50.76% of the $3,500 withdrawal ($1,777) was taken from it.

In this example, on Day 292 the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $99,232 ($49,383 + $49,849). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.77% of that total value ($49,383 / $99,232 = 49.77%), so 49.77% of the $4,000 withdrawal ($1,991) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.23% of that total value ($49,849 / $99,232 = 50.23%), so 50.23% of the $4,000 withdrawal ($2,009) was taken from it.

37

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $45,122 ($4,964 total withdrawal plus the $40,158 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,550 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $4,950 loss ($49,500 x -10%)).

The amount realized of $45,122 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,500 because:

• the gains at the time of the $2,500 and $4,000 withdrawals caused the reductions in the Investment Base to be less than the actual amounts withdrawn ($1,250 - $1,240 = $10 and $1,991 - $1,878 = $113);

• the loss at the time of the $3,500 withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($1,723 - $1,779 = -$56);

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be less than the hypothetical loss ($4,950 - $4,462 = $488); and

• the Daily Charges are lower than they would have been without the withdrawals by $17 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($10 + $113 - $56 + $488 + $17 = $572) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($45,122 - $572 = $44,550).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $47,871 ($5,036 total withdrawals plus the $42,835 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $47,520 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $500 and minus $1,980 loss ($49,500 x -4%)). This hypothetical Strategy value is lower than the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,749 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($47,871) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($45,122) for three reasons: (1) at the time of the Day 219 withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed all of the negative Index Change of -3%, while the Maximum Loss did not absorb any of the negative Index Change, thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, (2) at the time of the Day 292 withdrawal, the Index Change exceeded the Maximum Gain of both the Buffer Strategy and the Growth Strategy, but the Buffer Strategy had a higher Maximum Gain than the Growth Strategy, resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, and (3) at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -14% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (4 percentage points of the -14% change), thus reducing the Growth Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Buffer Strategy value.

Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End

Renewals

At the end of each Term of a given Indexed Strategy, we will apply the ending value of that Strategy to a new Term of that same Strategy. The amount applied to a new Term of the same Strategy will not include any amount that is moved to a different Strategy as part of a reallocation at the Term end.

Reallocations

At the end of a Term, you may reallocate the ending values of the Indexed Strategies for that Term among the available Strategies. You can only reallocate amounts from one Indexed Strategy to another at the end of the Term for which such amount is being held. You cannot make a reallocation at any other time.

We will send you written notice at least 30 days before the end of a Term to provide you with the opportunity to make a reallocation. We must receive your Request in Good Order for a reallocation on or before the last day of the Term. For example,

if the end of a Term falls on a weekend, we must receive your request on the last Market Day before that weekend.

38

Limitations

Reallocations must be in whole percentages that total 100%. We reserve the right to round amounts up or down to make whole percentages, and to reduce or increase amounts proportionally in order to total 100%.

Any renewal or reallocation will be subject to Strategy availability, minimums and maximums. Currently there are no limitations on the amounts that may be applied to an Indexed Strategy. We may establish minimum and maximum amounts or percentages that may be applied to a given Indexed Strategy for any future Term in our discretion. We will notify you of any such minimum or maximum.

The new Term of each Strategy is subject to the Maximum Gain in effect for that Strategy for that new Term. For example, the Maximum Gain for an Indexed Strategy for a new Term may be different than the Maximum Gain for that Indexed Strategy for the Term that is ending.

Availability of Strategies

At the end of a Term, we may eliminate a particular Indexed Strategy in our discretion. We will send you a written notice at least 30 days before the end of each Term with information about the Indexed Strategies that will be available for the next Term. At least 10 days before the next Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gains that will apply for that next Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates).

We are not obligated to offer any one particular Indexed Strategy. At the end of a Term, we can add or stop offering any Indexed Strategy at our discretion. For example, we could stop offering Growth/-10% Floor Strategies after the first seven Contract Years. We may limit the availability of an Indexed Strategy for a Term that would extend beyond the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. All Indexed Strategies may not be available in all states.

We will always offer at least one Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. No earnings are guaranteed for an Indexed Strategy.

If we add or stop offering a Indexed Strategy at the end of a Term, we will send you a notification. If funds are held in an Indexed Strategy that will no longer be available after the end of a Term, the funds will remain in that Indexed Strategy until the end of that Term.

If you have allocated money to an Indexed Strategy and that Indexed Strategy will not be available for the next Term, then the Bailout right will apply. In this case, you may withdraw money from that Indexed Strategy at the end of the current Term without incurring an Early Withdrawal Charge, or you may reallocate amounts to another Indexed Strategy.

Reallocations to Default Strategies

At the end of a Term, to the extent any amount cannot be applied to a given Indexed Strategy for the next Term because that Strategy is no longer available or the amount is under the minimum or over the maximum for that Strategy for the new Term, if you do not withdraw the funds pursuant to your Bailout Right or reallocate them to another Index Strategy, then we will reallocate the amount to a default Strategy. The default strategy will be a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy that we designate.

If the amount to be applied exceeds the maximum, then the default reallocation rules will apply only to the excess amount. For example, if the maximum amount for an Indexed Strategy is $50,000 and the amount to be applied is $54,000, then the default reallocation rules will apply only to the excess $4,000.

Cash Benefit

Surrender

You may Surrender your Contract at any time before the earlier of: (1) the Annuity Payout Initiation Date; or (2) a death for which a Death Benefit is payable. The right to Surrender may be restricted if your Contract is purchased under an employer plan subject to IRC Section 401 (pension, profit sharing, and 401(k) plans), IRC Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans), or IRC Section 457(b) (governmental deferred compensation plans).

39

A Surrender must be made by a Request in Good Order. The amount paid upon Surrender is the Surrender Value. If you Surrender your Contract, the Contract terminates.

Withdrawals

You may take a withdrawal from your Contract at any time before the earliest of: (1) the Annuity Payout Initiation Date; (2) a death for which a Death Benefit is payable; or (3) the date that this Contract is Surrendered. The right to withdraw may be restricted if your Contract is purchased under an employer plan subject to IRC Section 401 (pension, profit sharing, and 401(k) plans), IRC Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans), or IRC Section 457(b) (governmental deferred compensation plans).

A withdrawal must be made by a Request in Good Order. The amount of any withdrawal must at least $500. If the withdrawal would reduce the Account Value to less than the minimum value of $5,000, we will treat the withdrawal request as a request to withdraw the maximum amount that may be taken without reducing your Account Value to less than $5,000.

We will withdraw funds from your Account Value as of the date on which we receive your Request in Good Order or any later specified effective date. Unless you instruct us otherwise by a Request in Good Order prior to the date of the withdrawal, a withdrawal will be taken in the following order:

• first proportionally from funds that then qualify for a waiver of the Early Withdrawal Charge pursuant to the Bailout right;

• then from the Purchase Payment Account; and

• then proportionally from Indexed Strategies.

Effect of Withdrawals

A withdrawal reduces the Account Value, which in turn reduces the amount payable upon Surrender, applied to the Annuity Payout Benefit, or payable as the Death Benefit.

If an Early Withdrawal Charge applies to your withdrawal, you will receive the amount that you requested, and your Account Value will be reduced by the amount you receive plus the amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge. A withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy other than at the end of a Term also reduces the Investment Base used to calculate the Vested Gain or Loss for the Term. The reduction in the Investment Base for a withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge is proportional to the reduction in the Account Value. See Vested Gains and Losses section above.

Automatic Withdrawals

You may elect to automatically withdraw money from your Contract under any automatic withdrawal program that we offer. Your Account Value must be at least $10,000 in order to make an automatic withdrawal election. The minimum amount of each automatic withdrawal payment is $100. Automatic withdrawals will be taken from the Purchase Payment Account and Strategies of your Contract in the same order as any other withdrawal.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the automatic withdrawal program, you may begin or discontinue automatic withdrawals at any time. You must give us at least 30 days’ notice to change any automatic withdrawal instructions that are currently in place. Any request to begin, discontinue or change automatic withdrawals must be a Request in Good Order. We reserve the right to discontinue offering automatic withdrawals at any time.

Currently, we do not charge a fee to participate in an automatic withdrawal program. However, we reserve the right to impose an annual fee in such amount as we may then determine to be reasonable for participation in the automatic withdrawal program. If imposed, the fee will not exceed $30 annually.

Before electing an automatic withdrawal, you should consult with a financial advisor. Automatic withdrawals are similar to starting Annuity Payout Benefit payments, but will result in different taxation of payments and potentially a different amount of total payments over the life of your Contract. Automatic withdrawals will reduce the amount available under the Free Withdrawal Allowance described below. Unless a waiver applies, an Early Withdrawal Charge may apply to an automatic withdrawal during the Early Withdrawal Charge period.

Exchanges, Transfers, and Rollovers

An amount paid on a withdrawal or Surrender may be paid to or for another annuity or tax-qualified account in a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover to the extent allowed by federal tax law.

40

Examples - Amount Available for Withdrawal

The following examples are intended to help you understand the amount that may be available for withdrawal in different market environments.

Example G: Amount Available for a Withdrawal When Index Rises

This example assumes:

• you allocate a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 10% Buffer Strategy;

• the Contract Effective Date and the Term Start Date are both April 6, 2022;

• the Maximum Gain for the initial Term of the S&P 500 Growth Strategy is 12% and the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy is 14%;

• you request a $10,000 withdrawal on Day 146 of the Term (August 30, 2022);

• you do not take any other withdrawals during the initial Term; and

• the Term End Date is April 6, 2023.

Term Start Date - April 6, 2022	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Strategy Value	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Investment Base	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Maximum Gain for Term	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%	See Footnote 2 below.
Index Value	1900	1900
Withdrawal Date - August 30, 2022
Daily Charges through withdrawal date	$201	$201	See Footnote 3 below
Remaining Investment Base	$49,799	$49,799	See Footnote 4 below
Index Value	1976	1976
Positive Index Change	4%	4%	See Footnote 5 below.
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	4%	4%	See Footnote 6 below.
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%	See Footnote 7 below.
Vested Gain as a Percentage	1%	1%	See Footnote 8 below.
Vested Gain	$498	$498	See Footnote 8 below.
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$50,297	$50,297	See Footnote 9 below.
Amount of Withdrawal Requested	$10,000	$10,000
Free Withdrawal Allowance	$5,000	$5,000	See Footnote 10 below.
Early Withdrawal Charge	$495	$495	See Footnote 11 below.
Total Amount Withdrawn	$10,495	$10,495	See Footnote 12 below.
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	20.87%	20.87%	See Footnote 13 below.
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$10,391	$10,391	See Footnote 13 below.
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$39,408	$39,408	See Footnote 14 below.
Strategy Value after Withdrawal	$39,802	$39,802	See Footnote 15 below.
Term End Date - April 6, 2023
Daily Charges withdrawal date to Term End	$237	$237	See Footnote 16 below
Remaining Investment Base	$39,171	$39,171	See Footnote 17 below
Index Value	2033	2033
Positive Index Change	7%	7%	See Footnote 18 below.
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	7%	7%	See Footnote 19 below.
Vesting Factor at Term End	100%	100%	See Footnote 20 below.
Vested Gain as a Percentage	7%	7%	See Footnote 21 below.
Vested Gain	$2,742	$2,742	See Footnote 21 below.
Strategy Value at Term End	$41,913	$42,913	See Footnote 22 below.

Footnote 1. On the Term Start Date, the Strategy value is equal to the amount applied to the Strategy on the Term Start Date. The amount applied on the Term Start Date is also the beginning Investment Base.

41

Footnote 2. The Maximum Gain is the largest positive Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Gain. In this example, the Maximum Gain is 12% (for the Growth Strategy) or 14% (for the Buffer Strategy), which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Gain unless the Index goes up more than 12% or 14%, respectively.

Footnote 3. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the first day of the Term to the withdrawal date.

Formula	Investment Base on the Term Start Date – (Investment Base on the Term Start Date x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ number of days elapsed prior to withdrawal)
Calculation	$50,000 - ($50,000 x (1 - 0.0000275348) ^ 146) = $201

Footnote 4. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 - $201 - $0 = $49,799

Footnote 5. The Index Change is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the withdrawal date.

Formula	(Index Value on withdrawal date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(1976 - 1900) / 1900 = 4%

Footnote 6. In this example, the Index Change on the withdrawal date is not limited by the Maximum Gain because the Index did not go up more than 12% for the Growth Strategy or 14% for the Buffer Strategy.

Footnote 7. A Vesting Factor limits the portion of a positive Index Change that is taken into account to determine the Vested Gain. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change varies depending on the day of the Term. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on any date within the first six months of a Term is 25%. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on any date within the final six months of a Term (but before the Final Market Day of the Term) is 50%. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on the final Market Day of the Term (or any date after that when the Vested Gain for the Term is calculated) is 100%. In this example, the Vesting Factor is 25% because the withdrawal date is a date within the first six months of the Term.

Footnote 8. When there is a positive Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Gain.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Gain x Vesting Factor = Vested Gain percentage
Calculation	4% x 25% = 1%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Gain percentage = Vested Gain in dollars
Calculation	$49,799 x 0.01 = $498

Footnote 9. In this example, there is a Vested Gain on the withdrawal date and you have not taken any withdrawals before that date. This means the Strategy value on the withdrawal date is the remaining Investment Base plus the Vested Gain as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base + Vested Gain = Strategy value
Calculation	$49,799 + $499 = $50,297

Footnote 10. The Free Withdrawal Allowance (FWA) for the first Contract Year is 10% of the Purchase Payment. The FWA for each subsequent Contract Year is 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary.

Formula	Purchase Payment x 10% = FWA for first Contract Year
Calculation	$50,000 x 0.10 = $5,000

42

Footnote 11. The Early Withdrawal Charge that would apply to your withdrawal is equal to the amount subject to the charge multiplied by the Early Withdrawal Charge rate (EWC rate). The amount subject to the charge includes the charge itself. The amount subject to the charge does not include the FWA. The EWC rate depends on the Contract Year. In this example, the withdrawal occurs in the first Contract Year, when the EWC rate is 9%. The Early Withdrawal Charge rate declines after each of the first seven Contract Years. There is no Early Withdrawal Charge after Contract Year 7.

Formula	[(Requested withdrawal - FWA) x EWC rate] / (1.00 - EWC rate) = Early Withdrawal Charge
Calculation	[($10,000 - $5,000) x 0.09] / (1.00 - 0.09) = $5,000 x 0.09 / 0.91 = $400 / 0.91 = $495

Footnote 12. When you request a withdrawal, you receive the amount you requested. If an Early Withdrawal Charge applies, we also withdraw an amount equal to the charge. This means that the total amount withdrawn from your annuity is equal to the amount you requested plus the applicable Early Withdrawal Charge.

Formula	Requested withdrawal + Early Withdrawal Charge = total amount withdrawn
Calculation	$10,000 + $495 = $10,495

Footnote 13. When you take a withdrawal, the portion of the Investment Base taken to pay for the withdrawal is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy due to the withdrawal. If there is a Vested Gain as of the withdrawal date, the reduction in the Investment Base will be less than the total amount withdrawn. This difference occurs because your withdrawal is credited with a proportionate share of the Vested Gain.

Formula	Total amount withdrawn / Strategy value before withdrawal = percentage reduction in Strategy value
Calculation	$10,495 / $50,297 = 20.87%
Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal x percentage reduction in Strategy value = proportional reduction in Investment Base
Calculation	$49,799 x 0.2087 = $10,391

Footnote 14. On the withdrawal date after the withdrawal, the remaining Investment Base is equal to the Investment Base before the withdrawal minus the proportional reduction in the Investment Base for the withdrawal.

Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal - proportional reduction in Investment Base for withdrawal = Investment Base after withdrawal
Calculation	$49,799 - $10,391 = $39,408

Footnote 15. On the withdrawal date, the Strategy value after the withdrawal is equal to Strategy value before the withdrawal minus the total amount withdrawn.

Formula	Strategy value before withdrawal - total amount withdrawn = Strategy value after withdrawal
Calculation	$50,297 - $10,495 = $39,802

Footnote 16. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the withdrawal date to the last day of the Term.

Formula	Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal – (Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ Number of Days Elapsed Since Previous Withdrawal) = Daily Charges
Calculation	$39,408 - ($39,408 x (1 - 0.0000275348) ^ 219) = $237

Footnote 17. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 – ($201 + $237) - $10,391 = $39,171

43

Footnote 18. The Index Change on the Term End Date is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the Term End Date.

Formula	(Index Value on Term End Date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(2033 - 1900) / 1900 = 7%

Footnote 19. In this example, the Index Change on the Term End Date is not limited by the Maximum Gain because the Index did not go up more than 12% for the Growth Strategy or 14% for the Buffer Strategy.

Footnote 20. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on the Term End Date is 100%.

Footnote 21. When there is a positive Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Gain.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Gain x Vesting Factor = Vested Gain percentage
Calculation	7% x 100% = 7%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Gain percentage = Vested Gain in dollars
Calculation	$39,171 x 0.07 = $2,742

Footnote 22. In this example, there is a Vested Gain on the Term End Date and you have taken a $10,000 withdrawal during the Term. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date plus the Vested Gain as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date + Vested Gain = Strategy value on Term End Date
Calculation	$39,171 + $2,742 = $41,913

44

Example H: Amount Available for a Withdrawal When Index Falls

This example assumes:

• you allocate a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 10% Buffer Strategy;

• the Contract Effective Date and the Term Start Date are both April 6, 2022;

• you request a $10,000 withdrawal on Day 146 of the Term (August 30, 2022);

• you do not take any other withdrawals during the initial Term; and

• the Term End Date is April 6, 2023.

Term Start Date - April 6, 2022	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Strategy Value	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Investment Base	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A	See Footnote 2 below.
End of Term Buffer	N/A	10% Buffer	See Footnote 3 below.
Index Value	1900	1900
Withdrawal Date - August 30, 2022
Daily Charges through withdrawal date	$201	$201	See Footnote 4 below.
Remaining Investment Base	$49,799	$49,799	See Footnote 5 below
Index Value	1786	1786
Negative Index Change	-6%	-6%	See Footnote 6 below.
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-6%	N/A	See Footnote 7 below.
Buffer on Day 146	N/A	4% Buffer	See Footnote 8 below.
Vested Loss Percentage	-6%	-2%	See Footnote 9 below.
Vested Loss	-$2,988	-$996	See Footnote 9 below.
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$46,811	$48,803	See Footnote 10 below.
Amount of Withdrawal Requested	$10,000	$10,000
Free Withdrawal Allowance	$5,000	$5,000	See Footnote 11 below.
Early Withdrawal Charge	$495	$495	See Footnote 12 below.
Total Amount Withdrawn	$10,495	$10,495	See Footnote 13 below.
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	22.42%	21.50%	See Footnote 14 below.
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$11,164	$10,709	See Footnote 14 below.
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$38,635	$39,090	See Footnote 15 below.
Strategy Value after Withdrawal	$36,317	$38,309	See Footnote 16 below.
Term End Date - April 6, 2023
Daily Charges withdrawal date to Term End	$233	$235	See Footnote 17 below
Remaining Investment Base	$38,402	$38,855	See Footnote 18 below
Index Value	1748	1748
Negative Index Change	-8%	-8%	See Footnote 19 below.
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-8%	N/A	See Footnote 20 below.
Negative Index Change Limited by Buffer	N/A	0%	See Footnote 21 below.
Vested Loss Percentage	-8%	0%	See Footnote 22 below.
Vested Loss	-$3,072	$0	See Footnote 22 below.
Strategy Value at Term End	$35,330	$38,855	See Footnote 23 below.

Footnote 1. On the Term Start Date, the Strategy value is equal to the amount applied to the Strategy on the Term Start Date. The amount applied on the Term Start Date is also the beginning Investment Base.

Footnote 2. The Maximum Loss is the largest negative Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Loss for Growth Strategies. In this example, the Maximum Loss is 10%, which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Loss unless the Index goes down more than 10%.

45

Footnote 3. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. Once the final Market Day of the Term has been reached, the Buffer is 10%. Before the final Market Day, the Buffer is:

10%	×	365 –N
		365

where N is equal to the number of days remaining until the final Market Day of the Term.

Footnote 4. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the first day of the Term to the withdrawal date.

Formula	Investment Base on the Term Start Date – (Investment Base on the Term Start Date x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ number of days elapsed prior to withdrawal)
Calculation	$50,000 - ($50,000 x (1 - 0.0000275348) ^ 146) = $201

Footnote 5. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 - $201 - $0 = $49,799

Footnote 6. The Index Change is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the withdrawal date.

Formula	(Index Value on withdrawal date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(1786 - 1900) / 1900 = -6%

Footnote 7. In this example, the negative Index Change on the withdrawal date is not limited by the Maximum Loss because the Index did not go down more than 10%.

Footnote 8. In this example, only a portion of the negative Index Change on the withdrawal date is limited by the Buffer because the Index went down more than 4%.

Footnote 9.

Vested Loss – Growth Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Loss for Growth Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Loss = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-6% = -6%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$49,799 x -0.06 = -$2,988

Vested Loss – Buffer Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Loss for Buffer Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Buffer = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-6% Index Change - -4% Buffer = -2%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$49,799 x -0.02 = -$996

46

Footnote 10. In this example, there is a Vested Loss on the withdrawal date and you have not taken any withdrawals before that date. This means the Strategy value on the withdrawal date is the Investment Base, minus the Vested Loss as of that date.

Formula	Investment Base - Vested Loss = Strategy value
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $49,799 - $2,988 = $46,811
	For Buffer Strategy: $49,799 - $996 = $48,803

Footnote 11. The Free Withdrawal Allowance (FWA) for the first Contract Year is 10% of the Purchase Payment. The FWA for each subsequent Contract Year is 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary.

Formula	Purchase Payment x 10% = FWA for first Contract Year
Calculation	$50,000 x 10% = $5,000

Footnote 12. The Early Withdrawal Charge that would apply to your withdrawal is equal to the amount subject to the charge multiplied by the Early Withdrawal Charge rate (EWC rate). The amount subject to the charge includes the charge itself. The amount subject to the charge does not include the FWA. The EWC rate depends on the Contract Year. In this example, the withdrawal occurs in the first Contract Year, when the EWC rate is 9%. The Early Withdrawal Charge rate declines after each of the first seven Contract Years. There is no Early Withdrawal Charge after Contract Year 7.

Formula	[(Requested withdrawal - FWA) x EWC rate] / (1.00 - EWC rate) = Early Withdrawal Charge
Calculation	[($10,000 - $5,000) x 0.09] / (1.00 - 0.09) = $5,000 x 0.09 / 0.91 = $400 / 0.91 = $495

Footnote 13. When you request a withdrawal, you receive the amount you requested. If an Early Withdrawal Charge applies, we also withdraw an amount equal to the charge. This means that the total amount withdrawn from your annuity is equal to the amount you requested plus the applicable Early Withdrawal Charge.

Formula	Requested withdrawal + Early Withdrawal Charge = total amount withdrawn
Calculation	$10,000 + $495 = $10,495

Footnote 14. When you take a withdrawal, the portion of the Investment Base taken to pay for the withdrawal is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy due to the withdrawal. If there is a Vested Loss as of the withdrawal date, the reduction in the Investment Base will be more than the total amount withdrawn. This difference occurs because your withdrawal is charged with a proportionate share of the Vested Loss.

Formula	total amount withdrawn / Strategy value before withdrawal = percentage reduction in Strategy value
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $10,495 / $46,811 = 22.42% For Buffer Strategy: $10,495 / $48,803 = 21.50%
Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal x percentage reduction in Strategy value = proportional reduction in Investment Base
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $49,799 x 0.2242 = $11,164 For Buffer Strategy: $49,799 x 0.2150 = $10,709

Footnote 15. On the withdrawal date, the remaining Investment Base after the withdrawal is equal to the Investment Base before the withdrawal minus the proportional reduction in the Investment Base for the withdrawal.

Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal - proportional reduction in Investment Base for withdrawal = Investment Base after withdrawal
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $49,799 - $11,164 = $38,635 For Buffer Strategy: $49,799 - $10,709 = $39,090

Footnote 16. On the withdrawal date, the Strategy value after the withdrawal is equal to the Strategy value before the withdrawal minus the total amount withdrawn.

Formula	Strategy value before withdrawal - total amount withdrawn = Strategy value after withdrawal
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $46,811 - $10,495 = $36,317 For Buffer Strategy: $48,803 - $10,495 = $38,309

47

Footnote 17. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the withdrawal date to the last day of the Term.

Formula	Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal – (Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ Number of Days Elapsed Since Previous Withdrawal) = Daily Charges
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $38,635 – ($38,635 x (1 - 0.0000275348) ^ 219) = $233 For Buffer Strategy: $39,090 – ($39,090 x (1 - 0.0000275348) ^ 219) = $235

Footnote 18. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $50,000 – ($201 + $233) – $11,164 = $38,402 For Buffer Strategy: $50,000 – ($201 + $235) – $10,709 = $38,855

Footnote 19. The Index Change on the Term End Date is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the Term End Date.

Formula	(Index Value on Term End Date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(1748 - 1900) / 1900 = -8%

Footnote 20. For the Growth Strategy, in this example, the negative Index Change on the Term End Date is not limited by the Maximum Loss because the Index did not go down more than 10%.

Footnote 21. For the Buffer Strategy, in this example, the entire negative Index Change on the Term End Date is limited by the Buffer because the Index went down less than 10%.

Footnote 22.

Vested Loss – Growth Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formula to calculate the Vested Loss percentage for Growth Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Loss = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-8% = -8%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$38,402 × -0.08 = -$3,072

Vested Loss – Buffer Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formula to calculate the Vested Loss percentage for Buffer Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Buffer = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-8% Index Change > -10% Buffer = 0%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$38,855 × 0.00 = $0

Footnote 23. In this example, there is a Vested Loss on the Term End Date for the Growth Strategy and you have taken a $10,000 withdrawal during the Term. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date minus the Vested Loss as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date - Vested Loss = Strategy value
Calculation	$38,402 - $3,072 = $35,330

48

In this example, there is no Vested Loss on the Term End Date for the Buffer Strategy and you have taken a $10,000 withdrawal during the Term. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date = Strategy value
Calculation	$38,855 = $38,855

Daily Charge

We impose a Daily Charge to reimburse us for contract sales expenses, including commissions and other distribution, promotion, and acquisition expenses, and to help us maximize Indexed Strategy Maximum Gains. The Daily Charge is calculated using a daily rate that compounds at 1.00% per year.

For an Indexed Strategy, it is calculated as a percentage of the remaining Investment Base and deducted daily.

Example I: Amount Available for a Withdrawal When Index Rises Less Than Daily Charge Rate

The following example is intended to help you understand the amount that may be available for withdrawal when the Index rises at a rate lower than the amount of the Daily Charge over a Term. In such a scenario, Strategy Values will be lower at the end of a Term than they were at the beginning of the Term, despite the fact that the Index rose over that period.

Term Start Date - April 6, 2022	S&P 500 Growth Strategy		S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Strategy Value		$50,000		$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Investment Base		$50,000		$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Maximum Gain for Term		Gain of 12%		Gain of 14%	See Footnote 2 below.
Maximum Loss		Loss of 10%		N/A	See Footnote 3 below.
End of Term Buffer		N/A		10% Buffer	See Footnote 4 below.
Index Value		2000		2000
Term End Date - April 6, 2023
Daily Charges through Term End		$500		$500	See Footnote 5 below.
Remaining Investment Base		$49,500		$49,500	See Footnote 6 below
Index Value		2005		2005
Positive Index Change		0.25%		0.25%	See Footnote 7 below.
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain		0.25%		0.25%	See Footnote 8 below.
Vesting Factor at Term End		100%		100%	See Footnote 9 below.
Vested Gain as a Percentage		0.25%		0.25%	See Footnote 10 below.
Vested Gain		$124		$124	See Footnote 10 below.
Strategy Value at Term End		$49,624		$49,624	See Footnote 11 below.

Footnote 1. On the Term Start Date, the Strategy value is equal to the amount applied to the Strategy on the Term Start Date. The amount applied on the Term Start Date is also the beginning Investment Base.

Footnote 2. The Maximum Gain is the largest positive Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Gain. In this example, the Maximum Gain is 12% (for the Growth Strategy) or 14% (for the Buffer Strategy), which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Gain unless the Index goes up more than 12% or 14%, respectively.

Footnote 3. The Maximum Loss is the largest negative Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Loss for Growth Strategies. In this example, the Maximum Loss is 10%, which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Loss unless the Index goes down more than 10%.

49

Footnote 4. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. Once the final Market Day of the Term has been reached, the Buffer is 10%. Before the final Market Day, the Buffer is:

10%	×	365 –N
		365

where N is equal to the number of days remaining until the final Market Day of the Term.

Footnote 5. When no withdrawals are taken over the course of a Term, the Daily Charges through the Term End Date are equal to the Investment Base on the Term Start Date times the annual rate at which the Daily Charge compounds.

Formula	Investment Base on Term Start Date × annual rate
Calculation	$50,000 × 1.00% = $500

Footnote 6. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 - $500 - $0 = $49,500

Footnote 7. The Index Change on the Term End Date is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the Term End Date.

Formula	(Index Value on Term End Date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(2005 - 2000) / 2000 = 0.25%

Footnote 8. In this example, the Index Change on the Term End Date is not limited by the Maximum Gain because the Index did not go up more than 12% for the Growth Strategy or 14% for the Buffer Strategy.

Footnote 9. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on the Term End Date is 100%.

Footnote 10. When there is a positive Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Gain.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Gain x Vesting Factor = Vested Gain percentage
Calculation	0.25% × 100% = 0.25%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Gain percentage = Vested Gain in dollars
Calculation	$49,500 × 0.0025 = $124

Footnote 11. In this example, there is a Vested Gain on the Term End Date. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date plus the Vested Gain as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date + Vested Gain = Strategy value on Term End Date
Calculation	$49,500 + $124 = $49,624

Early Withdrawal Charge

We impose an Early Withdrawal Charge to reimburse us for contract sales expenses, including commissions and other distribution, promotion, and acquisition expenses, and to allow us to support higher Indexed Strategy Maximum Gains by investing assets for a longer duration.

The Early Withdrawal Charge applies if, during the first seven Contract Years, you take a withdrawal from your Contract or Surrender it. After that, the Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply.

50

The Early Withdrawal Charge is equal to the amount that is subject to the charge multiplied by the Early Withdrawal Charge rate.

• If you take a withdrawal from your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is the amount you withdraw plus any amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge.

• If you Surrender your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is your Account Value.

• The amount subject to the charge will not include: (1) the Free Withdrawal Allowance; (2) the amount, if any, that qualifies under the Bailout right; or (3) the amount, if any, that qualifies for another waiver as described below.

The Early Withdrawal Charge rate depends on how long you own your Contract. The rate schedule is set out below.

Contract Year	1			2			3			4			5			6			7			8+
Early Withdrawal Charge Rate		9	%		8	%		7	%		6	%		5	%		4	%		2	%		0	%

Example. You Surrender your annuity in Contract Year 6 when your Account Value is $100,000. You have already used your Free Withdrawal Allowance for the year and no other exception applies. We take an Early Withdrawal Charge of $4,000 ($100,000 x 0.04) and you receive $96,000.

Example. You take a $10,000 withdrawal from your annuity in Contract Year 6 when your Account Value is $100,000. You have already used your Free Withdrawal Allowance for the year and no other exception applies. We take an Early Withdrawal Charge of $400 ($10,000 x 0.04) and you receive $9,600.

An Early Withdrawal Charge may apply if you take a withdrawal during the first seven Contract Years. That charge will reduce Strategy values, including the value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy.

Free Withdrawal Allowance

The Free Withdrawal Allowance lets you withdraw some money from your Contract without the imposition of the Early Withdrawal Charge. For the first Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is an amount equal to 10% of the total Purchase Payments received by us. For each subsequent Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is equal to 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary. The Free Withdrawal Allowance is non-cumulative and you may not carry over any unused portion to other Contract Years.

For qualified annuities, the Free Withdrawal Allowance will be large enough to cover your required minimum distribution to age 93. However, if you have used your Free Withdrawal Allowance to facilitate a transfer or rollover, then an Early Withdrawal Charge may apply to a required minimum distribution.

Example. Your Account Value as of the end of Contract Year 3 is $200,000. Your Free Withdrawal Allowance for Contract Year 4 is $20,000 ($200,000 x 0.10). If you take a withdrawal of $50,000 at the beginning of Contract Year 4, the Early Withdrawal Charge will not apply to the first $20,000 of the withdrawal, but will apply to the remaining $30,000 plus the amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge. If you take another withdrawal later in Contract Year 4, the Early Withdrawal Charge applies to the entire withdrawal plus the amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge.

Early Withdrawal Charge Waivers

Bailout Right. We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge on amounts that you withdraw from this Contract at the end of a current Term if the amounts are held under an Indexed Strategy for that Term and either:

• the Maximum Gain for the next Term of that Strategy is less than its Bailout Trigger for the current Term; or

• that Strategy will not be available for the next Term.

Each current Term of an Indexed Strategy has its own Bailout Trigger, even if no funds are held under the Indexed Strategy for that Term. If your Contract has multiple Purchase Payments, the Bailout Trigger for one current Term of an Indexed Strategy may be different from the Bailout Trigger for another current Term of the same Indexed Strategy that started on a different date.

The initial Bailout Trigger for each Indexed Strategy is set out on the Contract Specifications page. It is less than the Maximum Gain that we anticipate setting for the initial Term of that Indexed Strategy.

For each subsequent Term, the Bailout Trigger is the lesser of:

• the Bailout Trigger for the Term that ended on the date the current Term began; or

• the Maximum Gain set for the current Term.

51

This means that:

• if the Maximum Gain is never set below the Bailout Trigger, then the Bailout Trigger will not change; and

• if the Maximum Gain is ever set below the Bailout Trigger, then the Bailout Trigger will be reduced for the new Term and for each Term that starts on an anniversary of that Term start date.

The Bailout Trigger will never increase from one Term to the next.

Example. The Bailout Trigger for the initial Term of an Indexed Strategy is 6.5%.

• If we set the Maximum Gain for the next Term of that Indexed Strategy at 7.5%, then you will not qualify for a waiver of the Early Withdrawal Charge at the end of the current Term and the Bailout Trigger for that next Term will continue to be 6.5%.

• If we set the Maximum Gain for the next Term of that Indexed Strategy at 5.5%, then you will qualify for a waiver of the Early Withdrawal Charge at the end of the current Term and the Bailout Trigger for that next Term will change to 5.5%.

If this waiver will apply to an Indexed Strategy at the end of a Term, we will notify you in writing at least 30 days before that Term ends. You may elect a withdrawal under the Bailout right by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request before the end of the applicable Term.

This waiver will only apply to the amount held under the Indexed Strategy for the Term that is ending. It will not apply to amounts then held under a different Strategy, or to amounts held under the same Strategy for a Term ending on a different date. You may not carry over any unused part of the waiver from one Term to the next.

If you withdraw funds that qualify for a waiver under the Bailout right, the withdrawal will reduce the Free Withdrawal Allowance for the applicable Contract Year. For example, if the amount you withdraw that qualifies for a waiver under the Bailout right in Contract Year 4 is more than 10% of your Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary, then no Free Withdrawal Allowance will be available for subsequent withdrawals in Contract Year 4.

Instead of withdrawing amounts that qualify for a waiver under the Bailout right, you may wish to reallocate those amounts to a different Strategy. A Request in Good Order to reallocate funds must be received by us before the end of the applicable Term.

Extended Care Waiver. (Rider form R1462316NW-Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges for Extended Care Rider). We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge that would otherwise apply if you make a Request in Good Order and:

• your Contract is modified by the Extended Care Waiver Rider;

• you are confined in a long-term care facility or hospital and the confinement is prescribed by a physician and is medically necessary;

• the first day of the confinement is at least one year after the Contract Effective Date; and

• the confinement has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days.

You must provide us with satisfactory proof that you meet these conditions before the date of the withdrawal or Surrender. There is no charge for this rider, but it may not be available in all states. In California, the Extended Care Waiver Rider has been replaced with the Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges for Facility Care or Home Care or Community-Based Services Rider, which provides for a waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges under an expanded variety of circumstances. Please see the rider for details.

Terminal Illness Waiver. (Rider form R1462416NW-Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges Upon Terminal Illness Rider). We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge that would otherwise apply if you make a Request in Good Order and:

• your Contract is modified by the Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges upon Terminal Illness Rider;

• you are diagnosed with a terminal illness by a physician and, as a result of the terminal illness, you have a life expectancy of less than 12 months from the date of diagnosis; and

• the diagnosis is rendered by a physician more than one year after the Contract Effective Date.

You must provide us with satisfactory proof that you meet these conditions before the date of the withdrawal or Surrender. There is no charge for this rider, but it may not be available in all states. Please see the rider for details.

Required Minimum Distributions. No special waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges exists for required minimum distributions except as may be offered from time to time under an automated payment program.

52

State Limitations. In some states, our ability to waive fees or charges may be limited by applicable laws, regulations or administrative positions. Please see the “State Variations” section below for information on additional state variations.

Annuity Payout Benefit

Under the Contract you may receive regular Annuity Payout Benefit payments for the duration of the period that you select. Once Annuity Payout Benefit payments start, you can no longer Surrender the Contract or take a withdrawal, no Death Benefit will be payable under your Contract, and your Beneficiary designations will no longer apply. The amount payable after death, if any, is governed by the Payout Option you select.

The Annuity Payout Benefit is payable if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date is reached before the earlier of: (1) a death for which a Death Benefit is payable; or (2) the date that this Contract is Surrendered.

Annuity Payout Initiation Date

The Annuity Payout Initiation Date is the first day of the first payment interval for which payment of the Annuity Payout Benefit is to be made. Annuity Payout Benefit payments are made at the end of each payment interval. This means that for annual payments, the first payment will be made one year after the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

You may select the Annuity Payout Initiation Date by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request before the last Market Close on or before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date you selected and at least 30 days before the first Annuity Payout Benefit payment is to be made.

• The earliest Annuity Payout Initiation you may select is the first Contract Anniversary.

• Unless we agree, the latest Annuity Payout Initiation Date you may select is the Contract Anniversary following your 95th birthday or the 95th birthday, of a joint owner, if earlier. If the Owner is not a human being such as a trust or a corporation, then the Annuity Payout Initiation Date may not be later than the Contract Anniversary following the 95th birthday of the eldest Annuitant, unless we agree.

The earliest permitted date and the latest permitted date for the Annuity Payout Initiation Date are set out on your Contract Specifications Page. The latest permitted date may change if an Owner changes.

If you do not select an Annuity Payout Initiation Date by the latest permitted date, we may select it for you. We will notify you in writing at least 45 days before the date we select. We will give you an opportunity to select an earlier date.

Annuity Payout Amount

The amount of each payment under the Annuity Payout Benefit is determined on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date based on the Annuity Payout Value on that date, the Payout Option that applies, and the payment interval.

The Annuity Payout Value is the amount that can be applied to the Annuity Payout Benefit is equal to: (1) the Account Value on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date; minus (2) premium tax or other taxes not previously deducted.

Form of Annuity Payout Benefit

The Annuity Payout Benefit is paid in the form of annual payments as a Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period. That fixed period will be 10 years or, if fewer, the maximum number of whole years permitted by any tax qualification endorsement.

In place of that, you may elect to have the Annuity Payout Benefit paid in any form of Payout Option that is available under your Contract. The available Payout Options are described in the Payout Options section below. You may elect a Payout Option by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request before the last Market Close on or before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and at least 30 days before the first Annuity Payout Benefit payment is to be made.

Payee for Annuity Payout Benefit

Payment of the Annuity Payout Benefit generally is made to the surviving Owner(s) as the payee(s). In place of that, the surviving Owner(s) may elect for payment to be made as a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover, or for payment to be made to the Annuitant. That election must be made by a Request in Good Order that we receive at least 30 days before the payment date.

53

Payments that become due after the death of the payee are made to:

• the surviving Owner(s); or if none

• then to the surviving contingent payee(s) designated by the surviving Owner(s); or if none;

• the estate of the last payee who received payments.

The portion of any Annuity Payout Benefit remaining after the death of an Owner or Annuitant must be paid at least as rapidly as payments were being made at the time of such death.

You may designate a contingent payee by a Request in Good Order. If you designate your spouse as a contingent payee and your marriage ends before your death, then we will treat your former spouse as having predeceased you except in the following situations: (1) if a court order provides that the former spouse’s rights as a contingent payee are to continue; or (2) if the former spouse remains or becomes an Owner.

Death Benefit

A Death Benefit is payable under your Contract if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and before the Contract is Surrendered. If your spouse becomes a successor owner of the Contract, no Death Benefit will be payable on account of your death.

When the Owner is a non-natural person, a Death Benefit is payable under the Contract if the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and before the Contract is Surrendered. For this purpose, a non-natural person is a trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity.

Only one Death Benefit will be paid under the Contract. If a Death Benefit becomes payable, it will be in place of all other benefits under the Contract, and all other rights under this Contract will terminate except for rights related to the Death Benefit.

Death Benefit Payout Date

• If the Death Benefit is to be paid as a lump sum, then it will be paid as soon as practicable after the receipt of proof of death and a Request in Good Order for a lump sum payment.

• If the Death Benefit is to be paid under a Payout Option, then we will apply the Death Benefit Value to a Payout Option as soon as practicable after receipt of proof of death and a Request in Good Order. That application date will be the first day of the first payment interval for which a payment is to be made. Death Benefit payments under a Payout Option are made at the end of each payment interval. This means that, for annual payments, the first payment will be made one year after that application date.

Death Benefit Amount

• If the Death Benefit is paid in a lump sum, then it is equal to the Death Benefit Value, increased by any additional post- death interest as required by law.

• If the Death Benefit will be paid as a series of periodic payments under a Payout Option, then the amount of each payment under the Death Benefit is determined on the date that the Death Benefit Value is applied to the Payout Option. The amount or each payment will be based on the Death Benefit Value (increased by any additional post-death interest as required by law to the date it is applied to the Payout Option), the Payout Option that applies, and the payment interval.

Death Benefit Value

The Death Benefit Value is the greater of:

• the Account Value determined as of the date that the Death Benefit Value is determined; or

• the Purchase Payments, reduced proportionally for all withdrawals, but not including amounts applied to pay Early Withdrawal Charges (the “Purchase Payment base”).

In either case, the Death Benefit Value is reduced by premium tax or other taxes not previously deducted.

The reduction in your Purchase Payment base for withdrawals will be in the same proportion that your Account Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. A proportional reduction in your Purchase Payment base could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal.

54

Example. Here is an example of how we calculate a proportional reduction of your Purchase Payment base. In this example, we assume you take an $8,000 withdrawal. To simplify the example, we also assume no Early Withdrawal Charge, no premium tax is deducted, and no additional post-death interest is added.

	Before Withdrawal		After Withdrawal		Explanation
Account Value	$	100,000	$	92,000	Your withdrawal reduces your Account Value by $8,000 (which is an 8% reduction in your Account Value). $8,000 / $100,000 = 8%
Purchase Payment Base for Death Benefit	$	120,000	$	110,400	After the withdrawal, the Purchase Payment base for the Death Benefit is also reduced by 8% or $9,600. $120,000 x 0.08 = $9,600

Determination Date

The date that the Death Benefit Value is determined is the earlier of: (1) the first anniversary of the date of death; or (2) the date that we have received both proof of death and Requests in Good Order with instructions as to the form of Death Benefit from all Beneficiaries. Thus, in many cases where there are multiple Beneficiaries, the date that the Death Benefit Value is determined will be the date when the last Beneficiary submits the necessary Request in Good Order or the first anniversary of death. Until then, the Contract values remain in the Indexed Strategies and the Indexed Strategy values may fluctuate. This risk is borne by the Beneficiaries.

Proof of Death

Before making payment of a Death Benefit, or any other payment or transfer of ownership rights that depends on the death of a specified person, we will require proof of death. We may delay making any payment until it is received. For this purpose, proof of death is:

• a certified copy of a death certificate showing the cause and manner of death;

• a certified copy of a decree that is made by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or

• other proof that is satisfactory to us.

Form of Death Benefit

The Death Benefit is paid in the form of annual payments for a fixed period of two years.

In place of that, you may elect to have the Death Benefit paid in one lump sum or in any form of Payout Option that is available under your Contract. The available Payout Options are described in the Payout Options section below. There is no additional charge associated with this election.

You may make an election by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request on or before the date of death for which a Death Benefit is payable. If you do not make such an election, the Beneficiary may make that election after the date of death. The Beneficiary’s election must be made by a Request in Good Order that is received by us no later than the date that the Death Benefit Value is applied to a Payout Option and at least 30 days before the date of the first payment to be made.

Additional Rules

Any election is subject to the Death Benefit Distribution Rules described below.

A Payout Option that is contingent on life is based on the life of the Beneficiary or, in some cases, the life of a person to whom the Beneficiary is obligated.

We will pay the Death Benefit as a lump sum rather than as payments under a Payout Option if: (1) the Death Benefit is less than $2,000; or (2) as of the date that the Death Benefit Value is to be applied to a Payout Option, the Death Benefit Distribution Rules do not allow a two-year payout.

55

Payee of Death Benefit Payments

Death Benefit payments generally are made to the Beneficiary as the payee.

In place of that, the Beneficiary may elect to have payments made:

• as a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover to or for an annuity or tax-qualified account as permitted by federal tax law; or

• in cases where the Beneficiary is an estate, trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity, to a person to whom the Beneficiary is obligated to make corresponding payments.

Payments that become due after the death of the Beneficiary are made to:

• the contingent payee designated as part of a Death Benefit Payout Option elected by you; or if none

• then to a contingent payee designated by the Beneficiary; or if none

• the estate of the last payee who received payments.

Such payments are subject to the Death Benefit Distribution Rules described below.

You may designate a contingent payee by a Request in Good Order. A Beneficiary may make or change a payee or contingent payee, except a Beneficiary may not change a designation made as part of a Payout Option election made by you for the Death Benefit. If the Beneficiary designates his or her spouse as a contingent payee and their marriage ends before the Beneficiary’s death, then we will treat the former spouse as having predeceased the Beneficiary except to the extent a court order provides that the former spouse’s rights as a contingent payee are to continue.

Death Benefit Distribution Rules

The Death Benefit Distribution Rules are summarized below.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. The Death Benefit must be paid in accordance with the tax qualification endorsement.

• For a Nonqualified Contract. The Death Benefit must be paid either: (1) in full within five years of the date of death; or (2) over the life of the Beneficiary or over a period certain not exceeding the Beneficiary’s life expectancy, with payments at least annually, and with the first payment made within one year of the date of death.

Payout Options

The standard Payout Options are described below.

Payments under each standard Payout Option are made at the end of a payment interval. For example, if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date is October 31, 2029 and you select annual payments, then the first payment will be paid as of October 31, 2030.

Option	Description for Annuity Payout Benefit	Description for Death Benefit
Fixed Period Payout	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the Annuitant, if you direct, for the fixed period of time that you select. • If the payee dies before the end of the fixed period, then we will make periodic payments to the surviving owner(s), or if none, then to the surviving contingent payee(s), or if none, then to the estate of the last payee who received payments. • In all cases, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period. For a nonqualified contract, fixed periods shorter than 10 years are not available. For a tax-qualified contract, the only fixed period available is 10 years.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for the fixed period of time that you or the Beneficiary selects. • If the Beneficiary dies before the end of the fixed period, then we will make periodic payments to the contingent payee designated as part of any Death Benefit Payout Option that you have elected. If no such contingent payee is surviving, then such payments will be made to a contingent payee designated by the Beneficiary. If there is no contingent payee surviving, then such payments will be made to the estate of the last payee who received payments. • In all cases, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period.

56

Option	Description for Annuity Payout Benefit	Description for Death Benefit
		The fixed period cannot exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. For a tax-qualified contract, the fixed period also cannot exceed 10 years.
Life Payout	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the Annuitant, if you direct, for as long as the Annuitant lives. Payments will stop on the death of the Annuitant. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the Annuitant dies, payments will stop. If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Payout Initiation Date but before the first payment, a Life Payout will not provide any benefit at all. In that case, we will reverse the Annuity Benefit Payout election and treat the Contract as if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date had not yet been reached. • If the Owner is living, this treatment will generally allow the Owner to choose between continuing the Contract as a deferred annuity or electing a new Annuity Payout Initiation Date and another Payout Option. • If the Annuitant’s death before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date would give rise to a Death Benefit, then the Death Benefit will be available.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for as long as the Beneficiary lives. Payments will stop on the death of the Beneficiary. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the Beneficiary dies, payments will stop. If the Beneficiary dies after the Death Benefit is applied to the Payout Option but before the first payment, a Life Payout will not provide any benefit at all. In that case, we will reverse the Payout Option election and allow the Beneficiary’s estate to choose a new Payout Option or to take the Death Benefit as a lump sum. For a tax-qualified contract, a Life Payout is not available to all Beneficiaries.
Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the Annuitant, if you direct, for as long as the Annuitant lives. • If the Annuitant dies after the end of the fixed period you selected, then payments will stop on the death of the Annuitant. • If the Annuitant dies before the end of the fixed period you selected, then we will make periodic payments to the surviving owner(s), or if none, then to the surviving contingent payee(s), or if none, then to the estate of the last payee who received payments. In this case, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period you selected. For a tax-qualified contract, fixed periods longer than 10 years are not available.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for as long as the Beneficiary lives. • If the Beneficiary dies after the end of the fixed period selected, then payments will stop on the death of the Beneficiary. • If the Beneficiary dies before the end of the fixed period you or the Beneficiary selected, then we will make periodic payments to the contingent payee designated as part of any Death Benefit Payout Option that you have elected. If no such contingent payee is surviving, then such payments will be made to a contingent payee designated by the Beneficiary. If there is no contingent payee surviving, then such payments will be made to the estate of the last payee who received payments. In this case, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period you or the Beneficiary selected. The fixed period cannot exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. For a tax-qualified contract, a Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period is not available to all Beneficiaries, and the fixed period also cannot exceed 10 years.

57

Option	Description for Annuity Payout Benefit	Description for Death Benefit
Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the primary Annuitant, if you direct, for as long as the primary Annuitant lives. • If the primary Annuitant dies and the secondary Annuitant does not survive the primary Annuitant, then payments will stop on the death of the primary Annuitant. • If the primary Annuitant dies and the secondary Annuitant is surviving, then we will make one-half of the periodic payment to you, or the secondary Annuitant, if you direct, for the rest of the secondary Annuitant’s life. In this case, payments will stop on the death of the secondary Annuitant. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the primary Annuitant dies, payments will stop unless the secondary Annuitant survives. If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Payout Initiation Date but before the first payment, a Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout will never provide the full payment amount. In that case, if the secondary Annuitant agrees, we will reverse the Annuity Benefit Payout election and treat the Contract as if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date had not been reached. • If the Owner is living, this treatment will generally allow the Owner to choose between continuing the Contract as a deferred annuity or electing a new Annuity Payout Initiation Date and another Payout Option. • If the Annuitant’s death before the Annuity Benefit Payout Initiation Date would give rise to a Death Benefit, then the Death Benefit will be available.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for as long as the Beneficiary lives. • If the Beneficiary dies and the contingent payee does not survive the Beneficiary, then payments will stop on the death of the Beneficiary. • If the Beneficiary dies and the contingent payee designated as part of the Death Benefit Payout Option election is surviving, then we will make one-half of the periodic payment to the contingent payee for the rest of the contingent payee’s life. In this case, payments will stop on the death of the contingent payee. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the Beneficiary dies, payments will stop unless the contingent payee survives. If the Beneficiary dies after the Death Benefit is applied to the Payout Option but before the first payment, a Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout will never provide the full payment amount. In that case, if the contingent payee agrees, we will reverse the Payout Option election and allow the Beneficiary’s estate to choose a new Payout Option or to take the Death Benefit as a lump sum. A Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout is only available to a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of the owner.

We will make payments in any other form of Payout Option that is acceptable to us at the time of any election. More than one Payout Option may be elected if the requirements for each Payout Option elected are satisfied. All elected Payout Options must comply with pertinent laws and regulations.

Payments under a Payout Option are calculated and paid as fixed dollar payments. The stream of payments is an obligation of the general account of Great American Life. Fixed dollar payments will remain level for the duration of the payment period. Once payments begin under a Payout Option, the Payout Option may not be changed. Once the Contract value is applied to a Payout Option, the periodic payments cannot be accelerated or converted into a lump sum payment unless we agree.

We will use the 2012 Individual Annuity Reserving Table with projection scale G2 for blended lives (60% female/40% male) with interest at 1% per year, compounded annually, to compute all guaranteed Payout Option factors, values, and benefits under the Contract. For purposes of calculating payments based on the age of a person, we will use his or her age as of his or her last birthday.

58

Considerations in Selecting a Payout Option

Payments under a Payout Option are affected by various factors, including the length of the payment period, the life expectancy of the person on whose life payments are based, and the frequency of the payment interval (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually).

• Generally, the longer the period over which payments are made or the more frequently the payments are made, the lower the amount of each payment because more payments will be made.

• For Life Payout Options, the longer the life expectancy of the Annuitant or Beneficiary, the lower the amount of each payment because more payments are expected to be paid.

Non-Human Payees under a Payout Option

Except as stated below, the primary payee under a Payout Option must be a human being. All payments during his or her life must be made by check payable to the primary payee or by electronic transfer to a bank account owned by the primary payee.

Exceptions. Below are some exceptions to the general rule that the primary payee must be a human being. We may make other exceptions in our discretion.

• A nonhuman that is the Owner of the Contract may be the primary payee. For example, if the Owner is a trust, that trust may be the primary payee.

• Payments may be made payable to another insurance company or financial institution as a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover to or for another annuity or tax-qualified account as allowed by federal tax law.

Processing Applications and Requests

Processing Applications and Initial Purchase Payments

We will process an application when we have received both the application and the initial Purchase Payment.

• If that happens on a Market Day before the Market Close, we will process the application and apply the Purchase Payment on that Market Day.

• If that happens on a Market Day after the Market Close or on a day that is not a Market Day, then we will process the application and apply the Purchase Payment on the next Market Day.

We cannot process your application if it is not a Request in Good Order or if we have not received your initial Purchase Payment. Likewise, we cannot apply your initial Purchase Payment if we have not received your application.

If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting your application or sending your initial Purchase Payment.

Processing Additional Purchase Payments

• If we receive an additional Purchase Payment on a Market Day before the Market Close, we will apply it on that Market Day.

• If we receive an additional Purchase Payment on a Market Day after the Market Close or on a day that is not a Market Day, then we will apply it on the next Market Day.

We cannot apply an additional Purchase Payment if we do not have complete instructions from you.

If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before sending an additional Purchase Payment.

Processing Requests

Requests may be made by mail at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati OH 45201-5423. Request by fax may be made at 513-768-5115.

Requests for reallocations among Strategies may be made by telephone at 1-800-789-6771 between 8:00 AM and 4:00 PM Eastern Time Monday through Friday. We may also permit reallocation requests to be made at our website www.GAIGannuities.com. Some selling firms may restrict the ability of their registered representatives to convey reallocation requests by telephone or Internet on your behalf.

59

To obtain one of our forms (for example, a Strategy Selection form or a Withdrawal Request form) or to obtain more information about how to make a request, call us at 1-800-789-6771 or send us a fax at 513-768-5115. You can also request forms or information by mail at Great American Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati OH 45201-5423. You may also obtain forms on our website, www.GAIGannuities.com.

We cannot process a request unless it is a Request in Good Order. A request may be rejected or delayed if it is not a Request in Good Order.

• If we receive a Request in Good Order on a Market Day before the Market Close, we will process it using values determined at the Market Close on that Market Day.

• If we receive a Request in Good Order after the Market Close or on a day that is not a Market Day, then we will treat that request as received at the start of the next Market Day.

If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting the request.

Exception. If a withdrawal under an automatic withdrawal program is scheduled for a date that is not a Market Day, then we will process the withdrawal on the scheduled date using values at the most recent Market Close. For example, if the automatic withdrawal is scheduled for a date that falls on Sunday and there was a Market Close at 4:00 PM on the previous Friday, then we will process the withdrawal on Sunday using values determined at 4:00 PM on that Friday

Market Days and Market Close

A Market Day is each day that all markets that are used to measure available Indexed Strategies are open for regular trading.

• Saturdays, Sundays, holidays and any other day that the New York Stock Exchange and the NYSE Arca are closed are not Market Days.

• The NYSE and the NYSE Arca observe the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

A Market Close is the close of the regular or core trading session on the market used to measure a given Indexed Strategy.

NYSE	NYSE Arca
Regular trading hours usually end at 4:00 PM Eastern Time	Core trading session usually ends at 4:00 PM Eastern Time
Trading hours end at 1:00 PM Eastern Time on the day before the Fourth of July and the Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Eve.	Core trading session ends at 1:00 PM Eastern Time on the day before the Fourth of July and the Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Eve.

Regular trading or a core trading session may end at a different time on a Market Day under certain circumstances when and as permitted under applicable rules. Such circumstances generally cannot be predicted in advance.

Specific information about NYSE and NYSE Arca holidays and trading hours in any given calendar year is available at https://www.nyse.com/markets/hours-calendars.

Receipt of Purchase Payments, Applications and Requests

For purposes of processing, we deem Purchase Payments and applications, Requests in Good Order and other instructions (paperwork) mailed to our post office box as received by us at our administrative office when the Purchase Payment or the paperwork reaches the applicable processing department located at 310 E. 4th Street, Cincinnati OH 45202.

Risks and Limitations Related to Requests by Telephone or Internet

We will use reasonable procedures such as requiring certain identifying information, tape recording the telephone instructions, and providing written confirmation of the transaction, in order to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone, fax, Internet or other means are genuine. Any telephone, fax or Internet instructions reasonably believed by us to be genuine will be your responsibility, including losses arising from any errors in the communication of instructions. As a result of this policy, you will bear the risk of loss. We are not responsible for the validity of any request or action.

Telephone and computer systems may not always be available. Any telephone or computer system, whether it is yours, your service provider’s, your agent’s, or ours, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you experience technical difficulties or problems, you should consider making your request by mail.

60

Suspension of Payments or Transfers

We may be required to suspend or delay payments, withdrawals and reallocations when we cannot obtain an Index Value because:

• the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE Arca is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);

• trading on the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE Arca is restricted;

• an emergency exists such that it is not reasonably practicable to determine fairly the value of the Index; or

• we are permitted to do so under a regulatory order.

Restrictions on Financial Transactions

Federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering might, in certain circumstances, require us to block an Owner’s ability to make certain transactions. This means that we may be required to refuse to accept any request for withdrawals, Surrenders, Annuity Payout Benefit payments or Death Benefit payments, until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We may also be required to provide additional information about you and your Contract to government regulators.

Right to Cancel (Free Look)

If you change your mind about owning the Contract, you can cancel it within 20 days after you receive it. If you purchased this Contract to replace an existing annuity contract or life insurance policy, you have 30 days after you receive it. This is known as a “free look.” The right to cancel period may be longer in some states.

To cancel your Contract, you must submit your request to cancel to the producer who sold it or send it to us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423. If sent to us by mail, it is effective on the date postmarked with proper address and postage paid. Your request to cancel must be in writing and signed by you.

When you cancel the Contract within this free look period, we will not assess an Early Withdrawal Charge. Unless otherwise required by state law, you will receive the Account Value of your Contract on the day that we receive your cancellation request. The amount you receive may be more or less than your Purchase Payment(s) depending upon the amount of interest earned by your Contract during the free look period and any Vested Gain or Loss that applies as of the day that we receive your cancellation request. This means that you bear the risk of any decline in the Account Value of your Contract during the free look period. We do not refund any Daily Charge assessed during the free look period. We do not refund any Early Withdrawal Charges assessed during the free look period that relate to a withdrawal taken before you cancel the Contract.

In certain states, we are required to give back your Purchase Payment(s) if you decide to cancel your Contract during the free look period. If we are required by law to refund your Purchase Payment(s), we reserve the right to hold your Purchase Payment(s) in the Purchase Payment Account until the first Strategy Application Date on or after the end of the free look period. In those states, no interest or Vested Gain will be paid.

Annual Statement and Confirmations

At least once each calendar year, we will send you a statement that will show: (1) your Account Value; (2) all transactions regarding your Contract during the year; and (3) the interest credited to your Contract and Vested Gains and Losses credited to your Contract.

We will also send you written confirmations of Purchase Payments, Strategy allocations and renewals, withdrawals, and other financial transactions under your Contract. Statements and confirmations will be sent to your last known address on our records.

You should promptly report any inaccuracy or discrepancy in a statement or confirmation. To report an inaccuracy or discrepancy, contact us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423, or call us at 1-800-789-6771. To protect your rights, you should consider reconfirming any oral communications by sending a written statement to P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423.

61

Electronic Delivery

You may elect to receive electronic delivery of the Contract prospectus and other Contract related documents. Contact us at our website at GAIGannuities.com for more information and to enroll.

Abandoned Property Requirements

Every state has unclaimed property laws. These laws generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years from: (1) the latest permitted Annuity Payout Initiation Date; or (2) the date of death for which a Death Benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a death benefit has been triggered, but the beneficiary does not come forward to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, the unclaimed property laws will apply.

If a Death Benefit, Annuity Payout Benefit payments or other contract proceeds are unclaimed, we will pay them to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the applicable state. (Escheatment is the formal, legal name for this process.) For example, on an unclaimed Death Benefit, depending on the circumstances, the proceeds are paid: (1) to the state where the beneficiary last resided, as shown on our books and records; (2) to the state where the contract owner last resided, as shown on our books and records; or (3) to Ohio, which is our state of domicile. The state will hold the proceeds without interest until a valid claim is made by the person entitled to the proceeds.

To prevent escheatment of the Death Benefit, Annuity Payout Benefit payments, or other proceeds from your Contract, it is important:

• to update your contact information, such as your address, phone number, and email address, if and as it changes; and

• to update your Beneficiary and other designations, including complete names, complete addresses, phone numbers, and social security numbers, if and as they change.

Please contact us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423, or call us at 1-800-789-6771, to make such updates.

State unclaimed property laws do not apply to annuity contracts that are held under an employer retirement plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

Owner

The Owner on the Contract Effective Date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page. The Owner possesses all of the ownership rights under a Contract, such as making allocations among the Strategies, electing a Payout Option, and designating a Beneficiary.

If an Owner is a trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity, then the age of the eldest Annuitant is treated as the age of the Owner for all purposes of this Contract.

Joint Owners

• For a Nonqualified Contract. Two persons may jointly own the Contract. In this case, the term “Owner” includes the joint Owner and you must exercise all rights of ownership by joint action.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. No joint owner is permitted.

Change of Owner

• For a Nonqualified Contract. You may change the Owner at any time during your lifetime. A change of Owner cancels all prior Beneficiary designations. It does not cancel a designation of an Annuitant or a Payout Option election.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. You cannot change the Owner except to the limited extent permitted by the tax qualification endorsement.

A change of Owner must be made by a Request in Good Order. A change of Owner may have adverse tax consequences.

Assignment

• For a Nonqualified Contract. You may assign all or any part of your rights under this Contract except your rights to designate or change a Beneficiary or an Annuitant, to change Owners, or to elect a Payout Option.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. You cannot assign your rights under this Contract except to the limited extent permitted by the tax qualification endorsement.

An assignment must be made by a Request in Good Order. We are not responsible for the validity of any assignment. An assignment may have adverse tax consequences.

62

The rights of a person holding an assignment, including the right to any payment under this Contract, come before the rights of an Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary, or other payee. An assignment may be ended only the person holding it or as provided by law.

Successor Owner

Your spouse becomes the successor owner of the Contract and succeeds to all rights of ownership if all of the following requirements are met:

• a Death Benefit is payable on account of your death;

• the sole Beneficiary under the Contract is your spouse or a revocable trust or custodial account created by your spouse;

• either you make that election by a Request in Good Order before your death or your spouse makes that election by a Request in Good Order before the Death Benefit Payment Date; and

• you were not a successor owner of the Contract.

A successor owner election cancels all prior Beneficiary designations. It does not cancel a designation of an Annuitant or a Payout Option election.

In some states, state law extends this successor owner right to a civil union partner or other person who is not your spouse as defined by federal tax law. In that case, distributions after your death must be made as required by the Death Benefit Distributions Rules described in the Death Benefit section above.

Community Property

If you live in a community property state and have a spouse at any time while you own this Contract, the laws of that state may vary your ownership rights.

Annuitant

The Annuitant is the natural person on whose life Annuity Payout Benefit payments are based. The Annuitant on the Contract Effective Date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

• For a Nonqualified Contract. The Annuitant cannot be changed at any time that the Contract is owned by a trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity. Otherwise, you may change a designation of Annuitant at any time before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. The Annuitant must be the natural person covered under the retirement arrangement for whose benefit the Contract is held.

A change of Annuitant must be made by a Request in Good Order. A change of Annuitant does not cancel a designation of a Beneficiary or a Payout Option election.

If an Annuitant dies before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and no Death Benefit is payable, then in the absence of a new designation, the Annuitant will be:

• the surviving joint Annuitant(s); or if none

• the Owner(s).

Beneficiary

A Beneficiary is a person entitled to receive all or part of a Death Benefit that is to be paid under this Contract on account of a death before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

• If a Death Benefit becomes payable on account of your death or the death of a joint Owner, then the surviving Owner is the Beneficiary no matter what other designation you may have made.

• In all other cases, you may designate a person or person who will be the Beneficiaries as provided in the Designation of Beneficiary provision of the Contract.

• If no designated Beneficiary is surviving, then the Beneficiary is your estate.

• If the sole Beneficiary under the Contract is your spouse or a revocable trust or custodial account created by your spouse and all other requirements for successor ownership are met, then your spouse may become the successor owner of the Contract in lieu of receiving the Death Benefit.

63

A designation of Beneficiary must be made by a Request in Good Order. We must receive the request on or before the date of death for which a Death Benefit is payable.

• You may designate two or more persons jointly as the Beneficiaries. Unless you state otherwise, joint Beneficiaries that are surviving are entitled to equal shares.

• You may designate one or more persons as contingent Beneficiary. Unless you state otherwise, a contingent Beneficiary is entitled to a benefit only if there is no primary Beneficiary who that is surviving.

Survivorship Required

In order to be entitled to receive a Death Benefit, a Beneficiary must survive for at least 30 days after the death for which the Death Benefit is payable.

If you designate your spouse as a Beneficiary and your marriage ends before your death, we will treat your former spouse as having predeceased you unless:

• a court order provides that the former spouse’s rights as a beneficiary are to continue; or

• the former spouse remains or becomes an Owner.

Other Contract Provisions

Amendment of the Contract

We reserve the right to amend the Contract to comply with applicable Federal or state laws or regulations. We will notify you in writing of any such amendments.

Misstatement

We may require proof of the age of the Annuitant, Owner and/or the Beneficiary before making any payments under the Contract that are measured by such person’s life. If the age of the measuring life has been misstated, the amount payable will be the amount that would have been provided at the correct age. If payments based on the correct age would have been higher, we will pay the underpaid amount with interest. If payments would be lower, we may deduct the overpaid amount, with interest, from succeeding payments.

Involuntary Termination

If your Account Value on any anniversary of the initial Strategy Application Date is below the minimum value of $5,000 for any reason, we may terminate your Contract on that anniversary. If your Contract has Terms that end on the same date because you made only one Purchase Payment, any involuntary termination will occur on that date. If your Contract has Terms that end on different dates because you made more than one Purchase Payment, any involuntary termination will occur on one of those dates, which will be the end of one Term but not the end of the other Terms. In this case, the Surrender Value payable upon termination of your Contract will reflect the Vested Gains and Vested Losses used to calculate the values of Indexed Strategies with Terms that are not ending on the termination date.

Loans

Loans are not available under the Contract.

State Variations

This prospectus describes the material features of the Contract. Contracts issued in your state may provide different features and benefits from, and impose different costs than, those described in this prospectus because of state law variations. However, please note that the maximum charge is set forth in this prospectus. If you would like to review a copy of the Contract and any endorsements, contact us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423, visit our website at GAIGannuities.com or call us at 1-800-789-6771.

The following information is a summary of material state variations as of the date of this prospectus.

General

For Contracts Issued in Illinois and New Jersey: References to “spouse” have been changed to “spouse or civil union partner.”

64

Availability of Strategies

For Contract Issued in Michigan: We will not eliminate the Indexed Strategies set out on your Contract Specifications page at the end of any Term and such Indexed Strategies will be available for renewals and reallocations at the end of each Term.

Extended Care Waiver Rider. The table below summarizes material state variations related to the rider.

For Contracts Issued in:	Variations in Extended Care Waiver Rider
California	The Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges for Facility Care or Home Care or Community-Based Services Rider (CA Rider) replaces the Extended Care Waiver Rider. The CA Rider provides a waiver under an expanded set of circumstances. The waiver will apply if, at the time of the withdrawal or surrender, or within the immediately preceding 90 days, the following conditions are met: (1) the insured is confined in a facility or is receiving, as prescribed by a physician, registered nurse or licensed social worker, home care or community-based services; (2) the insured’s confinement in a facility, the insured’s receipt of home care or community-based services, or any combination thereof has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days; and (3) the first day of such 90-day period was at least one year after the contract effective date. Facility includes a skilled nursing facility, a convalescent nursing home, or an extended care facility or a residential care facility or a residential care facility for the elderly. Home care or community-based services includes home health care, adult day care, personal care, homemaker services, hospice services and respite care as defined in the rider. Additional conforming changes have been made including revised and new definitions, and inclusion of a description of circumstances under which the waiver does not apply. The termination provision has been modified to reflect that the rider will not terminate if you transfer or assign an interest in the contract to a person or entity other than the insured.
Connecticut	The conditions under which the waiver applies have been modified. The waiver will apply if at the time of a withdrawal or surrender or within the immediately preceding 90 days all of the following conditions are met: (1) an insured is confined in a long-term care facility or hospital; and (2) the confinement has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days.
Kansas	The conditions under which the waiver applies have been modified. The first day of confinement must be at least 90 days after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date.
Massachusetts and Missouri	This waiver rider in not available in Massachusetts or Missouri.
Montana	The definition of medically necessary has been modified and refers to the insured’s physician.
Nebraska	The definition of skilled nursing facility has been modified by adding a licensed practical nurse to the list of persons who may provide nursing services or supervise the provision of nursing services.
New Hampshire	The definition of skilled nursing facility has been modified by changing the phrase “licensed and operated as a skilled nursing facility” to “operated as a skilled nursing facility.”
Pennsylvania	The conditions under which the waiver is available have been modified. The waiver will apply if at the time of a withdrawal or surrender or within the immediately preceding 90 days all of the following conditions are met: (1) an insured is confined in one or more long-term care facilities, hospital, or a combination of such; (2) the confinement is prescribed by a physician and is medically necessary; (3) the first day of the confinement is at least one year after the contract effective date; and (4) the confinement has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days, or has continued for a total of at least 90 days if each successive confinement occurs within six months of the previous confinement and is for the same related medical cause. The definition of long-term care facility has been modified. The following facilities have been deleted from the list of facilities excluded from that definition: a facility that primarily treats drug addicts and a facility that is a home for the mentally ill. An exclusion provision has been added to clarify that the waiver will not apply if the insured is confined in a long-term care facility or hospital for the treatment of certain types of drug addiction or mental illnesses. The definition of hospital has been modified by changing the phrase “it maintains, or has access to, medical, diagnostic, and major surgical facilities” to “it maintains, or has access to, medical and diagnostic facilities.”
Vermont	The definition of long-term care facility has been modified. The following facilities have been deleted from the list of excluded facilities: a facility that primarily treats drug addicts, a facility that primarily treats alcoholics, and a facility that is a home for the mentally ill. The definition of physician has been modified by changing the phrase “a person who is licensed in the United States as a medical doctor or a doctor of osteopathy and who is practicing within the scope of his or her license” to “a person who is licensed in the United States who is providing medical care and treatment when such services are provided within the scope of his or her license and provided pursuant to applicable law.”

65

For Contracts Issued in:

Variations in Extended Care Waiver Rider

Washington

The waiver is based on confinement to an extended care facility or hospital rather than a long-term care facility or hospital. Definitions are modified to reflect the new terminology, references to “skilled nursing facility” are changed to “nursing facility” and the related definition is modified. In the definition of nursing facility and hospital, a licensed practical nurse is added to the list of persons who may provide nursing services or supervise the provision of nursing services.

Terminal Illness Waiver Rider. The table below summarizes material state variations related to the rider.

For Contracts Issued in:	Variations in Terminal Illness Waiver Rider
Illinois, Kansas, Washington	As a result of the terminal illness, your life expectancy must be 24 months from the date of death, rather than 12 months.
Kansas	The diagnosis must be rendered 90 days after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date.
New Jersey	The requirement related to the timing of the diagnosis does not apply. But the waiver will not be available until at least one year after the contract effective date.
Massachusetts	This waiver rider in not available in Massachusetts.
Pennsylvania	The diagnosis must be rendered after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date. But the waiver will not be available until at least one year after the contract effective date. The waiver is based on a terminal condition as defined in the rider, rather than a terminal illness.
Texas	The diagnosis must be rendered on or after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date.

Form of Annuity Payout Benefit

For Contracts Issued in Texas: Payments under a Payout Option are subject to a $50 minimum.

Right to Cancel (Free Look)

State law governs the length of the free look period and the amount of the refund that you will receive. The table below summarizes the state law provisions.

For Contracts Issued in:	Free Look Period and Refund	Replacement Situations: Free Look Period and Refund
Alabama, Colorado, Hawaii, Iowa, Maine, Mississippi, Montana, New Mexico, Ohio, Oregon, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia	20 days Account Value	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Alaska, Arizona, Connecticut, Illinois, Kansas, Michigan, New Jersey, North Dakota, South Dakota	20 days Account Value + Fees/Charges	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Arkansas, District of Columbia, Pennsylvania	20 days Account Value	30 days Account Value
Delaware, Indiana, Massachusetts, Tennessee	20 days Account Value	30 days Purchase Payments
Georgia, Idaho, Missouri, Nevada, Oklahoma, Utah	20 days Purchase Payments	30 days Purchase Payments
Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Nebraska, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas	20 days Purchase Payments	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
California	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges If owner is age 60 or older, refund amount is Purchase Payments	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges If owner is age 60 or older, refund amount is Purchase Payments
Florida	21 days Account Value + Fees/Charges	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Minnesota	20 days Account Value + Fees/Charges	30 days Purchase Payments

66

For Contracts Issued in:	Free Look Period and Refund	Replacement Situations: Free Look Period and Refund
Washington	20 days Greater of: (1) Purchase Payments or (2) Account Value minus taxes	30 days Purchase Payments
Wisconsin	30 days Account Value	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Wyoming	20 days Account Value	30 days Greater of: (1) Purchase Payments or (2) Account Value + Fees/Charges

Assignment

For Contracts Issued in Ohio: Subject to the tax qualifications endorsement, if any, you may assign your rights to designate or change a Beneficiary or an Annuitant, to change Owners, or to elect a Payout Option if you make a specific Request in Good Order.

Amendment of the Contract

For Contracts Issued in Florida and Texas: You have the right to reject an endorsement that changes the provisions of this Contract to obtain or retain the intended tax treatment under federal tax law, or to take into account other pertinent laws and governmental regulations and rulings. We will not be responsible for the tax or other consequences of your rejection.

Involuntary Termination

For Contracts Issued in Texas: Our right to terminate this Contract is not tied to the minimum required value. We have the right to terminate this Contract if the Account Value would provide a benefit of less than $20 each month at age 70 under a life payout with payments for at least a fixed period of 10 years.

Index Replacement

We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or we are no longer able to use it, its calculation changes substantially, or we determine that hedging instruments are difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of a Term or during a Term. We will notify you in writing at least 30 days before we replace an Index.

We would attempt to choose a replacement Index that is similar to the old Index. To determine if a new Index is similar, we will consider factors such as asset class, Index composition, strategy or methodology inherent to the Index and Index liquidity.

If we replace an Index during a Term, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the old Index up until the replacement date. After the replacement date, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the new Index, but with a modified start of Term value for the new Index. The modified start of Term value for the new Index will reflect the Index Change for the old Index from the start of the Term to the replacement date.

If we replace an Index, the applicable Maximum Gain and Bailout Trigger for the Term, the applicable Maximum Loss or Buffer, and the Vesting Factors will not change.

Example. This example is intended to show how we would calculate Vested Gain or Loss on any day during a Term if we have replaced an Index during the Term. This example assumes: (1) you allocate $50,000 to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy; and (2) the replacement is made on day 90 of the Term. To simplify the example, we assume that you take no withdrawals during the Term.

Index Change on Replacement Date for Old Index
Old Index Value at Term Start	1000
Old Index Value on Replacement Date	1050
Old Index Change on Replacement Date	(1050 - 1000) / 1,000 = 5%

67

The 5% Index Change on the Replacement Date is then used to calculate the modified start of Term value for the new Index.

Modified Start of Term Value for New Index
Old Index Change on Replacement Date	5%
New Index Value on Replacement Date	1785
Modified Start of Term Value for New Index	1785 / (100% + 5%) = 1700

The modified start of Term value for the new Index is then used to calculate the Strategy value on any date after the replacement date, including the value at the Term end.

Strategy Value at Term End
Daily Charges through Term End	$50,000 × 1% = $500
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$50,000 - $500 = $49,500
Modified Start of Term Value for New Index	1700
Value of New Index at Term End	1853
Positive Index Change	(1853 - 1,700) / 1700) = 9%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 8%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	8%
Vesting Factor for Positive Index Change at Term End	100%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	8% × 100% = 8%
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,500 × 8% = $3,960
Strategy Value at Term End	$49,500 + $3,960 = $53,460

Federal Tax Considerations

This section provides a general description of federal income tax considerations relating to the Contracts. The purchase, holding and transfer of a Contract may have federal estate and gift tax consequences in addition to income tax consequences. Estate and gift taxation is not discussed in this prospectus. State taxation will vary, depending on the state in which you reside, and is not discussed in this prospectus.

The tax information provided in this prospectus is not intended or written to be used as legal or tax advice. It is written solely to provide general information related to the sale and holding of the Contracts. You should seek advice on legal or tax questions based on your particular circumstances from an attorney or tax advisor who is not affiliated with Great American Life.

Tax Deferral on Annuities

Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 72 governs taxation of annuities in general. The income earned on a Contract is generally not included in income until it is withdrawn from the Contract. In other words, a Contract is a tax-deferred investment. Tax deferral is not available for a Contract when an Owner is not a natural person unless the Contract is part of a tax-qualified retirement plan or the Owner is a mere agent for a natural person. For a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, this rule means that the employer as Owner of the Contract will generally be taxed currently on any increase in the Surrender Value, although the plan itself may provide a tax deferral to the participating employee.

Under certain circumstances, based on a rule known as the “Investor Control Doctrine,” the IRS has stated that the holder of an annuity contract could be treated as the owner (for tax purposes) of the assets of a separate account that supports the annuity contract. If you were treated as the owner of an interest in the separate account, then you would be taxed on the income, gain, and loss arising out of your interest in the separate account. Although the IRS has not provided definitive guidance on the application of this rule to indexed annuity contracts, we do not believe that this rule applies to the Contract because you have no specific, fractional, or unitized interest in the separate account assets, we are not obligated to invest the separate account in any particular assets, the investment return and market value of the separate account assets is not allocated in an identical manner to any Contract, the Contract values are determined based on gains and losses regardless of the performance of the separate account assets, and the derivatives that we may hold in the separate account are not publicly traded.

Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans

Annuities may also qualify for tax-deferred treatment, or serve as a funding vehicle, under tax-qualified retirement plans that are governed by other IRC provisions. These provisions include IRC Section 401 (pension, profit sharing, and 401(k) plans), IRC

68

Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuities), IRC Sections 408 and 408A (individual retirement annuities), and IRC Section 457(b) (governmental deferred compensation plans). Tax-deferral is generally also available under these tax-qualified retirement plans through the use of a trust or custodial account without the use of an annuity.

The tax law rules governing tax-qualified retirement plans and the treatment of amounts held and distributed under such plans are complex. If the Contract is to be used in connection with a tax-qualified retirement plan, including an individual retirement annuity (“IRA”) under a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) Plan, you should seek competent legal and tax advice regarding the suitability of the Contract for your particular situation.

Contributions to a tax-qualified Contract are typically made with pre-tax dollars, while contributions to other Contracts are typically made from after-tax dollars, though there are exceptions in either case. Tax-qualified Contracts may also be subject to restrictions on withdrawals that do not apply to other Contracts. These restrictions may be imposed to meet the requirements of the IRC or of an employer plan.

Following is a brief description of the types of tax-qualified retirement plans for which the Contracts are available.

Individual Retirement Annuities. IRC Sections 219 and 408 permit certain individuals or their employers to contribute to an individual retirement arrangement known as an “Individual Retirement Annuity” or “IRA”. Under applicable limitations, an individual may claim a tax deduction for certain contributions to an IRA. Contributions made to an IRA for an employee under a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) Plan or Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE) established by an employer are not includable in the gross income of the employee until distributed from the IRA. Distributions from an IRA are taxable to the extent that they represent contributions for which a tax deduction was claimed, contributions made under a SEP plan or SIMPLE, or income earned within the IRA.

Roth IRAs. IRC Section 408A permits certain individuals to contribute to a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not tax deductible. Tax-free distributions of contributions may be made at any time. Distributions of earnings are tax-free following the five-year period beginning with the first year for which a Roth IRA contribution was made if the Owner has attained age 59 1/2, become disabled, or died, or for qualified first-time homebuyer expenses.

Tax-Sheltered Annuities. IRC Section 403(b) of permits public schools and charitable, religious, educational, and scientific organizations described in IRC Section 501(c)(3) to establish “tax-sheltered annuity” or “TSA” plans for their employees. TSA contributions and Contract earnings are generally not included in the gross income of the employee until distributed from the TSA. Amounts attributable to contributions made under a salary reduction agreement cannot be distributed until the employee attains age 59 1/2, severs employment, becomes disabled, incurs a hardship, is eligible for a qualified reservist distribution, or dies. The IRC and the plan may impose additional restrictions on distributions.

Pension, Profit-Sharing, and 401(k) Plans. IRC Section 401 permits employers to establish various types of retirement plans for employees, and permits self-employed individuals to establish such plans for themselves and their employees. These plans may use annuity contracts to fund plan benefits. Generally, contributions are deductible to the employer in the year made, and contributions and earnings are generally not included in the gross income of the employee until distributed from the plan. The IRC and the plan may impose restrictions on distributions. Purchasers of a Contract for use with such plans should seek competent advice regarding the suitability of the Contract under the particular plan.

Governmental Eligible Deferred Compensation Plans. State and local government employers may purchase annuity contracts to fund eligible deferred compensation plans for their employees, as described in IRC Section 457(b). Contributions and earnings are generally not included in the gross income of the employee until the employee receives distributions from the plan. Amounts cannot be distributed until the employee attains age 70 1/2, severs employment, becomes disabled, incurs an unforeseeable emergency, or dies. The plan may impose additional restrictions on distributions.

Roth TSAs, Roth 401(k)s, and Roth 457(b)s. IRC Section 402A permits TSA plans, 401(k) plans, and governmental 457(b) plans to allow participating employees to designate some part or all of their future elective contributions as Roth contributions. Roth contributions to a TSA plan, 401(k) plan, or governmental 457(b) plan are included in the employee’s taxable income as earned. Amounts attributable to Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) contributions must be held in a separate account from amounts attributable to traditional pre-tax TSA, 401(k), or 457(b) contributions. Distributions from a Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) account are considered to come proportionally from contributions and earnings. Distributions attributable to Roth account contributions are tax-free. Distributions attributable to Roth account earnings are tax-free following the five-year period beginning with the first year for which Roth contributions are made to the plan if the employee has attained age 59 1/2, become

69

disabled, or died. A Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) account is subject to the same distribution restrictions that apply to amounts attributable to traditional pre-tax TSA, 401(k), or 457(b) contributions made under a salary reduction agreement. The plan may impose additional restrictions on distributions.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

Employers may invest in annuity contracts in connection with unfunded deferred compensation plans for their employees. Such plans may include eligible deferred compensation plans of non-governmental tax-exempt employers, as described in IRC Section 457(b); deferred compensation plans of both governmental and nongovernmental tax-exempt employers that are taxed under IRC Section 457(f) and subject to Section 409A; and nonqualified deferred compensation plans of for-profit employers subject to Section 409A. In most cases, these plans are designed so that amounts credited under the plan will not be includable in the employees’ gross income until paid under the plan. In these situations, the annuity contracts are not plan assets and are subject to the claims of the employer’s general creditors. Whether or not made from the Contract, plan benefit payments are subject to restrictions imposed by the IRC and the plan.

Summary of Income Tax Rules

The following chart summarizes the basic income tax rules governing tax-qualified retirement plans, nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and other non-tax-qualified Contracts.

	Tax-Qualified Contracts and Plans	Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans	Other Non-Tax-Qualified Contracts
Plan Types	• IRC §408 (IRA, SEP, SIMPLE IRA) • IRC §408A (Roth IRA) • IRC §403(b) (Tax-Sheltered Annuity) • IRC §401 (Pension, Profit– Sharing, 401(k)) • Governmental IRC §457(b) • IRC §402A (Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b))	• IRC §409A • Nongovernmental IRC §457(b) • IRC §457(f)	• IRC §72 only
Who May Purchase a Contract	Eligible employee, employer, or employer plan.	Employer on behalf of eligible employee. Employer generally loses tax-deferred status of Contract itself.	Anyone. Non-natural person will generally lose tax-deferred status.
Contribution Limits	Contributions are limited by IRC and/or plan requirements.		None.
Distribution Restrictions	Distributions from Contract and/or plan may be restricted to meet IRC and/or plan requirements.		None.
Taxation of Withdrawals, Surrenders, and Lump Sum Death Benefit	Generally, 100% of distributions must be included in taxable income. However, the portion that represents an after-tax investment is not taxable. Distributions from Roth IRA are deemed to come first from after- tax contributions. Distributions from other plans are generally deemed to come from income and after-tax investment (if any) on a pro-rata basis. Distributions from §408A Roth IRA or §402A Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) are completely tax free if certain requirements are met. For tax purposes, all IRAs and SEP IRAs of an owner are treated as a single IRA, and all Roth IRAs of an owner are treated as a single Roth IRA.		Generally, distributions must be included in taxable income until all accumulated earnings are paid out. Thereafter, distributions are tax-free return of the original investment. However, distributions are tax-free until any investment made before August 14, 1982 is returned. For tax purposes, all non-tax-qualified annuity contracts issued to the same owner by the same insurer in the same calendar year are treated as one contract.

70

	Tax-Qualified Contracts and Plans	Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans	Other Non-Tax-Qualified Contracts
Taxation of Payout Option Payments (Annuity Benefit or Death Benefit)	A percentage of each payment is tax free equal to the ratio of after-tax investment (if any) to the total expected payments, and the balance is included in taxable income. Once the after-tax investment has been recovered, the full amount of each benefit payment is included in taxable income. Distributions from a Roth IRA, Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) are completely tax free if certain requirements are met.
Possible Penalty Taxes for Distributions Before Age 59 1/2	Taxable portion of payments made before age 59 1/2 may be subject to 10% penalty tax (or 25% for a SIMPLE IRA during the first two years of participation). Penalty taxes do not apply to payments after the participant’s death, or to §457 plans. Other exceptions may apply.	None.	Taxable portion of payments made before age 59 1/2 may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. Penalty taxes do not apply to payments after the Owner’s death. Other exceptions may apply.
Assignment/ Transfer of Contract	Assignment and transfer of Ownership generally not permitted.		Generally, deferred earnings taxable to transferor upon transfer or assignment. Gift tax consequences are not discussed herein.
Federal Income Tax Withholding	Eligible rollover distributions from §401, §403(b), and governmental §457(b) plans are subject to 20% mandatory withholding on taxable portion unless direct rollover. For other payments, Payee may generally elect to have taxes withheld or not.	Generally subject to wage withholding.	Generally, Payee may elect to have taxes withheld or not.

Rollovers, Transfers, and Exchanges

Amounts from a tax-qualified Contract may be rolled over, transferred, or exchanged into another tax-qualified account or retirement plan as permitted by the IRC and plan(s). Amounts may be rolled over, transferred, or exchanged into a tax-qualified Contract from another tax-qualified account or retirement plan as permitted by the IRC and plan(s). In most cases, such a rollover, transfer, or exchange is not taxable, unless the rollover of pre-tax amounts is made into a Roth IRA, a Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b). Rollovers, transfers, and exchanges are not subject to normal contribution limits. The IRC or plan may require that rollovers be held in a separate Contract from other plan funds.

Amounts from a non-tax-qualified Contract may be transferred to another non-tax-qualified annuity or to a qualified long-term care policy as a tax-free exchange as permitted by the IRC Section 1035. Amounts from another non-tax-qualified annuity or from a life insurance or endowment policy may be transferred to a Contract as a tax-free exchange under IRC Section 1035.

Required Distributions

The Contracts are subject to the required distribution rules of federal tax law. These rules vary based on the tax qualification of the Contract or the plan under which it is issued.

For a tax-qualified Contract other than a Roth IRA, required minimum distributions must generally begin by April 1 following attainment of age 72 (age 70 1/2 if born before July 1, 1950). However, for a 403(b) Tax-Sheltered Annuity Plan, a 401 Pension, Profit-Sharing, or 401(k) Plan, or a 457(b) Governmental Deferred Compensation Plan, a participant who is not a 5% owner of the employer may delay required minimum distributions until April 1 following the year in which the participant retires from that employer. The required minimum distributions during life are calculated based on standard life expectancy tables adopted under federal tax law.

71

For a Roth IRA or for a Contract that is not tax-qualified, there are no required distributions during life.

A tax-qualified Contract must make required distributions after death. The required distributions vary depending on the type of beneficiary. Some beneficiaries may take payments over life or life expectancy, and others must receive all benefits within five or ten years after death. A non-tax-qualified Contract that has begun making payments under a payout option during the Owner’s life must make any remaining payments at least as rapidly after death. If payments from a non-tax-qualified Contract have not begun, then the death benefit must be paid out in full within five years after death, or must be paid out in substantially equal payments beginning within one year of death over a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary.

For a traditional IRA, a Roth IRA, or a Contract that is not tax-qualified, a beneficiary who is a surviving spouse may elect out of these requirements, and apply the required distribution rules as if the Contract were his or her own. For this purpose, federal tax law recognizes as married any two people whose marriage is valid in the state in which it was celebrated. A civil union or domestic partnership is not considered a marriage.

Premium and Other Taxes

We reserve the right to deduct from the Purchase Payment or Account Value any taxes relating to the Contract paid by us to any government entity (including, but not limited to, premium taxes, additional taxes, and maintenance taxes on insurers, Federal, state and local withholding of income, estate, inheritance, or other taxes required by law from annuity purchase payments, and any new or increased taxes on insurers or annuity purchase payments that may be enacted into law).

Currently some state governments impose premium taxes, additional taxes, and maintenance taxes on insurers based on annuity purchase payments received or applied to an annuity payout benefit. These taxes currently range from zero to 3.5% depending upon the jurisdiction and the tax qualification of the Contract. A federal premium tax has been proposed but not enacted. We may deduct any such premium or other taxes from the Purchase Payments or the Account Value at the time that the tax is imposed. We may also deduct any such tax not previously deducted from the Annuity Payout Value or Death Benefit Value.

We reserve the right to deduct from the Contract for any income taxes that we incur because of the Contract. At the present time, however, we are not incurring any such income tax or making any such deductions.

Distribution of the Contracts

Great American Advisors, LLC (“GAA”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this prospectus. GALIC and GAA are affiliated because GAA is a subsidiary of GALIC. GAA also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of the variable annuity contracts that are issued by one of our subsidiaries.

GAA’s principal executive offices are located at 301 E Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. GAA is registered as a broker- dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities regulators in the states in which it operates and registration is required. GAA is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

Contracts are sold by licensed insurance agents (the “Selling Agents”) in those states where the Contract may be lawfully sold. Such Selling Agents will be appointed agents of GALIC and will be registered representatives of broker-dealer firms (the “Selling Broker-Dealers”) that have entered into selling agreements with us and GAA. Selling Broker-Dealers will be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will be members of FINRA.

FINRA provides background information about broker-dealers and their registered representatives through FINRA BrokerCheck. You may contact the FINRA BrokerCheck Hotline at 1-800-289-9999, or log on to www.finra.org to learn more about GAA, your Selling Agent, and his or her Selling Broker Dealer.

GAA receives no compensation for acting as underwriter of the Contracts; however, GALIC pays for some of GAA’s operating and other expenses, including overhead and legal and accounting fees. GALIC may reimburse GAA for certain sales expenses, such as marketing materials and advertising expenses, and other expenses of distributing the Contracts.

GALIC or GAA pay the Selling Broker-Dealers compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contract. The Selling Agents who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation paid to the Selling Broker-Dealers in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and the Selling Agent.

72

The amount and timing of commissions paid to Selling Broker-Dealers may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to be more than 9.2% of each Purchase Payment. In most cases, such amounts paid to a Selling Broker-Dealer will be divided between the Selling Agent and the Selling Broker-Dealer. Some Selling Broker-Dealers may elect to receive a lower commission when a Purchase Payment is made, along with annual trail commissions up to 1.5% of Account Value for so long as a contract remains in effect or as agreed in the selling agreement. GALIC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation to the extent permitted by FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations.

GALIC also may pay compensation to wholesaling broker-dealers or other firms or intermediaries in return for wholesaling services such as providing marketing and sales support, product training, and administrative services to the Selling Agents of the Selling Broker-Dealers. These allowances may be based on a percentage of a Purchase Payment.

In addition to the compensation described above, GALIC may make additional cash payments, in certain circumstances referred to as “override” compensations, or reimbursements to Selling Broker-Dealers in recognition of their marketing and distribution, transaction processing and/or administrative services support. These payments are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among Selling Broker-Dealers depending on, among other things, the level and type of marketing and distribution support provided. Marketing and distribution support services may include, among other services, placement of GALIC’s products on the Selling Broker-Dealers’ preferred or recommended list, increased access to the Selling Broker-Dealers’ registered representatives for purposes of promoting sales of GALIC products, assistance in training and education of the Selling Agents, and opportunities for GALIC and GAA to participate in sales conferences and educational seminars. The payments or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the particular Selling Broker-Dealer’s actual or expected aggregate sales of our indexed annuity contracts (including the Contract) and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. Broker-dealers receiving these additional payments may pass on some or all of the payments to the Selling Agents.

You should ask your Selling Agent for further information about the commissions or other compensation that he or she, or the Selling Broker-Dealer for which he or she works, may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

There is no front-end sales load deducted from the Purchase Payment(s) to pay sales commissions. Commissions and other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to you. We intend to recoup at least a portion of the sales commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges deducted under the Contract.

Great American Life’s General Account

Our general account (the “General Account”) holds all our assets other than assets in our insulated separate accounts. We own our General Account assets, and, subject to applicable law, have sole investment discretion over them. The assets are subject to our general business operation liabilities and claims of our creditors and may lose value. Our General Account assets fund the guarantees provided in the Contracts.

We must invest our assets according to applicable state laws regarding the nature, quality and diversification of investments that may be made by life insurance companies. In general, these laws permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain qualifications, in Federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.

We place a majority of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract in our General Account where we primarily invest the assets in a variety of fixed income securities.

We place a portion of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract in a non-unitized separate account (the “Separate Account”) that is not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We established and maintain the Separate Account pursuant to the laws of our domiciliary state for the purpose of supporting our obligation to adjust Indexed Strategy values for Vested Gains and Losses associated with the Indexed Strategies. The assets of the Separate Account are held in our name on behalf of the Separate Account and legally belong to us. The assets in the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business that we conduct. We may invest these assets in hedging instruments, including derivative contracts as well as other assets permitted under state law. To support our obligations to adjust Indexed Strategy values for Vested Gains and Losses associated with the Indexed Strategies, we may move money between the Separate Account and our General Account.

73

Contract owners do not have any interest in or claim on the assets in the Separate Account nor do Contract owners participate in any way in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account.

Legal Matters

Reliance on Rule 12h-7

Great American Life relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of the 1934 Act from the requirement to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of that Act.

Legal Proceedings

Great American Life and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation from time to time, generally arising in the ordinary course of business. This litigation may include, but is not limited to, general commercial disputes, lawsuits brought by contract owners and policyholders, employment matters, reinsurance collection matters and actions challenging certain business practices of insurance subsidiaries. Also, from time to time, state and federal regulators or other officials conduct formal and informal examinations or undertake other actions dealing with various aspects of the financial services and insurance industries. It is not possible to predict with certainty the ultimate outcome of any pending legal proceeding or regulatory action. However, Great American Life does not believe any such action or proceeding will have a material adverse effect upon its ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

Legal Opinion on Contracts

Legal matters in connection with federal laws and regulations affecting the issue and sale of the Contracts described in this prospectus and the organization of Great American Life, its authority to issue such Contracts under Ohio law, and the validity of the forms of the Contracts under Ohio law have been passed on by John P. Gruber, General Counsel of Great American Life.

Securities and Exchange Commission Position on Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Great American Life pursuant to its articles of incorporation or its code of regulations or pursuant to any insurance coverage or otherwise, Great American Life has been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is therefore unenforceable.

Experts

[The consolidated financial statements and the accompanying financial statement schedule of Great American Life Insurance Company at December 31, 2020, and 2019, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.]

The Registration Statement

We filed a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Contracts offered by this prospectus. This prospectus was filed as a part of the Registration Statement, but it does not constitute the complete Registration Statement. The Registration Statement contains further information relating to the Company and the Contracts. The Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto may be inspected and copied at the office of the Securities and Exchange Commission, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., and may also be accessed at www.sec.gov. The Securities and Exchange Commission file number for the Contract is 333-                    .

Statements in this prospectus discussing the content of the Contracts and other legal instruments are summaries. The actual documents are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement. For a complete statement of the terms of the Contracts or any other legal document, refer to the appropriate exhibit to the Registration Statement.

74

SECTION II

GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INFORMATION

[To be added by amendment]

75

GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Administrative Office: P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati OH 45201-5423

Street Address: 301 East Fourth Street, Cincinnati OH 45202

Policy Administration: 1-800-789-6771

INDEX FRONTIER^® 5 PRO ANNUITY

PROSPECTUS Dated May 1, 2022

The Index Frontier^® 5 Pro annuity is an Individual Index-linked Modified Single Premium Deferred Annuity (the “Contract”) issued by Great American Life Insurance Company^® (“Great American Life,” “we” or “us”). It provides that we will pay annuity payout benefits to you in exchange for your purchase payments. The Contract offers you the opportunity to allocate funds to indexed strategies for one-year periods (a “Term”). Indexed strategies provide returns based, in part, on the change in the value of a market index or the share price of an exchange-traded fund (an “Index”). The returns of an Index do not include reinvestment of any dividends.

The Contract is a modified single premium deferred annuity. This means we will accept Purchase Payments only during the purchase payment period, which ends two months after the Contract Effective Date.

A glossary of defined terms used herein can be found in the Special Terms section starting on page 5 of this prospectus.

The Contract currently offers three Conserve Strategies, three Growth Strategies, and one Buffer Strategy.

Conserve/0% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 0% Per Term
S&P 500 0% Floor	S&P 500® Index	Other than the reduction for the Daily Charge, you cannot lose money allocated to a Conserve Strategy due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate 0% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE 0% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
Growth/-10% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 10% Per Term
S&P 500 -10% Floor	S&P 500® Index	In addition to the reduction for the Daily Charge, each Term you can lose up to 10% of money allocated to a Growth Strategy due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate -10% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE -10% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
10% Buffer Strategy	Index	End of Term Buffer of 10% Per Term
S&P 500 10% Buffer	S&P 500® Index	At the end of the Term, the Buffer protects against the first 10% negative change in the Index, but there is no limit on losses due to a negative change above that Buffer. The Buffer is less than 10% if you withdraw money before the end of the Term. The Buffer does not protect against reduction for the Daily Charge.

At the end of a Term, we may stop offering any particular Indexed Strategy, but we will always offer at least one Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. Consequently, any Indexed Strategy listed above may not be available after the end of the initial Term. Indexed Strategies that may be available in the future may earn a return that is lower than the return your investments would have earned if they had been invested in the other Indexed Strategies listed above. In addition, if we reduce the available number of Index Strategies to just one Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, your ability to increase your Account Value could be significantly reduced.

In general, we will set a higher Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy than the Maximum Gain for a Conserve Strategy that uses the same Index, and we will set a higher Maximum Gain for the Buffer Strategy than for the Growth Strategy that uses the same Index.

• Subject to the Daily Charge, the value of an indexed strategy will increase if there is a positive change in the applicable Index value during a Term. Any increase during a Term is subject to an upper limit called the Maximum Gain. At least 10 days before a Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates). We can change the Maximum Gain for each new Term of an indexed strategy.

• Before the end of a Term, any increase in the value of an indexed strategy is also subject to a vesting factor. The vesting factor limits the portion of the positive change in the Index that we take into account when we calculate the increase in the strategy value. The vesting factor varies depending on the day of the Term. It is 25% for any date within the first half of a Term, 50% for any date within the second half of a Term, and 100% at the end of a Term.

1

• Each day, we will subtract the Daily Charge from the value of each indexed strategy. The Daily Charge is calculated as a percentage of the amount applied to the strategy, adjusted for withdrawals and prior daily charges. The Daily Charge is a rate that compounds to 0.50% per year.

• The value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy will not decrease by more than the Daily Charge even if there is a negative change in the applicable Index value during a Term. The value of each Conserve Strategy is reduced by the Daily Charge.

• The value of a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy will decrease by more than the Daily Charge if there is a negative change in the applicable Index value during a Term. Any decrease during a Term for a Growth Strategy (other than by reason of the Daily Charge) is subject to a lower limit called the Maximum Loss. The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is 10%. In addition to the Daily Charge, each Growth Strategy includes a risk of potential loss of up to 10% of principal and any prior earnings each Term.

• The value of a 10% Buffer Strategy will decrease if there is a negative change in the applicable Index Value that is larger than the Buffer during a Term. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when calculating Buffer Strategy losses. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. The Buffer at the end of a Term is 10%. Before the end of the Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer. In addition to the Daily Charge, each Buffer Strategy includes a risk of potential loss of principal and any prior earnings. At maximum, the Buffer protects 10% of principal and any prior earnings from loss each Term.

The Contract is intended for long-term investment purposes and may not be appropriate for investors who plan to take withdrawals (including systematic withdrawals and required minimum distributions) during the first five contract years. An early withdrawal charge may apply if you take a withdrawal or Surrender the Contract during the first five contract years. That charge will reduce strategy values, including the value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. The early withdrawal charge is 8% for withdrawals and Surrenders of the Contract in the first contract year, and falls each contract year during the five-year period. Withdrawals and Surrenders may also be subject to income tax, and withdrawals and Surrenders before age 59¹/₂ may also be subject to an additional 10% penalty tax.

Risk Factors for this Contract appear on pages 13-17 and pages 86-90. Indexed annuity contracts are complex insurance and investment vehicles. You should speak with a financial advisor about the Index Frontier 5 Pro and its features, benefits, risks, and fees, and whether the Contract is appropriate for you based upon your financial situation and objectives.

Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. It contains important information about your annuity and Great American Life that you ought to know before investing. It describes all material rights and obligations under the Contract including material state variations.

****************************************

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

• The Contract is not insured by the FDIC (Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) or the NCUSIF (National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund).

• Although the Contract may be sold through relationships with banks or other financial institutions, the Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed by, such institutions or any federal regulatory agency.

• The Contract is a security. It involves investment risk and may lose value. There is a risk of loss of principal under the Contract and that loss can become greater due to Early Withdrawal Charges.

All guarantees under the Contract are the obligations of Great American Life and are subject to the credit worthiness and claims-paying ability of Great American Life.

The Contract doesn’t invest in any equity, debt or other investments. If you buy this Contract, you aren’t investing directly in an Index, the stocks included in an Index, or the underlying investments or other assets held by an Index.

The S&P 500 Index is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC, a division of S&P Global, or its affiliates (“SPDJI”), and has been licensed for use by Great American Life. Standard & Poor’s^®, S&P^®, S&P 500^®, SPDR^® and STANDARD & POOR’S DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS^® are trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a division of S&P Global (“S&P”); Dow

2

Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by Great American Life. Great American Life products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P or their respective affiliates, and none of such parties makes any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such products nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruption of the S&P 500 Index.

The iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF and the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF are distributed by BlackRock Investments, LLC. iShares^®, BLACKROCK^®, and the corresponding logos are registered and unregistered trademarks of BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates (“BlackRock”), and these trademarks have been licensed for certain purposes by Great American Life Insurance Company. Great American Life annuity products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by BlackRock, and purchasers of an annuity from Great American Life do not acquire any interest in the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF or the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF nor enter into any relationship of any kind with BlackRock. BlackRock makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of any Great American Life annuity product or any member of the public regarding the advisability of purchasing an annuity, nor does it have any liability for any errors, omissions, interruptions or use of the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF or the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF or any data related thereto.

****************************************

The principal underwriter of the Contract is Great American Advisors, LLC. The offering of the Contract is intended to be continuous. The underwriter will use its best efforts to sell the Contract.

This prospectus is not an offering in any state, country, or jurisdiction in which we are not authorized to sell the Contract.

If you purchase a Contract, you may cancel it within 20 days after you receive it. If you purchase a Contract to replace an existing annuity contract or insurance policy, you have 30 days to cancel the Contract. The right to cancel period may be longer in some states. In many states, you will bear the risk of investment gain or loss before cancellation. The right to cancel is described more fully in the Right to Cancel section of this prospectus.

Our form number for the Contract is P1833421NW. Our form numbers for the strategy endorsements to the Contract are E1322517NW, E1322617NW, E1322717NW, E1322817NW, E1322917NW, E1323017NW, E1829620NW, E1829720NW, and E1829820NW. The form numbers may vary by state. The Securities and Exchange Commission file number for the Contract is 333-                    .

3

Table of Contents

INDEX FRONTIER® 5 PRO ANNUITY INFORMATION	5
Special Terms	5
Summary	8
Risk Factors	13
Purchase	17
Initial Strategy Selections	18
Indexed Strategies	19
Vested Gains and Losses	21
Asymmetrical Impact of Index Changes on Growth and Buffer Strategies Using the Same Index	25
Examples—Impact of Withdrawals on Contract Values and Amounts Realized	26
Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End	38
Cash Benefit	39
Examples—Amount Available for Withdrawal	41
Daily Charge	49
Early Withdrawal Charge	50
Annuity Payout Benefit	53
Death Benefit	54
Payout Options	56
Processing Applications and Requests	59
Right to Cancel (Free Look)	61
Annual Statement and Confirmations	61
Electronic Delivery	62
Abandoned Property Requirements	62
Owner	62
Annuitant	63
Beneficiary	63
Other Contract Provisions	64
State Variations	64
Index Replacement	67
Federal Tax Considerations	68
Premium and Other Taxes	72
Distribution of the Contracts	72
Great American Life’s General Account	73
Legal Matters	74
Experts	74
The Registration Statement	74
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INFORMATION	75

4

INDEX FRONTIER^® 5 PRO ANNUITY INFORMATION

Special Terms

In this prospectus, the following capitalized terms have the meanings set out below.

ACCOUNT VALUE. The sum of the values of each Indexed Strategy, plus the value of the Purchase Payment Account, if any.

ANNUITANT. The natural person or persons on whose life Annuity Payout Benefit is based.

ANNUITY PAYOUT BENEFIT. A series of periodic payments made under a Payout Option. The terms and conditions are described in the Annuity Payout Benefit section of this prospectus.

ANNUITY PAYOUT INITIATION DATE. The first day of the first payment interval for which payment of an Annuity Payout Benefit is to be made.

BAILOUT TRIGGER. The Maximum Gain for the next Term of an Indexed Strategy that triggers a waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges under the Bailout right of an Indexed Strategy.

BENEFICIARY. A person entitled to receive all or part of a Death Benefit that is to be paid under the Contract on account of a death before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

BUFFER. The portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. Once the final Market Day of the Term has been reached, the Buffer is 10%. Before the final Market Day, the Buffer is equal to: 10% x ((365 – N) / 365), where N is equal to the number of days remaining until the final Market Day of the Term.

CONTRACT. The legally binding agreement between you and Great American Life, including applicable endorsements and riders.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY. The date in each year that is the annual anniversary of the Contract Effective Date. That date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE. The date as of which the initial Purchase Payment is applied to the Contract. That date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PAGE. The page in your Contract that contains details unique to your Contract.

CONTRACT YEAR. A 12-month period that starts on the Contract Effective Date or on a Contract Anniversary.

DAILY CHARGE. The charge for maintaining your Contract. It is a daily rate that compounds at 0.50% per year. It is calculated daily as a percentage of, and is subtracted from, the then remaining investment base of each Indexed Strategy.

DEATH BENEFIT. An amount that becomes payable if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and before the date that the Contract is Surrendered. The terms and conditions are described in the Death Benefit section of this prospectus.

EARLY WITHDRAWAL CHARGE. A charge deducted from the Account Value of your Contract if, during the first five Contract Years, you Surrender your Contract or you take a withdrawal in excess of the Free Withdrawal Allowance (including systematic withdrawals and required minimum distributions). The Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply to a withdrawal that qualifies for the Free Withdrawal Allowance or the amount, if any, that qualifies for another waiver. The Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply to an Annuity Payout Benefit or Death Benefit.

5

FREE WITHDRAWAL ALLOWANCE. The total amount that may be taken as a withdrawal or Surrendered during a Contract Year without an Early Withdrawal Charge that would otherwise apply. This amount is described in the Free Withdrawal Allowance section of this prospectus. Like any other withdrawal, an amount withdrawn that is covered by the Free Withdrawal Allowance will reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy on a dollar-for dollar basis, and will proportionally reduce the Investment Base of a Strategy.

GREAT AMERICAN LIFE (“WE,” “US,” “OUR,” “GALIC”). Great American Life Insurance Company.

INDEX. A stock market index or an exchange-traded fund.

INDEX CHANGE. The increase or decrease, if any, in the applicable Index Value over a Term of an Indexed Strategy.

INDEX VALUE. For Indexed Strategies that use the S&P 500 Index, the Index Value is the closing value of the Index. For Indexed Strategies that use, the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, or the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF, the Index Value is the fund’s closing share price on the NYSE Arca.

INDEXED STRATEGY. A specified method by which gain or loss is calculated for a Term. Each Indexed Strategy provides a return based, in part, on changes in an Index Value. The Indexed Strategies that are currently available are set out on the first page of this prospectus.

INVESTMENT BASE. The amount applied to an Indexed Strategy at the start of a current Term. The Investment Base is reduced daily by an amount equal to the Daily Charge. A withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge reduces the Investment Base proportionally to the reduction in the value of that Indexed Strategy due to the withdrawal or charge. For example, if a withdrawal reduces the value of an Indexed Strategy by 15%, then it will reduce the Investment Base of that Strategy by 15%.

MARKET CLOSE. The close of the regular or core trading session on the market used to measure a given Indexed Strategy.

MARKET DAY. Each day that all markets that are used to measure available Indexed Strategies are open for regular trading.

MAXIMUM GAIN. The largest positive Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine the Vested Gain for a given Indexed Strategy. We set the Maximum Gain for each Term of an Indexed Strategy before the first day of that Term. For a given Term, we may set a different Maximum Gain for amounts attributable to Purchase Payments received on different dates. The Maximum Gain can also be called a “Cap”. Daily Charges are not taken into account when calculating Maximum Gains.

MAXIMUM LOSS. The most negative Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine a Vested Loss for a given Conserve Strategy or Growth Strategy. The Maximum Loss for a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10% and will apply to all Terms of that Growth Strategy. The Maximum Loss for a Conserve Strategy is 0% and will apply to all Terms of that Conserve Strategy. The Maximum Loss can also be called a “Floor”. Daily Charges are not taken into account when calculating Maximum Losses.

OWNER (“YOU,” “YOURS”). The person(s) who possesses the ownership rights under the Contract. If there is more than one Owner, each Owner will be a joint owner of the Contract and each reference to Owner means joint owners.

PAYOUT OPTION. The form in which an Annuity Payout Benefit or Death Benefit may be paid. Standard options are described in the Payout Options section of this prospectus.

PURCHASE PAYMENT. An amount received by us for the Contract. This amount is after the deduction of any fee charged by the person remitting payment and any taxes withheld from the payment.

PURCHASE PAYMENT ACCOUNT. An account where a Purchase Payment is held from the date it is applied to the Contract until the first Strategy Application Date on or after that date.

6

REQUEST IN GOOD ORDER. Information provided or a request made that is:

• complete and satisfactory to us;

• sent to us on our form or in a manner satisfactory to us, which may, at our discretion, be by telephone or electronic means; and

• received at our administrative office.

Information provided or a request made is complete and satisfactory when we have received: (1) all the information and legal documentation that we require to process the information or the request; and (2) instructions that are sufficiently clear that we do not need to exercise any discretion to process the information or the request. If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting your request.

STRATEGY APPLICATION DATE. The 6th and 20th days of each month.

SURRENDER. The termination of your Contract in exchange for its Surrender Value.

SURRENDER VALUE. The Account Value minus the Early Withdrawal Charge that would apply on a Surrender of the Contract.

TAX-QUALIFIED CONTRACT. An annuity contract that is intended to qualify for special tax treatment for retirement savings. If your Contract is a Tax-Qualified Contract, the cover page of your Contract includes information about its tax qualification. If your Contract is not a Tax-Qualified Contract, the cover page of your Contract will identify it as a “Nonqualified Annuity.”

TERM. The period for which Contract values are allocated to a given Indexed Strategy, and over which gain or loss is calculated. Each Term is one year long, and will start and end on a Strategy Application Date. A new Term will start on the date that the preceding Term ends.

VESTED GAIN. The portion of any positive Index Change for the Term of an Indexed Strategy that is taken into account when determining the value of that Indexed Strategy. For any day of a Term, the Vested Gain is equal to: (1) any positive Index Change for the Term, but not exceeding the Maximum Gain set for that Term; multiplied by (2) the applicable Vesting Factor for that day; and then multiplied by (3) the remaining Investment Base for that Term. Daily Charges are applied prior to calculating Vested Gains.

VESTED LOSS. The portion of any negative Index Change for the Term of an Indexed Strategy that is taken into account when determining the value of that Indexed Strategy. For any day of a Term, the Vested Loss is equal to: (1) any negative Index Change for the Term, after taking into account either the Maximum Loss for each Term of that Indexed Strategy or the Buffer; multiplied by (2) the remaining Investment Base for that Term. Daily Charges are applied prior to calculating Vested Losses.

VESTING FACTOR. A factor used to determine a Vested Gain. Vesting Factors are described in the Vested Gains and Losses section of this prospectus.

7

Summary

The Great American Life Index Frontier^® 5 Pro annuity is a modified single premium deferred annuity contract that may help you accumulate retirement savings. The Contract is intended for long term investment purposes. The Contract is a legal agreement between you as the Owner and Great American Life as the issuing insurance company. In the Contract, you agree to make one or more Purchase Payments to us and we agree to pay the Annuity Payout Benefit to you.

Like all deferred annuities, the Contract has two periods. During the period prior to the Annuity Payout Initiation Date, your Contract may accumulate earnings on a tax-deferred basis. During the period that begins on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date, we will make payments under the selected Payout Option.

The following chart describes the key features of the Contract. Read this prospectus for more detailed information about the Contract.

Benefits	• The Annuity Payout Benefit is a series of periodic payments made under a Payout Option. This benefit can provide you with income for a fixed period of time or for life. It is based on the Account Value on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. • The Cash Benefit lets you take out all of your Account Value (Surrender) or take out part of it (withdrawal). An Early Withdrawal Charge generally applies if you take money out during the first five Contract Years. You can Surrender your Contract or take a withdrawal before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. • The Death Benefit is payable if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. This benefit is paid to your beneficiaries. It is based on the Death Benefit Value, which will never be less than your Purchase Payments, reduced proportionately for withdrawals. Please see the Annuity Payout Benefit, Cash Benefit, and Death Benefit sections below for more information.
Purchase Payments	The Contract is a modified single premium annuity. This means we will accept Purchase Payments only during the purchase payment period, which ends two months after the Contract Effective Date. The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $25,000. Each additional Purchase Payment must be at least $10,000. You will need our prior approval if: • you are age 80 or younger and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $1,000,000; or • you are over age 80 and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $750,000. Please see the Purchase section below for more information.
Issue Age	Each Owner must be age 80 or younger on the Contract Effective Date. Please see the Purchase section below for more information.

Indexed Strategies	We currently offer seven Indexed Strategies.
	Conserve/0% Floor Strategies	Index
	S&P 500 0% Floor	S&P 500® Index
	iShares U.S. Real Estate 0% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
	iShares MSCI EAFE 0% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
	Growth/-10% Floor Strategies	Index
	S&P 500 -10% Floor	S&P 500® Index
	iShares U.S. Real Estate -10% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
	iShares MSCI EAFE -10% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
	10% Buffer Strategy	Index
	S&P 500 10% Buffer	S&P 500® Index

8

Conserve/0% Floor Strategies • The value of a Conserve Strategy will increase if there is a positive Index Change during a Term. Any positive Index Change is subject to the applicable Maximum Gain for the Term. Before the end of the Term, any positive Index Change is also subject to a Vesting Factor. A Vested Gain can never be more than the Maximum Gain for that Term. • The value of a Conserve Strategy will never decrease due to a negative Index Change during a Term. • The value of a Conserve Strategy will be reduced by the Daily Charge. The Daily Charge may result in a reduction in value over a Term equal to the Daily Charge. • We will always offer at least one Conserve Strategy. Growth/-10% Floor Strategies • The value of a Growth Strategy will increase if there is a positive Index Change during a Term. Any positive Index Change is subject to the applicable Maximum Gain for the Term. Before the end of the Term, any positive Index Change is also subject to a Vesting Factor. A Vested Gain can never be more than the Maximum Gain for that Term. • The value of a Growth Strategy will decrease due to a negative Index Change during a Term. If you allocate money to a Growth Strategy, you can lose up to 10% of that money during the Term due to a negative Index Change. • The value of a Growth Strategy will be reduced by the Daily Charge. The Daily Charge may result in a reduction in value over a Term equal to the Daily Charge plus any loss due to a negative Index Change. 10% Buffer Strategy • The value of the Buffer Strategy will increase if there is a positive Index Change during a Term. Any positive Index Change is subject to the applicable Maximum Gain for the Term. Before the end of the Term, any positive Index Change is also subject to a Vesting Factor. A Vested Gain can never be more than the Maximum Gain for that Term. • The value of the Buffer Strategy will decrease due to a negative Index Change during a Term. If you allocate money to the Buffer Strategy, at the end of the Term you can lose up to 90% of that money due to a negative Index Change. At the end of the Term, 10% of the money you allocated is protected from loss. You can lose more than 90% of that money if you withdraw it before the end of the Term. • The value of the Buffer Strategy will be reduced by the Daily Charge. The Daily Charge may result in a reduction in value over a Term even if the Buffer protects against any loss due to a negative Index Change. Please see the Indexed Strategies section below for more information.

Indexed Strategy Value and Investment Base

At the start of a Term, the value of an Indexed Strategy is equal to the Investment Base for that Term, which is the amount applied to that Strategy for that Term. During a Term, a Vested Gain increases the Strategy value or a Vested Loss reduces the Strategy value. The Daily Charge reduces the Investment Base of the Strategy equal to the amount of the charge. The Daily Charge reduces the amount to which Vested Gain or Vested Loss applies. This means that the Daily Charge will increase any losses and decrease any gains A withdrawal reduces the Strategy value, including the value of any Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, by the amount of the withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge. A withdrawal reduces the Investment Base by the portion of the Investment Base needed to pay for the withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge. The reduction in the Investment Base is proportional to the reduction in the Strategy value. This means that we calculate the percentage of Strategy Value that is being withdrawn and we reduce your Investment Base by the same percentage. If you take a withdrawal when your Strategy Value is less than your Investment Base, the amount of Investment Base reduction will exceed the dollar amount of your withdrawal. For example, if your Strategy Value is $30,000 and you withdraw $12,000, you have withdrawn 40% of Strategy Value. If your Investment Base was $40,000 before the withdrawal, it would be reduced by $16,000 ($40,000 x .40) and your new Investment Base after the withdrawal would be $24,000 ($40,000 – $16,000). If your Strategy Value is greater than your Investment Base, the amount of the Investment Base reduction will be less than the dollar amount of the withdrawal. Please see the Indexed Strategies section below for more information.

9

Daily Charge	Each day of this Contract, we will subtract a Daily Charge from the Investment Base of each Indexed Strategy. The Daily Charge is calculated as a percentage of the remaining Investment Base of the Strategy. The Daily Charge is a rate that compounds to 0.50% per year. Please see the Daily Charge section below for more information.
Vested Gains and Losses	• Each day of a Term, the value of an Indexed Strategy is adjusted for the Vested Gain or Loss since the start of that Term. We use the following formulas to calculate Vested Gains and Losses. • Vested Gain = any positive Index Change for the Term (but not exceeding the Maximum Gain set for the Term) x applicable Vesting Factor for that day x remaining Investment Base for the current Term. • Vested Loss = any negative Index Change for the Term (after taking into account either the Maximum Loss for the Term or the Buffer, as applicable) x remaining Investment Base for the current Term. • Daily Charges are applied prior to calculating Vested Gains and Vested Losses. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Maximum Gains	We set a Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy prior to the start of each Term. This means the Maximum Gain for an Indexed Strategy may change for each Term. At least 10 days before the next Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that next Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates). In general, we will set a higher Maximum Gain for a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy than the Maximum Gain for a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy that uses the same Index. In general, we will set a higher Maximum Gain for a 10% Buffer Strategy than the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy that uses the same Index. The Daily Charges will decrease any gains. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Maximum Losses	The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Conserve Strategy is 0%. The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10%. The Maximum Loss for each Term of the Buffer Strategy is a loss of 90%, or more than 90% if a withdrawal is taken before the end of the Term. In addition, your cumulative loss over Multiple Terms could exceed 90% of your investment. The Daily Charge will increase any losses. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Buffer	The Buffer at the end of each Term of a Buffer Strategy is 10%. Before the end of each Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.

10

Vesting Factors	Vesting Factors for the Indexed Strategies are fixed and are applied as follows: • For a positive Index Change during a Term, the Vesting Factors are 25% for any date within the first six months of a Term; 50% for any date within the final six months of a Term but before the final Market Date of the Term; and 100% on or after the final Market Date of the Term. A Vesting Factor below 100% limits any positive increase during a Term. • For a negative Index Change during a Term, there is no Vesting Factor. Please see the Vested Gains and Losses section below for more information.
Strategy Renewals	At the end of each Term of a given Indexed Strategy, we will apply the ending value of that Strategy to a new Term of that same Strategy. The amount applied to a new Term will not include any amount that is moved as part of a reallocation at the Term end. Please see the Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End section below for more information.
Strategy Reallocations	At the end of a Term, you may reallocate the ending values of the Indexed Strategies for that Term among the Strategies. Please see the Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End section below for more information.
Access to Your Money Through Withdrawals	You may take a withdrawal from your Contract at any time prior to the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. • During the first five Contract Years, unless you qualify for the Free Withdrawal Allowance or the bailout right as described below, an Early Withdrawal Charge will apply. • A withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy will reduce the value of that Strategy on a dollar-for-dollar basis. A withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy during a Term will proportionally reduce the Investment Base used to calculate any subsequent Vested Gain or Loss in that Term. • In addition to any applicable Early Withdrawal Charge, a withdrawal may be subject to income tax, and a withdrawal before age 591/2 may also be subject to an additional 10% penalty tax. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.
Early Withdrawal Charge	An Early Withdrawal Charge applies during the first five Contract Years if you Surrender your Contract or withdraw an amount in excess of the Free Withdrawal Allowance. The charge is equal to the amount subject to the charge multiplied by the applicable rate set out below.

Contract Year	1			2			3			4			5			6+
Early Withdrawal Charge Rate		8	%		7	%		6	%		5	%		4	%		0	%

If you take a withdrawal from your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is the amount you withdraw plus any amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge. If you Surrender your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is your Account Value.

When you request a withdrawal, we will reduce the amount we pay you by the amount of the Early Withdrawal Charge. If you instruct us to pay you the specific withdrawal amount, we will instead reduce your Account Value by both the requested specific withdrawal amount, as well as the amount of the Early Withdrawal Charge. In this case, since you opted not to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge out of your withdrawal proceeds, we treat the Early Withdrawal Charge as an additional requested withdrawal. We will apply the Early Withdrawal Charge to both the specified withdrawal amount, as well as any amounts we withdraw to cover your Early Withdrawal Charges. The Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply to (1) a withdrawal that qualifies for the Free Withdrawal Allowance; (2) any withdrawal under the Bailout right; or (3) the amount, if any, that qualifies for another waiver. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.

For example, if after using their Free Withdrawal Allowance a contractholder requested that an additional $10,000 be withdrawn from their Account Value when a 8% Early Withdrawal Charge was in effect, a $800 Early Withdrawal Charge would apply (8% of $10,000 withdrawn). The contractholder would receive $9,200 ($10,000 - $800), minus any income tax withholding.

Similarly, if a contractholder instead requested that they receive a net amount of $10,000 from their account in the same circumstances, we would treat the Early Withdrawal Charge amount as an additional requested withdrawal subject to an Early Withdrawal Charge. This means that we will “gross up” your requested withdrawal to cover applicable Early Withdrawal Charges (and any income tax withholding). If we assume that no income tax withholding applies, the withdrawal would be grossed up to $10,870, calculated by dividing the net amount requested by 1 minus the Early Withdrawal Charge rate ($10,000 / (1 – 0.08)). The Early Withdrawal Charge would be $870 (8% of the $10,870 withdrawal), and the contractholder would receive $10,000 ($10,870 - $870).

11

Free Withdrawal Allowance	The Free Withdrawal Allowance lets you withdraw some money from your Contract without the imposition of the Early Withdrawal Charge. For the first Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is an amount equal to 10% of the total Purchase Payments received by us. For each subsequent Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is equal to 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary. The Free Withdrawal Allowance is non-cumulative and you may not carry over any unused portion to other Contract Years. Like any other withdrawal, an amount withdrawn that is covered by the Free Withdrawal Allowance will reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy on a dollar-for dollar basis, and will proportionally reduce the Investment Base of a Strategy. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.
Bailout Right	We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge on an amount you withdraw if: (1) you withdraw it at the end of a Term from an Indexed Strategy; and (2) either the Maximum Gain for such Indexed Strategy for the next Term is less than the Bailout Trigger for the current Term, or such Indexed Strategy will not be available for the next Term. If the Bailout right will apply at the end of a Term, we will notify you at least 30 days before the end of that Term. The Bailout right does not apply to your initial Term. Please see the Early Withdrawal Charge section below for more information.
Payout Options	Like all annuity contracts, the Contract offers a range of Payout Options, which provide payments for your lifetime or for a fixed period. After payments begin, you cannot change the Payout Option or any fixed period you selected. The standard Payout Options are listed below. • Fixed Period Payout • Life Payout • Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period •Joint and One-half Survivor Payout Please see the Payout Options section below for more information.
Death Benefit	A Death Benefit is payable under the Contract if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. If the Owner is a non-natural person, such as a trust or a corporation, then a Death Benefit is payable under the Contract if an Annuitant dies before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. The Death Benefit Value is the greater of: (1) the Account Value as of the applicable date; or (2) your Purchase Payment(s) reduced proportionally for all withdrawals, but not including amounts applied to pay Early Withdrawal Charges. Please see the Death Benefit section below for more information.
Tax Deferral	The Contract is generally tax deferred, which means that you are not taxed on the earnings in your Contract until the money is paid to you. Contracts owned by non-natural owners, such as trusts and corporations, are subject to special rules. A tax-qualified retirement plan such as an IRA also provides tax deferral. Buying the Contract within a tax-qualified retirement plan does not give you any extra tax benefits. There should be reasons other than tax deferral for buying the Contract within a tax-qualified retirement plan. Please see the Federal Tax Considerations section below for more information.
Right to Cancel	If you purchase a Contract, you may cancel it within 20 days after you receive it. If you purchase a Contract to replace an existing annuity contract or insurance policy, you have 30 days to cancel the Contract. The right to cancel period may be longer in some states. In many states, you will bear the risk of investment gain or loss before cancellation. Please see the Right to Cancel (Free Look) section below for more information.

12

Risk Factors

The Contract involves certain risks that you should understand before purchasing it. You should carefully consider your income needs and risk tolerance to determine whether the Contract or a particular Indexed Strategy is appropriate for you. The level of risk you bear and your potential investment performance will differ depending on the Indexed Strategies you choose.

Loss of Principal Related to Growth Strategy and Buffer Strategy due to Negative Index Changes	There is a significant risk of loss of principal and related earnings due to negative Index Changes if you allocate your Purchase Payment(s) to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy or 10% Buffer Strategy. Such a loss may be substantial. This risk exists for each Growth Strategy because you agree to absorb any loss in the Index during the Term up to the Maximum Loss of 10%. This risk exists for each Buffer Strategy because you agree to absorb any loss in the Index that exceeds the Buffer. This risk of loss does not exist if you allocate your Purchase Payment(s) to a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. If you allocate money to a Growth Strategy, you may lose up to 10% at the end of each Term. If you allocate money to a Growth Strategy over multiple Terms, you may lose up to 10% each Term, which may result in a cumulative loss that is greater than 10%. If you allocate money to a Buffer Strategy, you may lose up to 90% at the end of each Term. If you allocate money to a Buffer Strategy and withdraw it before the end of the Term, you may lose more than 90% because the Buffer is less than 10% until the end of the Term. If you allocate money to a Buffer Strategy over multiple Terms, you may lose up to 90% at the end of each Term, which may result in a cumulative loss that is greater than 90%.
Loss of Principal Related to Daily Charge	There is a risk of loss of principal and related earnings as a result of the Daily Charge that applies to your Contract values. The Daily Charge reduces your Investment Base and may result in reduced gains and/or increased losses. Strategy values will not include any Vested Gains or Losses attributable to amounts applied to Daily Charges because Daily Charges are applied to the Investment Base prior to calculating Vested Gains and Losses. You could realize losses even when Index Values increase. This will occur when the amount of Vested Gain is smaller than the Daily Charge. Even if you invest in the Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, the Daily Charge could cause you to realize losses in excess of the Maximum Loss. If you invest in a 10% Buffer Strategy and the Index Value decreases but does not exceed the Buffer, the Daily Charge could cause you to experience losses. Any Vested Loss would be in addition to the Daily Charge. If you invest in a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and the Index Value decreases, the Daily Charge could cause you to experience losses in excess of the Maximum Loss.
Loss of Principal Related to Early Withdrawal Charge	There is also a risk of loss of principal and related earnings if you take a withdrawal from your Contract or Surrender it during the first five Contract Years. This risk exists for each Strategy because an Early Withdrawal Charge may apply. A withdrawal from any Strategy, including any Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, when an Early Withdrawal Charge applies, will reduce the value of the Strategy. This reduction will occur even if there is a Vested Gain on the date of the withdrawal. An Early Withdrawal Charge may reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy by more than increases in the value of the Indexed Strategy resulting from Vested Gains in the current and prior Terms.
Long-Term Nature of Contract	The Contract is a deferred annuity, which means the Annuity Payout Benefit will begin on a future date. We designed the Contract to be a long-term investment that you can use to help build a retirement nest egg and provide income for retirement. The limitations and charges included in the Contract reflect its long-term nature.

13

Limits on Investment Return	Any increase in the value of an Indexed Strategy over a Term is limited by a Maximum Gain. Any increase in the value of an Indexed Strategy before the end of a Term is also limited by a Vesting Factor, which will be less than 100%. Due to these limitations, in many cases the return on money allocated to an Indexed Strategy will not fully reflect the corresponding positive Index Change for a Term. The value of an Indexed Strategy only captures an Index Value at the applicable Market Close. You will bear the risk that an Index Value might be significantly lower at that Market Close than at another point during the Term. We measure the Index Change by comparing the Index Value on the first day of the Term to the Index Value on the last day of the Term. This means that if the Index Value is lower on the last day of the Term, you may experience negative or flat performance even if the Index experienced gains through some, or most, of the Term.
Limits on Reallocations	You cannot reallocate money among the Indexed Strategies prior to the end of a Term. If you want to take money out of Strategy during a Term, you must take a withdrawal from that Strategy or Surrender your Contract.
Early Withdrawal Charge	If you withdraw money from or Surrender the Contract during the first five Contract Years, we will deduct an Early Withdrawal Charge unless the Free Withdrawal Allowance or Bailout right applies. Deduction of the Early Withdrawal Charge may result in loss of principal and any prior earnings. An Early Withdrawal Charge will reduce Strategy values, including Conserve/0% Floor Strategy values.
Timing of Withdrawals, Surrender, Annuity Payout Initiation Date, or Death Benefit Claim	You should take into consideration the dates on which the Term(s) of your Indexed Strategies end relative to the timing of a withdrawal or Surrender, the Annuity Payout Initiation Date, or the submission of a Death Benefit claim. For example, a withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy before the end of a Term will lock in the existing Vested Gain or Loss. In addition, due to the Vesting Factors that we use to calculate Vested Gains, increase in the value of an Indexed Strategy before the end of a Term will be less than the corresponding positive Index Change.
No Ability to Determine Strategy Values in Advance	If you request a withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy, we will process the withdrawal at the first Market Close after receipt of your Request in Good Order. This means you will not be able to determine in advance the value of an Indexed Strategy or the amount of any Vested Gain or Vested Loss. Likewise, you will not be able to determine in advance the amount payable upon Surrender, applied to the Annuity Payout Benefit, or payable as the Death Benefit.
Changes in Maximum Gains	We set a Maximum Gain for each new Term of an Indexed Strategy. The Maximum Gain for a new Term of an Indexed Strategy may be lower than its Maximum Gain for the current Term and may be as low as 1%. You risk the possibility that the Maximum Gain for a new Term may be lower than you would find acceptable.
Unavailable Indexed Strategies	At the end of a Term, we may stop offering any Indexed Strategy and, consequently, an Indexed Strategy you selected may not be available after the end of a Term. An Indexed Strategy you selected also may not be available after the end of a Term due to minimums and maximums that we set. In that case, if you do not withdraw the funds pursuant to your Bailout Right or reallocate them to another Indexed Strategy, then we will reallocate the applicable funds to a default Strategy. The funds allocated to a default Strategy may earn a return that is lower than the return they would have earned if there had been no reallocation, but will not increase the risk of loss of principal and any prior earnings.
Replacement of an Index	We have the right to replace an Index if it is discontinued or we are no longer able to use it, its calculation changes substantially, or we determine that hedging instruments are difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of a Term or during a Term. If we replace an Index during a Term, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the old Index up until the replacement date. After the replacement date, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the new Index. The performance of the new Index may not be as good as the performance of the old Index. As a result, funds allocated to an Indexed Strategy may earn a return that is lower than the return they would have earned if there had been no replacement.

14

Involuntary Termination of Contract	If your Account Value falls below the minimum value of $5,000 for any reason, we may terminate your Contract. For example, we may terminate your Contract if a loss on a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy or a 10% Buffer Strategy causes your Account Value to fall below $5,000.
No Direct Investment in the Market	When you allocate money to an Indexed Strategy that uses the S&P 500 Index, you will not be investing in that Index, or in any stock included in that Index. Index Changes for these Strategies are calculated without taking into account dividends paid on stocks that make up the S&P 500 Index. When you allocate money to an Indexed Strategy that uses the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, you will not be investing in that exchange-traded fund, in the securities or other assets that it holds, or in any real estate investment trust. Index Changes for these Strategies are calculated without taking into account dividends paid by the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF. When you allocate money to an Indexed Strategy that uses the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF, you will not be investing in that exchange-traded fund or in the securities or other assets that it holds, or in any stock included in the MSCI EAFE Index. Index Changes for these Strategies are calculated without taking into account dividends paid by the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF. Because changes in the value of an Indexed Strategy are subject to Maximum Gains and either Maximum Losses or a Buffer, as applicable, and may be subject to a Vesting Factor, the performance of an Indexed Strategy may diverge from the performance of the Index.
Market Risk	Money allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy or 10% Buffer Strategy that uses the S&P 500 Index is subject to the risk that the market value of the underlying securities that comprise the S&P 500 Index may decline. For a Growth Strategy, you will absorb any such market loss up to the amount of the Maximum Loss of 10%. For a Buffer Strategy, you will absorb any such market loss to the extent it exceeds the Buffer. In addition, any positive change in the Index Value over a Term will be lower than the total return on an investment in the stocks that comprise the S&P 500 Index because the total return will reflect dividend payments on those stocks and the Index Values will not reflect those dividend payments. Because the return on an Indexed Strategy that uses the S&P 500 Index will be subject to limitations and will be linked to its performance and not the performance of the underlying stocks, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks. In addition, due to the same limitations, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in a fund that tracks the S&P 500 Index. Due to the Daily Charge, any positive return will be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks. Money allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy that uses the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF is subject to the risk that its share price may decline. You will absorb any such market loss up to the amount of the Maximum Loss of 10%. The share price of the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF is tied to the performance of the real estate sector, which is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding, and subject to risks associated with leverage. The share price may not replicate the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or the components of that index. In addition, because the return on any indexed strategy that uses the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF will be subject to limitations and will be linked to the performance of the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF and not the performance of its underlying index or the components of that index, your return may be less than that of another investment linked directly to the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or a direct investment in such components. In addition, due to the same limitations, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF. Due to the Daily Charge, any positive return will be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks.

15

	Money allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy that uses the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF is subject to the risk that its share price may decline. You will absorb any such market loss up to the amount of the Maximum Loss of 10%. The share price of the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF is tied to the performance of large- and mid-capitalization developed market equities, excluding the U.S. and Canada. The share price may not replicate the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or the components of that index. In addition, because the return on any indexed strategy that uses the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF will be subject to limitations and will be linked to the performance of the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF and not the performance of its underlying index or the components of that index, your return may be less than that of another investment linked directly to the performance of the fund, its underlying index, or a direct investment in such components. In addition, due to the same limitations, your return may be less than that of a direct investment in the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF. Due to the Daily Charge, any positive return will be less than that of a direct investment in such stocks. The outbreak of the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020. As of the date of this prospectus, the COVID-19 pandemic has led to significant volatility and negative returns in the financial markets. These market conditions have impacted the performance of the Indexes to which the Growth/-10% Floor Strategies and 10% Buffer Strategies are linked. If these market conditions continue, and depending on your individual circumstances (e.g., your selected Indexed Strategies and the timing of any Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals), you may experience (perhaps significant) negative returns under the Contract. The duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the future impact that the pandemic may have on the financial markets and global economy, cannot be foreseen, however. You should consult with a Financial Professional about how the COVID-19 pandemic and the recent market conditions may impact your future investment decisions related to the Contract, such as purchasing the Contract or making Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals, based on your individual circumstances. The historical performance of an Index does not guarantee future results.
Regulatory Risk	Great American Life is not an investment company and is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The protections provided to investors by that Act are not applicable to the Contract.
Reliance on Our Claims-Paying Ability	No company other than Great American Life has any legal responsibility to pay amounts owed under the Contract. You should look to the financial strength of Great American Life for its claims- paying ability. Various factors, such as those listed below, could materially affect our business, financial condition, cash flows or future results and, in turn, our financial strength and claims-paying ability. A more complete discussion of these factors appears on pages 86-90. • Adverse developments in financial markets and deterioration in global economic conditions • Unfavorable interest rate environments • Losses on our investment portfolio • Loss of market share due to intense competition • Ineffectiveness of risk management policies • Changes in applicable law and regulations • Inability to obtain reinsurance or to collect on reinsurance • Downgrade or potential downgrade in our financial strength rating • Variations from actual experience and management’s estimates and assumptions • The amount of capital we must hold to meet our statutory requirements can vary significantly from time to time • Legal actions and regulatory proceedings • Difficulties with technology or data security • Failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information • Failure to maintain effective and efficient information systems • Occurrence of catastrophic events, terrorism or military actions The economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts financial markets, the global economy, and our financial strength and claims-paying ability will depend on future developments that cannot be predicted with certainty. We continue to be subject to significant state solvency regulations that require us to reserve amounts to pay our contractual guarantees. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors Related to GALIC’s Business,” and “Financial Statements”, and “Regulation” for additional financial information about the company and the state solvency regulations to which we are subject.

16

Purchase

You may purchase a Contract only through a registered representative of a broker-dealer that has a selling agreement with our affiliated underwriter, Great American Advisors, LLC.

Any Owner or Annuitant must be age 80 or younger on the Contract Effective Date. To determine eligibility, we will use the person’s age on his/her last birthday. We may make exceptions with respect to the maximum issue age in our discretion.

The Contract is not available in all states. To find out if it is available in the state where you live, ask your registered representative. The Contract may not be available for purchase during certain periods. There are a number of reasons why the Contract periodically may not be available, including that we want to limit the volume of sales of the Contract. You may wish to speak to your registered representative about how this may affect your purchase. For example, in order to purchase the Contract, you may be required to submit your application prior to a specific date. In that case, if there is a delay because your application is incomplete or otherwise not in good order, you might not be able to purchase the Contract. Your broker-dealer may impose conditions on the purchase of the Contract, such as a lower maximum issue age, than we or other selling firms impose. We reserve the right to reject any application in our discretion.

Purchase Payments

The Contract is a modified single premium annuity contract. This means you may make one or more Purchase Payments during the purchase payment period. The purchase payment period begins on the Contract Effective Date. It will end two months after the Contract Effective Date.

We must receive your initial Purchase Payment on or before the Contract Effective Date. We must receive each additional Purchase Payment before the last day of the purchase payment period. We will not accept any Purchase Payment that we receive after the date that the Contract is cancelled or Surrendered or after a death for which a Death Benefit is payable.

The initial Purchase Payment must be at least $25,000. Each additional Purchase Payment must be at least $10,000. You will need our prior approval if you are age 80 or younger and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $1,000,000; or you are over age 80 and want to make a Purchase Payment(s) of more than $750,000.

We reserve the right to refuse a Purchase Payment made in the form of a personal check in excess of $100,000. We may accept a Purchase Payment over $100,000 made in other forms, such as EFT/wire transfers, or certified checks or other checks written by financial institutions. We will not accept a Purchase Payment made with cash, money orders, or traveler’s checks.

Exchanges, Transfers, or Rollovers

If you own an annuity or tax-qualified account, you may be able to exchange it for an Index Frontier annuity, directly transfer it to an Index Frontier annuity, or roll it over to an Index Frontier annuity without paying taxes. Before you do, compare the benefits, features, and costs of each annuity or account. You may pay an early withdrawal charge under the old annuity or account. You may also pay a sales charge under the new annuity or account, or you may pay an early withdrawal charge if you later take withdrawals from the new annuity or account. Please note that some financial professionals may have a financial incentive to offer this Contract in place of the one the investor already owns. Ask your registered representative whether an exchange, transfer, or rollover would be advantageous, based on the features, benefits, and charges of the Index Frontier annuity.

If you purchase your Contract with an exchange, transfer, or rollover, a delay in processing the exchange, transfer, or rollover may delay the issuance of your new Contract or prevent the application of additional Purchase Payments to your existing Contract.

You should only exchange your existing contract for this Contract if you determine after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts that it is preferable for you to purchase this Contract rather than continuing to own your existing contract.

17

Application of Purchase Payments

Each Purchase Payment will be held in the Purchase Payment Account until it is applied to an Indexed Strategy on a Strategy Application Date. On each Strategy Application Date, we will apply the then current balance of the Purchase Payment Account to the Indexed Strategies you selected.

In certain states, we are required to give back your Purchase Payment(s) if you decide to cancel your Contract during the free look period. If we are required by law to refund your Purchase Payment(s), we reserve the right to hold your Purchase Payment(s) in the Purchase Payment Account until the first Strategy Application Date on or after the end of the free look period.

We will credit interest daily on amounts held in the Purchase Payment Account at the annual effective rate set out in your Contract. This rate will be at least 1%.

Purchase Payment Account Value

On any day, the value of the Purchase Payment Account is equal to:

• Purchase Payments received by us plus interest earned daily; minus

• the premium tax or other tax that may apply to the Purchase Payments; and minus

• each withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge taken from the Purchase Payment Account since the last Strategy Application Date.

Unforeseen Processing Delays

We are exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, such as (but not limited to) storms, fires, floods, earthquakes, public health crises, malicious acts, and terrorist acts, any of which could adversely affect our ability to conduct business. A natural or man-made disaster or catastrophe, including a pandemic (such as COVID-19), could affect the ability or willingness of our employees or the employees of our service providers to perform their job responsibilities. While many of our employees and the employees of our service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements may result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and could lead to delays in our processing of contract-related transactions, including orders from contract owners. Catastrophic events may negatively affect the computer and other systems on which we rely, impact our ability to calculate values under your Contract, or have other possible negative impacts. There can be no assurance that our service providers will be able to successfully avoid negative impacts associated with natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes.

A processing delay will not affect the effective date as of which we process transactions, including orders from contract owners, the date that a Term begins or ends, or the values used to process the transaction.

Initial Strategy Selections

You make your initial selection of Indexed Strategies in your purchase application. Your initial selection is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

Your initial selection will also apply to each subsequent Purchase Payment. If you wish to change your selection for a specific Purchase Payment, we must receive your Request in Good Order with the Indexed Strategies you selected for that Purchase Payment before the Strategy Application Date that applies to that Purchase Payment.

When you select an Indexed Strategy, you must also indicate the percentage of the Purchase Payment that you wish to allocate to that Indexed Strategy. All allocations must be in whole percentages that total 100%. We reserve the right to round amounts up or down to make whole percentages, and to reduce or increase amounts proportionally in order to total 100%.

Currently there are no limitations on the amounts that may be applied to an Indexed Strategy.

We may establish minimum and maximum amounts or percentages that may be applied to a given Indexed Strategy for any future Term in our discretion. We will notify you of any such minimum or maximum. We may limit the availability of a Strategy for a Term that would extend beyond the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. All Strategies may not be available in all states.

18

Indexed Strategies

The Indexed Strategies provide returns that are based, in part, upon changes in an Index Value. The Indexed Strategies do not earn interest at a fixed rate. Unlike a traditional variable annuity, the values of the Indexed Strategies are not based on the investment performance of underlying portfolios.

Each Indexed Strategy has a Maximum Gain for each Term.

• We will set a new Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy prior to the start of each Term. In general, the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain for a Conserve Strategy using the same Index, and the Maximum Gain for a Buffer Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy using the same Index.

Each Conserve Strategy and Growth Strategy has a Maximum Loss for each Term.

• The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Conserve Strategy is 0%. The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10%.

Each Buffer Strategy has a Buffer for each Term.

• The Buffer at the end of each Term is 10%. Before the end of each Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer.

Changes in the value of an Indexed Strategy reflect the change in the applicable Index Value since the start of the applicable Term, the Maximum Gain we set for that Indexed Strategy for that Term, the applicable Vesting Factor, and the applicable Buffer or Maximum Loss for that Indexed Strategy. If you select a Growth Strategy or a Buffer Strategy, then each Term it is possible for you to lose a portion of your Purchase Payment(s) and any earnings allocated to that Indexed Strategy.

See Vested Gains and Losses section below for additional details.

The Indexed Strategies that are currently available are listed below. You may allocate your funds to any of the Indexed Strategies, subject to the procedures disclosed in this prospectus.

Conserve/0% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 0%
S&P 500 0% Floor	S&P 500® Index	If you allocate money at the start of a Term to a Conserve Strategy, you cannot lose that money during the Term due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate 0% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE 0% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
Growth/-10% Floor Strategies	Index	Maximum Loss/Floor of 10%
S&P 500 -10% Floor	S&P 500® Index	If you allocate money at the start of a Term to a Growth Strategy, you can lose up to 10% of that money during the Term due to a negative change in the Index.
iShares U.S. Real Estate -10% Floor	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares MSCI EAFE -10% Floor	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF
10% Buffer Strategy	Index	End of Term Buffer of 10%
S&P 500 10% Buffer	S&P 500® Index	If you allocate money at the start of a Term to a Buffer Strategy, at the end of the Term you can lose up to 90% of that money due to a negative change in the Index. At the end of the Term, 10% of the money you allocated is protected from loss. You can lose more than 90% of that money if you withdraw it before the end of the Term.

An Early Withdrawal Charge may apply if you take a withdrawal during the first five Contract Years. That charge will reduce Strategy values, including the value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy.

Term

Each Term of an Indexed Strategy is one year long and will start and end on a Strategy Application Date. A new Term will start at the end of the preceding Term.

19

If you make only one Purchase Payment or you make all of your Purchase Payments before the initial Strategy Application Date, then each Term of each Indexed Strategy will end on the same date in any given year. If you make a Purchase Payment after the initial Strategy Application Date, then your Purchase Payments will be applied to the Indexed Strategies on different Strategy Application Dates. In this case, an Indexed Strategy may have Terms that end on different dates in any given year.

Examples. These examples show how a Contract with multiple Purchase Payments may have Terms that end on different dates.

• You make your initial Purchase Payment on March 10 and another Purchase Payment on March 17. You allocate both payments to the same Indexed Strategy and both payments are applied on March 20. Each Term of that Indexed Strategy will start and end on March 20.

• You make your initial Purchase Payment on May 2 and another Purchase Payment on June 14. You allocate both payments to the same Indexed Strategy. Your initial Purchase Payment is applied on May 6 and the other Purchase Payment is applied on June 20. That Indexed Strategy will have Terms that start and end on May 6 and other Terms that start and end on June 20.

Indexed Strategy Value

The value of an Indexed Strategy is equal to:

• the Investment Base for that Term, which is the amount applied to the Strategy at the start of the current Term; minus

• the sum of the Daily Charges subtracted from the investment base during the current Term;

• the portion of that Investment Base that is taken from the Strategy to pay for each withdrawal and related Early Withdrawal Charge during the current Term; and plus or minus

• the Vested Gain or Loss for that Term on the remaining portion of the Investment Base.

The portion of the Investment Base that is taken from an Indexed Strategy to pay for a withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy for the withdrawal and any related charge. This means that we calculate the percentage of Strategy Value that is being withdrawn and we reduce the Investment Base by the same percentage.

• A withdrawal and any related charge will reduce the value of an Indexed Strategy by an amount equal to the withdrawal and any charge.

• But the reduction in the Investment Base to pay for a withdrawal and any related charge is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy. For example, if the withdrawal and any related charge reduces the value of an Indexed Strategy by 15%, then it will reduce the Investment Base by 15%.

• If there is a Vested Gain, then the portion of the Investment Base taken will be less than the withdrawal and any related charge. With a Vested Gain, the Indexed Strategy value will be higher than the Investment Base. For example, a 15% reduction in the Investment Base will be less than a 15% reduction in the Strategy value.

• If there is a Vested Loss, then the portion of the Investment Base taken will be greater than the withdrawal and any related charge. With a Vested Loss, the Investment Base will be higher than Indexed Strategy value. For example, a 15% reduction in the Investment Base will be greater than a 15% reduction in the Strategy value.

Here are the formulas that we use to calculate a proportional reduction in the Investment Base for a withdrawal and the remaining Investment Base.

Percentage reduction in Strategy value = withdrawal plus any related Early Withdrawal Charge / Strategy value immediately before the withdrawal

Proportionate reduction in Investment Base = Investment Base immediately before the withdrawal x percentage reduction in Strategy value

Remaining Investment Base = Investment Base immediately before the withdrawal - reduction in Investment Base

Examples. You allocate $5,000 to an Indexed Strategy at the start of a Term. This means the Investment Base at the start of the Term is $5,000. You take a $1,000 withdrawal on the 291^st day of the Term and that amount includes the amount needed to pay any related Early Withdrawal Charge that applies to the withdrawal. On that date, a total of $20 has been subtracted for Daily Charges, and the remaining Investment Base is $4,980 ($5,000 - $20).

20

Assume at the time of your withdrawal that you have a Vested Gain of 5%.

• The Vested Gain is equal to $249 ($4,980 x 0.05).

• The Strategy value on the withdrawal date is $5,229 ($4,980 + $249).

• The withdrawal (including any related Early Withdrawal Charge) reduces the Strategy value by $1,000.

• The Strategy value after the withdrawal is $4,229 ($5,229 - $1,000).

• The percentage reduction in the Strategy value is 19.12% ($1,000 / $5,229).

• The proportionate reduction in the Investment Base is $952 ($4,980 x 0.1912).

• The remaining Investment Base is $4,028 ($4,980 - $952).

• Due to the Vested Gain, the proportionate reduction in the Investment Base ($952) is less than the withdrawal and related charge ($1,000). This means, after the withdrawal, the Investment Base is $4,028 rather than $4,000.

Assume at the time of your withdrawal that you have a Vested Loss of 10%.

• The Vested Loss is equal to $498 ($4,980 x 0.10).

• The Strategy value on the withdrawal date is $4,482 ($4,980 - $498).

• The withdrawal (including any related Early Withdrawal Charge) reduces the Strategy value by $1,000.

• The Strategy value after the withdrawal is $3,482 ($4,482 - $1,000).

• The percentage reduction in the Strategy value is 22.31% ($1,000 / $4,482).

• The proportionate reduction in the Investment Base is $1,111 ($4,980 x 0.2231).

• The remaining Investment Base is $3,869 ($4,980 - $1,111).

• Due to the Vested Loss, the proportionate reduction in the Investment Base ($1,111) is greater than the withdrawal and related charge ($1,000). This means, after the withdrawal, the Investment Base is $3,869 rather than $3,980.

Vested Gains and Losses

Overview

Each day of a Term, the value of an Indexed Strategy includes the Vested Gain or Loss, if any, since the start of that Term. Vested Gain or Loss is calculated on the remaining Investment Base for that Term.

Here is the formula that we use to calculate the amount of the Vested Gain or Loss.

Amount of Vested Gain or Loss = remaining Investment Base x Vested Gain or Loss percentage

Example. At the beginning of a Term in Contract Year 10, your entire Account Value of $100,000 is allocated to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy. You do not take any withdrawals during that Term. You Surrender your Contract at the end of that Term. No Early Withdrawal Charge applies to a Surrender in Contract Year 10. A total of $500 has been subtracted for Daily Charges, and the remaining Investment Base is $99,500 ($100,000 - $500).

• If the Vested Gain is 4%, then the Strategy value includes a $3,980 Vested Gain ($99,500 x 0.04). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $103,480 ($99,500 + $3,980).

• If the Vested Loss is 3%, then the Strategy value includes a $2,985 Vested Loss ($99,500 x 0.03). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $96,515 ($99,500 - $2,985).

If in this example your Surrender occurs in Contract Year 4 instead, when a 5% Early Withdrawal Charge applies, the amount payable upon Surrender is reduced by applicable Early Withdrawal Charges. For this example, we assume that the Account Value was $100,000 on the most recent Contract Anniversary.

• If the Vested Gain is 4%, then the amount payable is reduced by Early Withdrawal Charges of $4,674, calculated as 5% of the Strategy Value minus the Free Withdrawal Allowance (5% x ($103,480 – ($100,000 x 10%))). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $98,806 ($103,480 - $4,674).

• If the Vested Loss is 3%, then the amount payable is reduced by Early Withdrawal Charges of $4,326, calculated as 5% of the Strategy Value minus the Free Withdrawal Allowance (5% x ($96,515 – ($100,000 x 10%))). The amount payable upon Surrender will be $92,189 ($96,515 - $4,326).

The Daily Charge reduces the Investment Base of the Strategy equal to the amount of the charge. The Daily Charge reduces the amount to which Vested Gain or Vested Loss applies. This means that the Daily Charge will increase any losses and decrease any gains.

Index Change. Before we can calculate the Vested Gain or Loss since the start of a Term, we must determine the Index Change since the start of that Term. The Index Change is the increase or decrease in the applicable Index Value. This increase or decrease is expressed as a percentage of the applicable Index Value at the start of that Term. It is measured from the Index Value at the start of that Term to the Index Value at the last Market Close on or before the date the Index Change is determined.

21

Example. The Index Value was 1000 at the start of a Term.

• If the Index Value at the applicable Market Close is 1065, then there is a positive Index Change of 6.5% ((1065 - 1000) / 1000).

• If the Index Value at the applicable Market Close is 925, then there is a negative Index Change of 7.5% ((925 - 1000) / 1000).

Indexes. The S&P 500^® Index is designed to reflect the large-cap sector of the U.S. equity market and, due to its composition, it also represents the U.S. equity market in general. It includes 500 leading companies and captures approximately 80% coverage of available market capitalization. The S&P 500 Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies in this Index. Consequently, any positive change in the Index Value over a Term will be lower than the total return on a direct investment in the stocks that comprise the S&P 500 Index. The S&P 500 Index is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC. For more information, visit www.US.SPIndices.com.

The iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF is an exchange traded fund that seeks to track the investment performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index. This underlying index measures the performance of the real estate sector in the U.S. equity market. A significant portion of the underlying index is represented by real estate investment trusts (REITs), but the components are likely to change over time. The fund’s adviser uses an indexing strategy that involves investing in a representative sample of securities that collectively has an investment profile similar to that of the underlying index. The fund is subject to certain risks including the risk that it may not replicate the performance of the underlying index and those risks associated with concentrated investment in REITS. The fund’s performance will be reduced by its expenses and fees. The fund’s shares trade on the NYSE Arca under the symbol IYR. For more information, visit www.iShares.com and search ticker symbol IYR.

The iShares MSCI EAFE ETF is an exchange traded fund that seeks to track the investment results of an index composed of large- and mid-capitalization developed market equities, excluding the U.S. and Canada (MSCI EAFE Index). This underlying index includes stocks from Europe, Australasia and the Far East. The components of the underlying index, and the degree to which these components represent certain industries and/or countries, are likely to change over time. The fund’s adviser uses an indexing strategy that involves investing in a representative sample of securities that collectively has an investment profile similar to that of the underlying index. The fund is subject to certain risks including the risk that it may not replicate the performance of the underlying index and those risks associated with investment in non-U.S. issuers. The fund’s performance will be reduced by its expenses and fees. The fund’s shares trade on the NYSE Arca under the symbol EFA. For more information, visit www.iShares.com and search ticker symbol EFA.

Index Values. Index Values are determined at each Market Close. An Index Value at the start of a Term is its value at the last Market Close on or before the first day of that Term. An Index Value at the end of a Term is its value at the Market Close on the last Market Day of that Term. We will use consistent sources to obtain the closing values of an Index. We currently obtain the closing values for the S&P 500 Index from S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC and the closing values for the iShares MSCI EAFE ETF and the iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF from BlackRock, Inc. If those sources are no longer available, we will select an alternative published source(s) to obtain such values.

Market Close. A Market Close is the close of the regular or core trading session on the market used to measure an Index Change for a give Indexed Strategy.

Market Day. A Market Day is each day that all markets that are used to measure Index Changes for available Indexed Strategies are open for regular trading.

Vested Gain

The Vested Gain is the portion of any positive Index Change that is taken into account when determining the value of an Indexed Strategy. Here is the formula that we use to calculate a Vested Gain for any day of a Term.

Vested Gain = any positive Index Change since the start of the current Term (but not exceeding the Maximum Gain set for the Term) x applicable Vesting Factor for that day x remaining Investment Base for the current Term

22

Maximum Gain. The Maximum Gain for an Indexed Strategy is the largest positive Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine the Vested Gain for that Indexed Strategy for that Term. For example, if the Maximum Gain for a Term is 5% and the Index Change at the end of that Term is positive 8%, then the Vested Gain for that Term is 5%.

• The Maximum Gain will vary between Indexed Strategies.

• The Maximum Gain for a given Indexed Strategy will vary between Terms.

• We guarantee that the Maximum Gain for a Term of an Indexed Strategy will never be less than 1%.

• For each Term, your return on an Indexed Strategy may be less than any positive Index Change over that Term.

• For each Term, your return on an Indexed Strategy may be less than the Maximum Gain.

We set the Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy based on the cost of hedging, interest rates, and other market factors, and the Purchase Payments received for a Contract. In general, the Maximum Gain we set for a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain we set for the corresponding Conserve/0% Floor Strategy, and the Maximum Gain for a 10% Buffer Strategy will be higher than the Maximum Gain for the corresponding Growth Strategy. Likewise, we may set Maximum Gains for Contracts with larger Purchase Payments that are higher than Maximum Gains for Contracts with smaller Purchase Payments.

For information about the current Maximum Gain for each Indexed Strategy offered for new Contracts, please contact your registered representative or refer to our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates). At least 10 days before the initial Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that Term on our website.

Maximum Gains for your initial Term can vary based on when a Purchase Payment is applied to an Indexed Strategy and the length of the Term of that Indexed Strategy.

When identifying the Maximum Gain that applies to a Purchase Payment in the initial Term of an Indexed Strategy, three dates are used: (1) the date that the application for the Contract is signed (the “Signature Date”) (2) the date seven days after the Signature Date (the “Rate Lock Deadline”) and (3) the third Strategy Application Date that is on or after the Signature Date (the “Third Strategy Application Date”).

If we receive the signed application on or before the Rate Lock Deadline:

If a Purchase Payment is applied:	Then the Maximum Gain for the initial Term of that Strategy is:
On or before the Third Strategy Application Date	The higher of: (1) the Maximum Gain for the first Strategy Application Date on or after the Signature Date (2) the Maximum Gain on the Strategy Application Date for that Purchase Payment
After the Third Strategy Application Date	The Maximum Gain on the Strategy Application Date for that Purchase Payment

If we receive the signed application after the Rate Lock Deadline, then the Maximum Gains for the initial Term will be determined separately for each Purchase Payment. In that case, the Maximum Gain for the initial Term of a Strategy would be the Maximum Gain in effect on the Strategy Application Date for that Purchase Payment.

If you are not satisfied with the Maximum Gains offered for your initial Term, you may rescind your Contract by returning it and giving written notice of your decision to rescind. You will have 20 days in which to rescind your Contract. The rescission period will end at midnight of the 20th day after the date on which your initial Term starts. If you exercise this rescission right, we will return your Purchase Payment(s), without any adjustment for the Early Withdrawal Charge.

Once your Contract is effective, we will send you a written notice at least 30 days before the end of each Term with information about the Indexed Strategies that will be available for the next Term. At least 10 days before the next Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gain that will apply to an Indexed Strategy for that next Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates).

Because we can change the Maximum Gain that applies to an Indexed Strategy, the Contract has a Bailout right that allows you to take a withdrawal without incurring an Early Withdrawal Charge under certain circumstances. See Bailout Right discussion in the Early Withdrawal Charge section below.

Vesting Factor. The Vesting Factor varies depending on the day of the Term for which the Vested Gain is calculated. A Vesting Factor limits the portion of a positive Index Change that is taken into account when calculating the Vested Gain for a given Indexed Strategy for a given Term.

	Vesting Factor
Dates within first six months of a Term		25	%
Dates within the final six months of a Term but before the final Market Day of that Term		50	%
On the final Market Day of a Term		100	%

A Market Day is each day that all markets that are used to measure Index Changes for available Indexes Strategies are open for regular trading.

Months are measured from the first day of the Term. For example, if a Term starts on January 20, the final six months of that Term will begin on July 20.

If any date in a Term is after the final Market Day of that Term, then a 100% Vesting Factor applies on that date when Vested Gain for that Term is calculated. For example, if a Term ends on a Monday when the markets are closed due to a holiday, then the final Market Day of that Term is the Friday before that holiday. If an automatic transaction is scheduled for Saturday, then the 100% Vesting Factor applies to that transaction.

Example. On the date of Surrender, your entire Account Value of $100,000 is allocated to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy, which has a 12% Maximum Gain for the Term . You Surrender your Contract on day 270 of that Term, which means that Daily Charges have totaled $370 and a Vesting Factor of 50% applies. For this example, we assume that you did not take any withdrawals before you Surrender your Contract. Assume there is a positive Index Change of 15% at the date on which you

23

Surrender your Contract. Because the Index Change exceeds the Maximum Gain, the Maximum Gain applies and limits the Index Change to 12%. As a result, the Vested Gain is 6% (12% x 0.50). The Investment Base on the date of Surrender is $99,630 ($100,000 - $370). The Vested Gain that applies upon Surrender will be $5,978 ($99,630 x 0.06) and the amount payable will be $105,607 minus any related Early Withdrawal Charge.

Vested Loss

The Vested Loss is the portion of any negative Index Change that is taken into account when determining the value of an Indexed Strategy. Here is the formula that we use to calculate a Vested Loss for any day of a Term.

Vested Loss = any negative Index Change since the start of the current Term (after taking into account either the Maximum Loss for each Term or the Buffer, as applicable) x remaining Investment Base for the current Term

Maximum Loss. The Maximum Loss for a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy or a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy is the most negative Index Change for a Term that is taken into account to determine the Vested Loss for that Indexed Strategy for that Term. For example, if the Maximum Loss for a Term is 10% and the negative Index Change at the end of that Term is 14%, then the Vested Loss for that Term is 10%.

• The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Conserve Strategy is 0%. This means that the value of a Conserve Strategy will not decrease due to a negative Index Change.

• The Maximum Loss for each Term of a Growth Strategy is a loss of 10%. This means that the value of a Growth Strategy will not decrease by more than 10% during a Term due to a negative Index Change.

• The Maximum Loss will not vary depending on the day of the Term. This means that for a Growth Strategy, the Maximum Loss throughout the Term is 10%.

Buffer. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a 10% Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. The Buffer at the end of a Term is 10%. Before the end of the Term, the Buffer is calculated daily as a prorated share of the annual 10% Buffer. For example, when 40% of a Term has elapsed, the Buffer on that day equals 40% of the Buffer that would apply at the end of the Term. When 80% of a Term has elapsed, the Buffer on that day equals 80% of the Buffer that would apply at the end of the Term. As a result, a negative Index Change of 15% would produce different Vested Losses at the following junctures:

• Day 146 of Term:

Days Remaining to last Market Day of Term: 219

Buffer: 10% x (365-219)/365 = 4%

Vested Loss: 15% - 4% = 11%

• Day 292 of Term:

Days Remaining to last Market Day of Term: 73

Buffer: 10% x (365-73)/365 = 8%

Vested Loss: 15% - 8% = 7%

• End of Term:

Buffer: 10%

Vested Loss: 15% -10% = 5%

No Vesting Factor. A Vesting Factor does not apply when the Vested Loss is calculated. This means that all of the negative Index Change is taken into account when calculating the Vested Loss for a given Indexed Strategy for a given Term.

Example. On the date of Surrender, your entire Account Value of $100,000 is allocated to the S&P 500 Growth Strategy, which has a 10% Maximum Loss. You Surrender your Contract on day 270 of that Term, which means that Daily Charges have totaled $370. For this example, we assume that you did not take any withdrawals before you Surrender your Contract. Assume there is a negative Index Change of 12.5% on the day that you Surrender your Contract. Because the Index Change exceeds the Maximum Loss, the Maximum Loss applies and limits the Index Change to 10%. As a result, the Vested Loss is 10%. The Investment Base on the date of Surrender is $99,630 ($100,000 - $370). The Vested Loss that applies upon Surrender will be $9,963 ($99,630 x 0.10) and the amount payable will be $89,667 minus any related Early Withdrawal Charge.

24

Effect of Vested Gains and Losses

Here is a summary of the effect of Vested Gains and Losses in various situations.

Vested Gain	A Vested Gain increases the Indexed Strategy value.	If you take a withdrawal, the Investment Base will be reduced by less than the actual amount of the withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge because of the Vested Gain.
Vested Loss	A Vested Loss reduces the Indexed Strategy value.	If you take a withdrawal, the Investment Base will be reduced by more than the actual amount of the withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge because of the Vested Loss.
Additional Information	Any change in an Indexed Strategy value will affect the Account Value, which is used to determine the Surrender Value, the Annuity Payout Value and the Death Benefit Value.	If you take a withdrawal, you will receive the amount you requested and the Indexed Strategy value will be reduced by the amount of the withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge.

Asymmetrical Impact of Index Changes on Growth and Buffer Strategies Using the Same Index

A Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a 10% Buffer Strategy that use the same Index will often perform differently over identical time periods. These divergent results are produced by variations in the methods used to calculate Vested Gains and Vested Losses for Growth Strategies and Buffer Strategies. You should consider these variations if you are choosing between a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy, and whether either is consistent with your income needs and risk tolerance. Currently, the only Index used by both a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy is the S&P 500 Index.

Vested Gain Variations

Vested Gains for Growth Strategies and Buffer Strategies are calculated using the same formula, but that formula can produce different results when different Maximum Gains are applied. The Maximum Gain for a Buffer Strategy generally will be higher than the Maximum Gain for a Growth Strategy that uses the same Index. This is because the maximum amount of money you can lose is larger for a Buffer Strategy than a Growth Strategy.

For example, if we set a 12% Maximum Gain for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy and a 14% Maximum Gain for the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy, then the Vested Gains for identical investments in these two strategies would be the same over any period that the Index Value increased up to 12%, but would diverge over any period that the Index Value increased by more than 12%. During any such period, the Vested Gains for the Growth Strategy would be capped at 12%, while the Vested Gains for the Buffer Strategy may reach as high as 14%. As a result, it is possible for the Buffer Strategy to increase in value to a greater extent than the Growth Strategy.

Vested Loss Variations

The formulas used to calculate Vested Losses for Growth Strategies and Buffer Strategies are similar, except Vested Losses for a Growth Strategy are limited by a Maximum Loss, while Vested Losses for a Buffer Strategy are limited by a Buffer. The 10% Maximum Loss for a Growth Strategy does not change throughout the Term, which means that any negative Index Change between 0% and -10% is taken into account whenever Vested Loss is calculated. The amount of the Buffer for a Buffer Strategy increases each day during the course of each Term, culminating with a 10% Buffer at the end of each Term. This means that any a negative Index Change from 0 to -10% is disregarded when calculating Vested Loss at the end of the Term, but a smaller portion of a negative Index Change is disregarded when measuring a Vested Loss before the end of the Term.

The differences in the impact of negative Index Changes on a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy using the same Index over the same Term depends on two variables: the size of the negative Index Change and the size of the Buffer on the date that the Vested Losses are measured.

25

The following chart illustrates how changes to these two variables impact Vested Losses for a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy using the same Index over the same Term:

	Impact of Negative Index Changes on Growth and Buffer Strategy Values Throughout Term
	Vested Loss on:
	Day 73 (20% of Term Elapsed)						Day 146 (40% of Term Elapsed)						Day 219 (60% of Term Elapsed)						Day 292 (80% of Term Elapsed)						End of Term (100% of Term Elapsed)
Index Change	Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 2% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 4% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 6% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 8% Buffer			Growth Strategy			Buffer Strategy 10% Buffer
0%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%		0	%
-2%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%		-2	%		0	%
-4%		-4	%		-2	%		-4	%		0	%		-4	%		0	%		-4	%		0	%		-4	%		0	%
-6%		-6	%		-4	%		-6	%		-2	%		-6	%		0	%		-6	%		0	%		-6	%		0	%
-8%		-8	%		-6	%		-8	%		-4	%		-8	%		-2	%		-8	%		0	%		-8	%		0	%
-10%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%		-10	%		-4	%		-10	%		-2	%		-10	%		0	%
-12%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%		-10	%		-4	%		-10	%		-2	%
-14%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%		-10	%		-4	%
-16%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%		-10	%		-6	%
-18%		-10	%		-16	%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%		-10	%		-8	%
-20%		-10	%		-18	%		-10	%		-16	%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%		-10	%		-10	%
-22%		-10	%		-20	%		-10	%		-18	%		-10	%		-16	%		-10	%		-14	%		-10	%		-12	%

In general, Growth Strategies are designed to protect against larger negative Index Changes, while Buffer Strategies are designed to protect against smaller negative Index Changes. When identical investments are made in a Growth Strategy and a Buffer Strategy using the same Index over the same Term, a negative change in the Index produces the following results:

• a negative Index Change between 0% and -10%, measured on any day, would have a greater negative impact on the Growth Strategy

• a negative Index Change between -10% and -20% could have a greater negative impact on either strategy, depending on the Index Change and the size of the Buffer on the day the Index Change is measured

• a negative Index Change below -20%, measured on any day, would have a greater negative impact on the Buffer Strategy

See Examples - Impact of Withdrawals on Contract Values and Amounts Realized section below for examples that illustrate these concepts.

Examples - Impact of Withdrawals on Contract Values and Amounts Realized

These examples are intended to show you how a withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy before the end of the Term affects the Indexed Strategy values, Vested Gains and Losses, and amounts realized at the end of the Term. These examples assume that you allocate a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 10% Buffer Strategy. The examples assume that the withdrawals are covered by the Free Withdrawal Allowance and therefore no Early Withdrawal Charges apply. If Early Withdrawal Charges did apply, the amounts realized at the end of the Term would be reduced by both the withdrawal and the amount of the Early Withdrawal Charge.

26

Example A: Withdrawal When Index Rising Steadily

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$100	$100
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 -$100 = $49,900	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1040	1040
Positive Index Change	(1040 - 1000) / 1000 = 4%	(1040 - 1000) / 1000 = 4%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	4%	4%
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,900 x 1% = $499 Vested Gain	$49,900 x 1% = $499 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,900 + $499 = $50,399	$49,900 + $499 = $50,399
Amount Withdrawn	$5,000	$5,000
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$5,000 / $50,399 = 9.92%	$5,000 / $50,399 = 9.92%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,900 x 0.0992 = $4,950	$49,900 x 0.0992 = $4,950
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,900 - $4,950 = $44,949	$49,900 - $4,950 = $44,949

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,949	$44,949
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$135	$135
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,949 - $135 = $44,814	$44,949 - $135 = $44,814
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	1130	1130
Positive Index Change	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	12%	13%
Vesting Factor at Term End	100%	100%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	12% x 100% = 12% Vested Gain	13% x 100% = 13% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$44,814 x 12% = $5,378 Vested Gain	$44,814 x 13% = $5,826 Vested Gain
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,814 + $5,378 = $50,192	$44,814 + $5,826 = $50,640

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $55,192 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $50,192 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $55,720 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and plus $5,970 gain ($49,750 x 12%)).

This hypothetical Strategy value of $55,720 exceeds the amount realized of $55,192 because:

• the gain at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be less than the actual amount withdrawn ($5,000 - $4,950 = $50); and

• the subsequent gain at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that gain to be smaller than the hypothetical gain ($5,378 - $5,970 = -$592); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $15 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

27

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($50—$592 + $15 = -$528) is equal to the difference between the hypothetical Strategy value and the amount realized ($55,720—$528 = $55,192).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $55,640 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $50,640 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $56,218 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and plus $6,468 gain ($49,750 x 13%)). This hypothetical Strategy value exceeds the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $448 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($55,640) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($55,192) because the Growth Strategy had a lower Maximum Gain, and the Index Change at the end of the Term exceeded the Growth Strategy’s lower Maximum Gain.

Example B: Withdrawal When Index Falls and Then Rises

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$100	$100
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000—$100 = $49,900	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	880	880
Negative Index Change	(880 - 1000) / 1000 = -12%	(880 -1000) / 1000 = -12%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer on Day 146 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-219)/365 = 4% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-4%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-12% - -4% = -8%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-8% x 100% = 8% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$49,900 x 10% = $4,990 Vested Loss	$49,900 x 8% = $3,992 Vested Loss
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,900 - $4,990 = $44,910	$49,900 - $3,992 = $45,908
Amount Withdrawn*	$4,945	$5,055
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$4,945 / $44,910 = 11.01%	$5,055 / $45,908 = 11.01%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,900 x 0.1101 = $5,495	$49,900 x 0.1101 = $5,495
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,900 - $5,495 = $44,405	$49,900 - $5,495 = $44,405

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,405	44,405
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$133	$133
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,405 - $133 = $44,272	$44,405 - $133 = $44,272
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	1130	1130
Positive Index Change	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%	(1130 - 1000) / 1000 = 13%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	12%	13%
Vesting Factor at Term End	100%	100%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	12% x 100% = 12% Vested Gain	13% x 100% = 13% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$44,272 x 12% = $5,313 Vested Gain	$44,272 x 13% = $5,755 Vested Gain
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,272 + $5,313 = $49,585	$44,272 + $5,755 = $50,027

28

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $90,818 ($44,910 + $45,908). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.45% of that total value ($44,910 / $90,818 = 49.45%), so 49.45% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($4,945) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.55% of that total value ($45,908 / $90,818 = 50.55%), so 50.55% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($5,055) was taken from it.

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $54,530 ($4,945 withdrawal plus the $49,585 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $55,720 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and plus $5,970 gain ($49,750 x 12%)).

This hypothetical Strategy value of $55,720 exceeds the amount realized of $54,530 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($4,945 - $5,495 = -$550); and

• the subsequent gain at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that gain to be smaller than the hypothetical gain ($5,313 - $5,970 = -$657); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $17 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy (-$550 + -$657 + $17 = -$1,190) is equal to the difference between the hypothetical Strategy value and the amount realized ($55,720 - $1,190 = $54,530).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $55,082 ($5,055 withdrawal plus the $50,027 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $56,218 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and plus $6,468 gain ($49,750 x 13%)). This hypothetical Strategy value exceeds the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $553 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($55,082) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($54,530) for two reasons: (1) at the time of the withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (4 percentage points of the -12% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (2 percentage points of the -12% change), thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount and (2) the Index Change at the end of the Term exceeded the Growth Strategy’s lower Maximum Gain, thus increasing the Buffer Strategy’s value by more than the increase in the Growth Strategy’s value.

29

Example C: Withdrawal When Index Falling Steadily

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$100	$100
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	980	980
Negative Index Change	(980 - 1000) / 1000 = -2%	(980 - 1000) / 1000 = -2%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-2%	N/A
Buffer on Day 146 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-219)/365 = 4% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	Entire -2% Index Change
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	0%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-2% x 100% = 2% Vested Loss	0% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$49,900 x 2% = $998 Vested Loss	$0 Vested Loss
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,900 - $998 = $48,902	$49,900 - $0 = $49,900
Amount Withdrawn*	$4,949	$5,051
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$4,949 / $48,902 = 10.12%	$5,051 / $49,900 = 10.12%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,900 x 0.1012 = $5,051	$49,900 x .0.1012 = $5,051
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,900 - $5,051 = $44,849	$49,900 - $5,051 = $44,849

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,849	$44,849
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$135	$135
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,849 - $135 = $44,715	$44,849 - $135 = $44,715
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	860	860
Negative Index Change	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-14% - --10% = -4%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-4% x 100% = 4% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$44,715 x 10% = $4,471 Vested Loss	$44,715 x 4% = $1,789 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,715 - $4,471 = $40,243	$44,715 - $1,789 = $42,926

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $98,802 ($48,902 + $49,900). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.49% of that total value ($48,902 / $98,802 = 49.49%), so 49.49% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($4,949) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.51% of that total value ($49,900 / $98,802 = 50.51%), so 50.51% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($5,051) was taken from it.

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $45,193 ($4,949 withdrawal plus the $40,243 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

30

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,775 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $4,975 loss ($49,750 x -10%)).

The amount realized of $45,193 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,775 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($4,949 - $5,051 = -$101); and

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($4,975 - 4,471 = $504); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $15 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($504 - $101 + 15 = $418) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($45,193 - $418 = $44,775).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $47,977 ($5,051 withdrawal plus the $42,926 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $47,760 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $1,990 loss ($49,750 x -4%)). This hypothetical Strategy value is lower than the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,784 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($47,977) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($45,193) for two reasons: (1) at the time of the withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed all of the negative Index Change of -2%, while the Maximum Loss did not absorb any of the negative Index Change, thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount and (2) at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -14% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (4 percentage points of the -14% change), thus reducing the Growth Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Buffer Strategy value.

31

Example D: Withdrawal When Index Falling Steadily and Precipitously

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$100	$100
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	850	850
Negative Index Change	(850 - 1000) / 1000 = -15%	(850 - 1000) / 1000 = -15%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer on Day 146 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-219)/365 = 4% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-4%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-15% - -4% = -11%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-11% x 100% = 11% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$49,900 x 10% = $4,990 Vested Loss	$49,900 x 11% = $5,489 Vested Loss
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,900 - $4,990 = $44,910	$49,900 - $5,489 = $44,411
Amount Withdrawn*	$5,028	$4,972
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$5,028 / $44,910 = 11.20%	$4,972 / $44,411 = 11.20%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,900 x 0.1120 = $5,587	$49,900 x 0.1120 = $5,587
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,900 - $5,587 = $44,313	$49,900 - $5,587 = $44,313

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,313	$44,313
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$133	$133
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,313 - $133 = $44,180	$44,313 - $133 = $44,180
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	750	750
Negative Index Change	(750 - 1000) / 1000 = -25%	(750 - 1000) / 1000 = -25%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-25% - -10% = -15%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-15% x 100% = 15% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$44,180 x 10% = $4,418 Vested Loss	$44,180 x 15% = $6,627 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,180 - $4,418 = $39,762	$44,180 - $6,627 = $37,553

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $89,321 ($44,910 + $44,411). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 50.28% of that total value ($44,910 / $89,321 = 50.28%), so 50.28% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($5,028) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 49.72% of that total value ($44,411 / $89,321 = 49.72%), so 49.72% of the $10,000 withdrawal ($4,972) was taken from it.

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $44,790 ($5,028 withdrawal plus the $39,762 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

32

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,775 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $4,975 loss ($49,750 x -10%)).

The amount realized of $44,790 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,775 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($5,028 - $5,587 = -$559); and

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($4,975 - $4,418 = $557); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $17 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($557 - $559 + 17 = $15) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($44,790 - $15 = $44,775).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $42,525 ($4,972 withdrawal plus the $37,553 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $42,288 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $7,463 loss ($49,750 x -15%)).

The amount realized of $42,525 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $42,288 because:

• the loss at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($4,972 - $5,587 = -$615);

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($7,463 - $6,627 = $836); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $17.

The result for the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy ($836 - $615 + 17 = $238) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($42,525 - $238 = $42,288).

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy underperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,265 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($42,525) is smaller than the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($44,790) for two reasons: (1) at the time of the withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed less of the negative Index Change of -15%, thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, and (2) at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed less of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -25% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (15 percentage points of the -25% change), thus reducing the Buffer Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Growth Strategy value.

33

Example E: Withdrawal When Index Rises and Then Falls

Impact of $10,000 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$100	$100
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1080	1080
Positive Index Change	(1080 - 1000) / 1000 = 8%	(1080 - 1000) / 1000 = 8%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	8%	8%
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	8% x 25% = 2% Vested Gain	8% x 25% = 2% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,900 x 2% = $998 Vested Gain	$49,900 x 2% = $998 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,900 + $998 = $50,898	$49,900 + $998 = $50,898
Amount Withdrawn	$5,000	$5,000
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$5,000 / $50,898 = 9.82%	$5,000 / $50,898 = 9.82%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,900 x 0.0982 = $4,902	$49,900 x 0.0982 = $4,902
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$49,900 - $4,902 = $44,998	$49,900 - $4,902 = $44,998

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$44,998	$44,998
Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End	$135	$135
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,998 - $135 = $44,863	$44,998 - $135 = $44,863
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	860	860
Negative Index Change	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-14% - -10% = -4%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-4% x 100% = 4% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$44,863 x 10% = $4,486 Vested Loss	$44,863 x 4% = $1,795 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,863 - $4,486 = $40,376	$44,863 - $1,795 = $43,068

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $45,376 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $40,376 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,775 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $4,975 loss ($49,750 x -10%)).

The amount realized of $45,376 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,775 because:

• the gain at the time of the withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be less than the actual amount withdrawn ($5,000 - $4,902 = $98);

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be smaller than the hypothetical loss ($4,975 - $4,486 = $489); and

• the Daily Charges from Day 147 to Term End are lower than they would have been without the withdrawal by $15 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

34

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($98 + $489 + $15 = $601) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($45,376 - $601 = $44,775).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $48,068 ($5,000 withdrawal plus the $43,068 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $47,760 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $1,990 loss ($49,750 x -4%)). This hypothetical Strategy value is lower than the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,692 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($48,068) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($45,376) because, at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -14% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (4 percentage points of the -14% change), thus reducing the Growth Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Buffer Strategy value.

35

Example F: Multiple Withdrawals in a Volatile Market

Impact of $2,500 Withdrawal on Day 146 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Investment Base at Term Start	$50,000	$50,000
Daily Charges through Day 146	$100	$100
Remaining Investment Base on Day 146	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900	$50,000 - $100 = $49,900
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1040	1040
Positive Index Change	(1040 - 1000) / 1000 = 4%	(1040 - 1000) / 1000 = 4%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	4%	4%
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain	4% x 25% = 1% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,900 x 1% = $499 Vested Gain	$49,900 x 1% = $499 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$49,900 + $499 = $50,399	$49,900 + $499 = $50,399
Amount Withdrawn	$1,250	$1,250
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$1,250 / $50,399 = 2.48%	$1,250 / $50,399 = 2.48%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$49,900 x 0.0248 = $1,238	$49,900 x 0.0248 = $1,238
Remaining Investment Base after Day 146 Withdrawal	$49,900 - $1,238 = $48,662	$49,900 - $1,238 = $48,662

Impact of $3,500 Withdrawal on Day 219 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Day 146 Withdrawal	$48,662	$48,662
Daily Charges Day 147 through Day 219	$49	$49
Remaining Investment Base on Day 219	$48,662 - $49 = $48,613	$48,662 - $49 = $48,613
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	970	970
Negative Index Change	(970 - 1000) / 1000 = -3%	(970 - 1000) / 1000 = -3%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-3%	N/A
Buffer on Day 219 of Term	N/A	10% x (365-146)/365 = 6% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	Entire -3% Index Change
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	0%
Vested Loss as Percentage	-3% x 100% = 3% Vested Loss	0%
Vested Loss in Dollars	$48,613x 3% = $1,458 Vested Loss	$0
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$48,613- $1,458 = $47,155	$48,613- $0 = $48,613
Amount Withdrawn*	$1,723	$1,777
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$1,723 / $47,155 = 3.65%	$1,777 / $48,613= 3.65%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$48,613x 0.0365 = $1,777	$48,613x 0.0365 = $1,777
Remaining Investment Base after Day 219 Withdrawal	$48,613- $1,777 = $46,837	$48,613- $1,777 = $46,837

36

Impact of $4,000 Withdrawal on Day 292 of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Day 219 Withdrawal	$46,837	$46,837
Daily Charges Day 220 through Day 292	$47	$47
Remaining Investment Base on Day 292	$46,837- $47 = $46,790	$46 ,837 - $47 = $46,790
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Date of Withdrawal	1150	1150
Positive Index Change	(1150 -1000) / 1000 = 15%	(1150 - 1000) / 1000 = 15%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	12%	14%
Vesting Factor in Month 8	50%	50%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	12% x 50% = 6% Vested Gain	14% x 50% = 7% Vested Gain
Vested Gain in Dollars	$46,790 x 6% = $2,807 Vested Gain	$46,790 x 7% = $3,275 Vested Gain
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$46,790 + $2,807 = $49,597	$46,790 + $3,275 = $50,065
Amount Withdrawn*	$1,991	$2,009
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	$1,991 / $49,597 = 4.01%	$2,009 / $50,065 = 4.01%
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$46,790 x 0.0401 = $1,878	$46,790 x 0.0401 = $1,878
Remaining Investment Base after Day 292 Withdrawal	$46,790 - $1,878 = $44,912	$46,790 - $1,878 = $44,912

Value at End of Term	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Remaining Investment Base after Day 292 Withdrawal	$44,912	$44,912
Daily Charges Day 293 to Term End	$45	$45
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$44,912 - $45 = $44,867	$44,912 - $45 = $44,867
Index Value at Term Start	1000	1000
Index Value at Term End	860	860
Negative Index Change	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%	(860 - 1000) / 1000 = -14%
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-10%	N/A
Buffer at End of Term	N/A	10% Buffer
Negative Index Change Absorbed by Buffer	N/A	-10%
Negative Index Change after Buffer	N/A	-14% - -10% = -4%
Vested Loss as a Percentage	-10% x 100% = 10% Vested Loss	-4% x 100% = 4% Vested Loss
Vested Loss in Dollars	$44,867 x 10% = $4,487 Vested Loss	$44,867 x 4% = $1,795 Vested Loss
Strategy Value at Term End	$44,867 - $4,487 = $40,380	$44,867 - $1,795 = $43,072

*Note: The withdrawal is taken proportionally from each Indexed Strategy, based on the ratio of that Strategy’s value to the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal. In this example, on Day 219 the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $95,768 ($47,155 + $48,613). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.24% of that total value ($47,155 / $95,768 = 49.24%), so 49.24% of the $3,500 withdrawal ($1,723) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.76% of that total value ($48,613 / $95,768 = 50.76%), so 50.76% of the $3,500 withdrawal ($1,777) was taken from it.

In this example, on Day 292 the total value of all Indexed Strategies immediately before the withdrawal was $99,662 ($49,597 + $50,065). The S&P 500 Growth Strategy value was 49.77% of that total value ($49,597 / $99,662 = 49.77%), so 49.77% of the $4,000 withdrawal ($1,991) was taken from it. The S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value was 50.23% of that total value ($50,065 / $99,662 = 50.23%), so 50.23% of the $4,000 withdrawal ($2,009) was taken from it.

37

S&P 500 Growth Strategy

In this example, the amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Growth Strategy at the end of the Term is $45,344 ($4,964 total withdrawal plus the $40,380 Strategy value at the end of the Term).

Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Growth Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $44,775 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $4,975 loss ($49,750 x -10%)).

The amount realized of $45,344 exceeds this hypothetical Strategy value of $44,775 because:

• the gains at the time of the $1,250 and $1,991 withdrawals caused the reductions in the Investment Base to be less than the actual amounts withdrawn ($1,250 - $1,238 = $12 and $1,991 - $1,878 = $113);

• the loss at the time of the $1,723 withdrawal caused the reduction in the Investment Base to be greater than the actual amount withdrawn ($1,723 - $1,777 = -$54);

• the subsequent loss at the term end was calculated on a smaller Investment Base, which caused that loss to be less than the hypothetical loss ($4,975 - $4,487 = $488); and

• the Daily Charges are lower than they would have been without the withdrawals by $9 because they are being applied to a decreased Investment Base.

The result for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy ($12 + $113 - $54 + $488 + $9 = $568) is equal to the difference between the amount realized and the hypothetical Strategy value ($45,344 - $568 = $44,775).

S&P 500 Buffer Strategy

The amount you realized on your $50,000 investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy at the end of the Term is $48,108 ($5,036 total withdrawals plus the $43,072 Strategy value at the end of the Term). Had no withdrawal occurred, your S&P 500 Buffer Strategy value at the end of the Term would have been $47,760 ($50,000 original Investment Base minus total Daily Charges of $250 and minus $1,990 loss ($49,750 x -4%)). This hypothetical Strategy value is lower than the amount realized for the same reasons described above for the S&P 500 Growth Strategy.

Your investment in the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy outperformed the S&P 500 Growth Strategy by $2,764 in this example. The amount you realized under the Buffer Strategy ($48,108) exceeds the amount you realized under the Growth Strategy ($45,344) for three reasons: (1) at the time of the Day 219 withdrawal, the Buffer absorbed all of the negative Index Change of -3%, while the Maximum Loss did not absorb any of the negative Index Change, thus resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, (2) at the time of the Day 292 withdrawal, the Index Change exceeded the Maximum Gain of both the Buffer Strategy and the Growth Strategy, but the Buffer Strategy had a higher Maximum Gain than the Growth Strategy, resulting in more of the withdrawal being taken from the Buffer Strategy’s value even though the Investment Base of both strategies was reduced by the same amount, and (3) at the end of the Term, the Buffer absorbed more of the negative Index Change (10 percentage points of the -14% change) than the Maximum Loss absorbed (4 percentage points of the -14% change), thus reducing the Growth Strategy value by more than the reduction in the Buffer Strategy value.

Strategy Renewals and Reallocations at Term End

Renewals

At the end of each Term of a given Indexed Strategy, we will apply the ending value of that Strategy to a new Term of that same Strategy. The amount applied to a new Term of the same Strategy will not include any amount that is moved to a different Strategy as part of a reallocation at the Term end.

Reallocations

At the end of a Term, you may reallocate the ending values of the Indexed Strategies for that Term among the available Strategies. You can only reallocate amounts from one Indexed Strategy to another at the end of the Term for which such amount is being held. You cannot make a reallocation at any other time.

We will send you written notice at least 30 days before the end of a Term to provide you with the opportunity to make a reallocation. We must receive your Request in Good Order for a reallocation on or before the last day of the Term. For example, if the end of a Term falls on a weekend, we must receive your request on the last Market Day before that weekend.

38

Limitations

Reallocations must be in whole percentages that total 100%. We reserve the right to round amounts up or down to make whole percentages, and to reduce or increase amounts proportionally in order to total 100%.

Any renewal or reallocation will be subject to Strategy availability, minimums and maximums. Currently there are no limitations on the amounts that may be applied to an Indexed Strategy. We may establish minimum and maximum amounts or percentages that may be applied to a given Indexed Strategy for any future Term in our discretion. We will notify you of any such minimum or maximum.

The new Term of each Strategy is subject to the Maximum Gain in effect for that Strategy for that new Term. For example, the Maximum Gain for an Indexed Strategy for a new Term may be different than the Maximum Gain for that Indexed Strategy for the Term that is ending.

Availability of Strategies

At the end of a Term, we may eliminate a particular Indexed Strategy in our discretion. We will send you a written notice at least 30 days before the end of each Term with information about the Indexed Strategies that will be available for the next Term. At least 10 days before the next Term starts, we will post the Maximum Gains that will apply for that next Term on our website (www.gaig.com/RILArates).

We are not obligated to offer any one particular Indexed Strategy. At the end of a Term, we can add or stop offering any Indexed Strategy at our discretion. For example, we could stop offering Growth/-10% Floor Strategies after the first five Contract Years. We may limit the availability of an Indexed Strategy for a Term that would extend beyond the Annuity Payout Initiation Date. All Indexed Strategies may not be available in all states.

We will always offer at least one Conserve/0% Floor Strategy. No earnings are guaranteed for an Indexed Strategy.

If we add or stop offering a Indexed Strategy at the end of a Term, we will send you a notification. If funds are held in an Indexed Strategy that will no longer be available after the end of a Term, the funds will remain in that Indexed Strategy until the end of that Term.

If you have allocated money to an Indexed Strategy and that Indexed Strategy will not be available for the next Term, then the Bailout right will apply. In this case, you may withdraw money from that Indexed Strategy at the end of the current Term without incurring an Early Withdrawal Charge, or you may reallocate amounts to another Indexed Strategy.

Reallocations to Default Strategies

At the end of a Term, to the extent any amount cannot be applied to a given Indexed Strategy for the next Term because that Strategy is no longer available or the amount is under the minimum or over the maximum for that Strategy for the new Term, if you do not withdraw the funds pursuant to your Bailout Right or reallocate them to another Index Strategy, then we will reallocate the amount to a default Strategy. The default strategy will be a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy that we designate.

If the amount to be applied exceeds the maximum, then the default reallocation rules will apply only to the excess amount. For example, if the maximum amount for an Indexed Strategy is $50,000 and the amount to be applied is $54,000, then the default reallocation rules will apply only to the excess $4,000.

Cash Benefit

Surrender

You may Surrender your Contract at any time before the earlier of: (1) the Annuity Payout Initiation Date; or (2) a death for which a Death Benefit is payable. The right to Surrender may be restricted if your Contract is purchased under an employer plan subject to IRC Section 401 (pension, profit sharing, and 401(k) plans), IRC Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans), or IRC Section 457(b) (governmental deferred compensation plans).

A Surrender must be made by a Request in Good Order. The amount paid upon Surrender is the Surrender Value. If you Surrender your Contract, the Contract terminates.

39

Withdrawals

You may take a withdrawal from your Contract at any time before the earliest of: (1) the Annuity Payout Initiation Date; (2) a death for which a Death Benefit is payable; or (3) the date that this Contract is Surrendered. The right to withdraw may be restricted if your Contract is purchased under an employer plan subject to IRC Section 401 (pension, profit sharing, and 401(k) plans), IRC Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuity plans), or IRC Section 457(b) (governmental deferred compensation plans).

A withdrawal must be made by a Request in Good Order. The amount of any withdrawal must at least $500. If the withdrawal would reduce the Account Value to less than the minimum value of $5,000, we will treat the withdrawal request as a request to withdraw the maximum amount that may be taken without reducing your Account Value to less than $5,000.

We will withdraw funds from your Account Value as of the date on which we receive your Request in Good Order or any later specified effective date. Unless you instruct us otherwise by a Request in Good Order prior to the date of the withdrawal, a withdrawal will be taken in the following order:

• first proportionally from funds that then qualify for a waiver of the Early Withdrawal Charge pursuant to the Bailout right;

• then from the Purchase Payment Account; and

• then proportionally from Indexed Strategies.

Effect of Withdrawals

A withdrawal reduces the Account Value, which in turn reduces the amount payable upon Surrender, applied to the Annuity Payout Benefit, or payable as the Death Benefit.

If an Early Withdrawal Charge applies to your withdrawal, you will receive the amount that you requested, and your Account Value will be reduced by the amount you receive plus the amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge. A withdrawal from an Indexed Strategy other than at the end of a Term also reduces the Investment Base used to calculate the Vested Gain or Loss for the Term. The reduction in the Investment Base for a withdrawal and any related Early Withdrawal Charge is proportional to the reduction in the Account Value. See Vested Gains and Losses section above.

Automatic Withdrawals

You may elect to automatically withdraw money from your Contract under any automatic withdrawal program that we offer. Your Account Value must be at least $10,000 in order to make an automatic withdrawal election. The minimum amount of each automatic withdrawal payment is $100. Automatic withdrawals will be taken from the Purchase Payment Account and Strategies of your Contract in the same order as any other withdrawal.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the automatic withdrawal program, you may begin or discontinue automatic withdrawals at any time. You must give us at least 30 days’ notice to change any automatic withdrawal instructions that are currently in place. Any request to begin, discontinue or change automatic withdrawals must be a Request in Good Order. We reserve the right to discontinue offering automatic withdrawals at any time.

Currently, we do not charge a fee to participate in an automatic withdrawal program. However, we reserve the right to impose an annual fee in such amount as we may then determine to be reasonable for participation in the automatic withdrawal program. If imposed, the fee will not exceed $30 annually.

Before electing an automatic withdrawal, you should consult with a financial advisor. Automatic withdrawals are similar to starting Annuity Payout Benefit payments, but will result in different taxation of payments and potentially a different amount of total payments over the life of your Contract. Automatic withdrawals will reduce the amount available under the Free Withdrawal Allowance described below. Unless a waiver applies, an Early Withdrawal Charge may apply to an automatic withdrawal during the Early Withdrawal Charge period.

Exchanges, Transfers, and Rollovers

An amount paid on a withdrawal or Surrender may be paid to or for another annuity or tax-qualified account in a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover to the extent allowed by federal tax law.

40

Examples - Amount Available for Withdrawal

The following examples are intended to help you understand the amount that may be available for withdrawal in different market environments.

Example G: Amount Available for a Withdrawal When Index Rises

This example assumes:

• you allocate a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 10% Buffer Strategy;

• the Contract Effective Date and the Term Start Date are both April 6, 2022;

• the Maximum Gain for the initial Term of the S&P 500 Growth Strategy is 12% and the S&P 500 Buffer Strategy is 14%;

• you request a $10,000 withdrawal on Day 146 of the Term (August 30, 2022);

• you do not take any other withdrawals during the initial Term; and

• the Term End Date is April 6, 2023.

Term Start Date - April 6, 2022	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Strategy Value	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Investment Base	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Maximum Gain for Term	Gain of 12%	Gain of 14%	See Footnote 2 below.
Index Value	1900	1900
Withdrawal Date - August 30, 2022
Daily Charges through withdrawal date	$100	$100	See Footnote 3 below
Remaining Investment Base	$49,900	$49,900	See Footnote 4 below
Index Value	1976	1976
Positive Index Change	4%	4%	See Footnote 5 below.
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	4%	4%	See Footnote 6 below.
Vesting Factor on Day 146	25%	25%	See Footnote 7 below.
Vested Gain as a Percentage	1%	1%	See Footnote 8 below.
Vested Gain	$499	$499	See Footnote 8 below.
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$50,399	$50,399	See Footnote 9 below.
Amount of Withdrawal Requested	$10,000	$10,000
Free Withdrawal Allowance	$5,000	$5,000	See Footnote 10 below.
Early Withdrawal Charge	$435	$435	See Footnote 11 below.
Total Amount Withdrawn	$10,435	$10,435	See Footnote 12 below.
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	20.70%	20.70%	See Footnote 13 below.
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$10,331	$10,331	See Footnote 13 below.
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$39,569	$39,569	See Footnote 14 below.
Strategy Value after Withdrawal	$39,964	$39,964	See Footnote 15 below.
Term End Date - April 6, 2023
Daily Charges withdrawal date to Term End	$119	$119	See Footnote 16 below
Remaining Investment Base	$39,450	$39,450	See Footnote 17 below
Index Value	2033	2033
Positive Index Change	7%	7%	See Footnote 18 below.
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	7%	7%	See Footnote 19 below.
Vesting Factor at Term End	100%	100%	See Footnote 20 below.
Vested Gain as a Percentage	7%	7%	See Footnote 21 below.
Vested Gain	$2,761	$2,761	See Footnote 21 below.
Strategy Value at Term End	$42,211	$42,211	See Footnote 22 below.

Footnote 1. On the Term Start Date, the Strategy value is equal to the amount applied to the Strategy on the Term Start Date. The amount applied on the Term Start Date is also the beginning Investment Base.

41

Footnote 2. The Maximum Gain is the largest positive Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Gain. In this example, the Maximum Gain is 12% (for the Growth Strategy) or 14% (for the Buffer Strategy), which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Gain unless the Index goes up more than 12% or 14%, respectively.

Footnote 3. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the first day of the Term to the withdrawal date.

Formula	Investment Base on the Term Start Date – (Investment Base on the Term Start Date x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ number of days elapsed prior to withdrawal)
Calculation	$50,000 - ($50,000 x (1 - 0.0000137329) ^ 146) = $100

Footnote 4. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 - $100 - $0 = $49,900

Footnote 5. The Index Change is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the withdrawal date.

Formula	(Index Value on withdrawal date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(1976 - 1900) / 1900 = 4%

Footnote 6. In this example, the Index Change on the withdrawal date is not limited by the Maximum Gain because the Index did not go up more than 12% for the Growth Strategy or 14% for the Buffer Strategy.

Footnote 7. A Vesting Factor limits the portion of a positive Index Change that is taken into account to determine the Vested Gain. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change varies depending on the day of the Term. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on any date within the first six months of a Term is 25%. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on any date within the final six months of a Term (but before the Final Market Day of the Term) is 50%. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on the final Market Day of the Term (or any date after that when the Vested Gain for the Term is calculated) is 100%. In this example, the Vesting Factor is 25% because the withdrawal date is a date within the first six months of the Term.

Footnote 8. When there is a positive Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Gain.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Gain x Vesting Factor = Vested Gain percentage
Calculation	4% x 25% = 1%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Gain percentage = Vested Gain in dollars
Calculation	$49,900 x 0.01 = $499

Footnote 9. In this example, there is a Vested Gain on the withdrawal date and you have not taken any withdrawals before that date. This means the Strategy value on the withdrawal date is the remaining Investment Base plus the Vested Gain as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base + Vested Gain = Strategy value
Calculation	$49,900 + $499 = $50,399

Footnote 10. The Free Withdrawal Allowance (FWA) for the first Contract Year is 10% of the Purchase Payment. The FWA for each subsequent Contract Year is 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary.

Formula	Purchase Payment x 10% = FWA for first Contract Year
Calculation	$50,000 x 0.10 = $5,000

42

Footnote 11. The Early Withdrawal Charge that would apply to your withdrawal is equal to the amount subject to the charge multiplied by the Early Withdrawal Charge rate (EWC rate). The amount subject to the charge includes the charge itself. The amount subject to the charge does not include the FWA. The EWC rate depends on the Contract Year. In this example, the withdrawal occurs in the first Contract Year, when the EWC rate is 8%. The Early Withdrawal Charge rate declines after each of the first five Contract Years. There is no Early Withdrawal Charge after Contract Year 5.

Formula	[(Requested withdrawal - FWA) x EWC rate] / (1.00 - EWC rate) = Early Withdrawal Charge
Calculation	[($10,000 - $5,000) x 0.08] / (1.00 - 0.08) = $5,000 x 0.08 / 0.92 = $400 / 0.92 = $435

Footnote 12. When you request a withdrawal, you receive the amount you requested. If an Early Withdrawal Charge applies, we also withdraw an amount equal to the charge. This means that the total amount withdrawn from your annuity is equal to the amount you requested plus the applicable Early Withdrawal Charge.

Formula	Requested withdrawal + Early Withdrawal Charge = total amount withdrawn
Calculation	$10,000 + $435 = $10,435

Footnote 13. When you take a withdrawal, the portion of the Investment Base taken to pay for the withdrawal is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy due to the withdrawal. If there is a Vested Gain as of the withdrawal date, the reduction in the Investment Base will be less than the total amount withdrawn. This difference occurs because your withdrawal is credited with a proportionate share of the Vested Gain.

Formula	Total amount withdrawn / Strategy value before withdrawal = percentage reduction in Strategy value
Calculation	$10,435 / $50,399 = 20.70%
Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal x percentage reduction in Strategy value = proportional reduction in Investment Base
Calculation	$49,900 x 0.2070 = $10,331

Footnote 14. On the withdrawal date after the withdrawal, the remaining Investment Base is equal to the Investment Base before the withdrawal minus the proportional reduction in the Investment Base for the withdrawal.

Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal - proportional reduction in Investment Base for withdrawal = Investment Base after withdrawal
Calculation	$49,900 - $10,331 = $39,569

Footnote 15. On the withdrawal date, the Strategy value after the withdrawal is equal to Strategy value before the withdrawal minus the total amount withdrawn.

Formula	Strategy value before withdrawal—total amount withdrawn = Strategy value after withdrawal
Calculation	$50,399 - $10,435 = $39,964

Footnote 16. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the withdrawal date to the last day of the Term.

Formula	Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal – (Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ Number of Days Elapsed Since Previous Withdrawal) = Daily Charges
Calculation	$39,569 - ($39,569 x (1 - 0.0000137329) ^ 219) = $119

Footnote 17. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 – ($100 + $119) - $10,331 = $39,450

43

Footnote 18. The Index Change on the Term End Date is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the Term End Date.

Formula	(Index Value on Term End Date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(2033 - 1900) / 1900 = 7%
Formula	(Index Value on Term End Date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(2033 - 1900) / 1900 = 7%

Footnote 19. In this example, the Index Change on the Term End Date is not limited by the Maximum Gain because the Index did not go up more than 12% for the Growth Strategy or 14% for the Buffer Strategy.

Footnote 20. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on the Term End Date is 100%.

Footnote 21. When there is a positive Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Gain.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Gain x Vesting Factor = Vested Gain percentage
Calculation	7% x 100% = 7%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Gain percentage = Vested Gain in dollars
Calculation	$39,450 x 0.07 = $2,761

Footnote 22. In this example, there is a Vested Gain on the Term End Date and you have taken a $10,000 withdrawal during the Term. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date plus the Vested Gain as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date + Vested Gain = Strategy value on Term End Date
Calculation	$39,450 + $2,761 = $42,211

44

Example H: Amount Available for a Withdrawal When Index Falls

This example assumes:

• you allocate a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 Growth/-10% Floor Strategy and a $50,000 Purchase Payment to the S&P 500 10% Buffer Strategy;

• the Contract Effective Date and the Term Start Date are both April 6, 2022;

• you request a $10,000 withdrawal on Day 146 of the Term (August 30, 2022);

• you do not take any other withdrawals during the initial Term; and

• the Term End Date is April 6, 2023.

Term Start Date - April 6, 2022	S&P 500 Growth Strategy	S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Strategy Value	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Investment Base	$50,000	$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Maximum Loss	Loss of 10%	N/A	See Footnote 2 below.
End of Term Buffer	N/A	10% Buffer	See Footnote 3 below.
Index Value	1900	1900
Withdrawal Date - August 30, 2022
Daily Charges through withdrawal date	$100	$100	See Footnote 4 below.
Remaining Investment Base	$49,900	$49,900	See Footnote 5 below
Index Value	1786	1786
Negative Index Change	-6%	-6%	See Footnote 6 below.
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-6%	N/A	See Footnote 7 below.
Buffer on Day 146	N/A	4% Buffer	See Footnote 8 below.
Vested Loss Percentage	-6%	-2%	See Footnote 9 below.
Vested Loss	-$2,994	—$998	See Footnote 9 below.
Strategy Value before Withdrawal	$46,906	$48,902	See Footnote 10 below.
Amount of Withdrawal Requested	$10,000	$10,000
Free Withdrawal Allowance	$5,000	$5,000	See Footnote 11 below.
Early Withdrawal Charge	$435	$435	See Footnote 12 below.
Total Amount Withdrawn	$10,435	$10,435	See Footnote 13 below.
Percentage Reduction in Strategy Value	22.25%	21.34%	See Footnote 14 below.
Proportional Reduction in Investment Base	$11,101	$10,648	See Footnote 14 below.
Remaining Investment Base after Withdrawal	$38,799	$39,252	See Footnote 15 below.
Strategy Value after Withdrawal	$36,471	$38,467	See Footnote 16 below.
Term End Date - April 6, 2023
Daily Charges withdrawal date to Term End	$117	$118	See Footnote 17 below
Remaining Investment Base	$38,682	$39,134	See Footnote 18 below
Index Value	1748	1748
Negative Index Change	-8%	-8%	See Footnote 19 below.
Negative Index Change Limited by Maximum Loss	-8%	N/A	See Footnote 20 below.
Negative Index Change Limited by Buffer	N/A	0%	See Footnote 21 below.
Vested Loss Percentage	-8%	0%	See Footnote 22 below.
Vested Loss	-$3,095	$0	See Footnote 22 below.
Strategy Value at Term End	$35,588	$39,134	See Footnote 23 below.

Footnote 1. On the Term Start Date, the Strategy value is equal to the amount applied to the Strategy on the Term Start Date. The amount applied on the Term Start Date is also the beginning Investment Base.

Footnote 2. The Maximum Loss is the largest negative Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Loss for Growth Strategies. In this example, the Maximum Loss is 10%, which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Loss unless the Index goes down more than 10%.

45

Footnote 3. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. Once the final Market Day of the Term has been reached, the Buffer is 10%. Before the final Market Day, the Buffer is:

10%	×	365 – N
		365

where N is equal to the number of days remaining until the final Market Day of the Term.

Footnote 4. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the first day of the Term to the withdrawal date.

Formula	Investment Base on the Term Start Date – (Investment Base on the Term Start Date x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ number of days elapsed prior to withdrawal)
Calculation	$50,000 - ($50,000 x (1 - 0.0000137329) ^ 146) = $100

Footnote 5. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 - $100 - $0 = $49,900

Footnote 6. The Index Change is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the withdrawal date.

Formula	(Index Value on withdrawal date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(1786 - 1900) / 1900 = -6%

Footnote 7. In this example, the negative Index Change on the withdrawal date is not limited by the Maximum Loss because the Index did not go down more than 10%.

Footnote 8. In this example, only a portion of the negative Index Change on the withdrawal date is limited by the Buffer because the Index went down more than 4%.

Footnote 9.

Vested Loss – Growth Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Loss for Growth Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Loss = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-6% = -6%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$49,900 x -0.06 = -$2,994

Vested Loss – Buffer Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Loss for Buffer Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Buffer = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-6% Index Change - -4% Buffer = -2%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$49,900 x -0.02 = -$998

46

Footnote 10. In this example, there is a Vested Loss on the withdrawal date and you have not taken any withdrawals before that date. This means the Strategy value on the withdrawal date is the Investment Base, minus the Vested Loss as of that date.

Formula	Investment Base - Vested Loss = Strategy value
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $49,900 - $2,994 = $46,906
	For Buffer Strategy: $49,900 - $998 = $48,902

Footnote 11. The Free Withdrawal Allowance (FWA) for the first Contract Year is 10% of the Purchase Payment. The FWA for each subsequent Contract Year is 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary.

Formula	Purchase Payment x 10% = FWA for first Contract Year
Calculation	$50,000 x 10% = $5,000

Footnote 12. The Early Withdrawal Charge that would apply to your withdrawal is equal to the amount subject to the charge multiplied by the Early Withdrawal Charge rate (EWC rate). The amount subject to the charge includes the charge itself. The amount subject to the charge does not include the FWA. The EWC rate depends on the Contract Year. In this example, the withdrawal occurs in the first Contract Year, when the EWC rate is 8%. The Early Withdrawal Charge rate declines after each of the first five Contract Years. There is no Early Withdrawal Charge after Contract Year 5.

Formula	[(Requested withdrawal - FWA) x EWC rate] / (1.00 - EWC rate) = Early Withdrawal Charge
Calculation	[($10,000 - $5,000) x 0.08] / (1.00 - 0.08) = $5,000 x 0.08 / 0.92 = $400 / 0.92 = $435

Footnote 13. When you request a withdrawal, you receive the amount you requested. If an Early Withdrawal Charge applies, we also withdraw an amount equal to the charge. This means that the total amount withdrawn from your annuity is equal to the amount you requested plus the applicable Early Withdrawal Charge.

Formula	Requested withdrawal + Early Withdrawal Charge = total amount withdrawn
Calculation	$10,000 + $435 = $10,435

Footnote 14. When you take a withdrawal, the portion of the Investment Base taken to pay for the withdrawal is proportional to the reduction in the value of the Indexed Strategy due to the withdrawal. If there is a Vested Loss as of the withdrawal date, the reduction in the Investment Base will be more than the total amount withdrawn. This difference occurs because your withdrawal is charged with a proportionate share of the Vested Loss.

Formula	total amount withdrawn / Strategy value before withdrawal = percentage reduction in Strategy value
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $10,435 / $46,906 = 22.25%
	For Buffer Strategy: $10,435 / $48,902 = 21.34%
Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal x percentage reduction in Strategy value = proportional reduction in Investment Base
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $49,900 x 0.2225 = $11,101
	For Buffer Strategy: $49,900 x 0.2134 = $10,648

Footnote 15. On the withdrawal date, the remaining Investment Base after the withdrawal is equal to the Investment Base before the withdrawal minus the proportional reduction in the Investment Base for the withdrawal.

Formula	Investment Base before withdrawal - proportional reduction in Investment Base for withdrawal = Investment Base after withdrawal
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $49,900 - $11,101 = $38,799
	For Buffer Strategy: $49,900 - $10,648 = $39,252

Footnote 16. On the withdrawal date, the Strategy value after the withdrawal is equal to the Strategy value before the withdrawal minus the total amount withdrawn.

Formula	Strategy value before withdrawal - total amount withdrawn = Strategy value after withdrawal
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $46,906 - $10,435 = $36,471 For Buffer Strategy: $48,902 - $10,435 = $38,467

47

Footnote 17. The Daily Charge is the Investment Base from the prior day, multiplied by the Daily Charge rate. The amount in the table is the sum of the daily charges deducted from the Investment Base from the withdrawal date to the last day of the Term.

Formula	Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal – (Investment Base after Previous Withdrawal x (1 – Daily Fee Rate) ^ Number of Days Elapsed Since Previous Withdrawal) = Daily Charges
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $38,799 – ($38,799 x (1 - 0.0000137329) ^ 219) = $117 For Buffer Strategy: $39,252 – ($39,252 x (1 - 0.0000137329) ^ 219) = $118

Footnote 18. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	For Growth Strategy: $50,000 – ($100 + $117) – $11,101 = $38,682
	For Buffer Strategy: $50,000 – ($100 + $118) – $10,648 = $39,134

Footnote 19. The Index Change on the Term End Date is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the Term End Date.

Formula	(Index Value on Term End Date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(1748 - 1900) / 1900 = -8%

Footnote 20. For the Growth Strategy, in this example, the negative Index Change on the Term End Date is not limited by the Maximum Loss because the Index did not go down more than 10%.

Footnote 21. For the Buffer Strategy, in this example, the entire negative Index Change on the Term End Date is limited by the Buffer because the Index went down less than 10%.

Footnote 22.

Vested Loss – Growth Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formula to calculate the Vested Loss percentage for Growth Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Loss = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-8% = -8%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$38,682 x -0.08 = -$3,095

Vested Loss – Buffer Strategies: When there is a negative Index Change, we use the following formula to calculate the Vested Loss percentage for Buffer Strategies.

Formula	Index Change limited by Buffer = Vested Loss percentage
Calculation	-8% Index Change > -10% Buffer = 0%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Loss percentage = Vested Loss in dollars
Calculation	$39,134 x 0.00 = $0

Footnote 23. In this example, there is a Vested Loss on the Term End Date for the Growth Strategy and you have taken a $10,000 withdrawal during the Term. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date minus the Vested Loss as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date - Vested Loss = Strategy value
Calculation	$38,682 - $3,095 = $35,588

48

In this example, there is no Vested Loss on the Term End Date for the Buffer Strategy and you have taken a $10,000 withdrawal during the Term. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date = Strategy value
Calculation	$39,134 = $39,134

Daily Charge

We impose a Daily Charge to reimburse us for contract sales expenses, including commissions and other distribution, promotion, and acquisition expenses, and to help us maximize Indexed Strategy Maximum Gains. The Daily Charge is calculated using a daily rate that compounds at 0.50% per year.

For an Indexed Strategy, it is calculated as a percentage of the remaining Investment Base and deducted daily.

Example I: Amount Available for a Withdrawal When Index Rises Less Than Daily Charge Rate

The following example is intended to help you understand the amount that may be available for withdrawal when the Index rises at a rate lower than the amount of the Daily Charge over a Term. In such a scenario, Strategy Values will be lower at the end of a Term than they were at the beginning of the Term, despite the fact that the Index rose over that period.

Term Start Date - April 6, 2022	S&P 500 Growth Strategy		S&P 500 Buffer Strategy
Strategy Value		$50,000		$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Investment Base		$50,000		$50,000	See Footnote 1 below.
Maximum Gain for Term		Gain of 12%		Gain of 14%	See Footnote 2 below.
Maximum Loss		Loss of 10%		N/A	See Footnote 3 below.
End of Term Buffer		N/A		10% Buffer	See Footnote 4 below.
Index Value		2000		2000
Term End Date - April 6, 2023
Daily Charges through Term End		$250		$250	See Footnote 5 below.
Remaining Investment Base		$49,750		$49,750	See Footnote 6 below
Index Value		2005		2005
Positive Index Change		0.25%		0.25%	See Footnote 7 below.
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain		0.25%		0.25%	See Footnote 8 below.
Vesting Factor at Term End		100%		100%	See Footnote 9 below.
Vested Gain as a Percentage		0.25%		0.25%	See Footnote 10 below.
Vested Gain		$124		$124	See Footnote 10 below.
Strategy Value at Term End		$49,874		$49,874	See Footnote 11 below.

Footnote 1. On the Term Start Date, the Strategy value is equal to the amount applied to the Strategy on the Term Start Date. The amount applied on the Term Start Date is also the beginning Investment Base.

Footnote 2. The Maximum Gain is the largest positive Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Gain. In this example, the Maximum Gain is 12% (for the Growth Strategy) or 14% (for the Buffer Strategy), which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Gain unless the Index goes up more than 12% or 14%, respectively.

Footnote 3. The Maximum Loss is the largest negative Index Change for a Term taken into account to determine the Vested Loss for Growth Strategies. In this example, the Maximum Loss is 10%, which means it will not affect the calculation of Vested Loss unless the Index goes down more than 10%.

49

Footnote 4. The Buffer is the portion of a negative Index Change for a Term that is disregarded when determining a Vested Loss for a Buffer Strategy. The Buffer varies depending on the day of the Term. Once the final Market Day of the Term has been reached, the Buffer is 10%. Before the final Market Day, the Buffer is:

10%	×	365 –N
		365

where N is equal to the number of days remaining until the final Market Day of the Term.

Footnote 5. When no withdrawals are taken over the course of a Term, the Daily Charges through the Term End Date are equal to the Investment Base on the Term Start Date times the annual rate at which the Daily Charge compounds.

Formula	Investment Base on Term Start Date × annual rate
Calculation	$50,000 x 0.50% = $250

Footnote 6. The remaining Investment Base is equal to the beginning Investment Base minus the sum of the Daily Charges and minus the proportional reduction for any prior withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges.

Formula	Beginning Investment Base – sum of Daily Charges since Term Start Date) – proportional reduction for any prior Withdrawals and related Early Withdrawal Charges = remaining Investment Base
Calculation	$50,000 - $250 - $0 = $49,750

Footnote 7. The Index Change on the Term End Date is equal to the percentage change in the Index Value measured from the Term Start Date to the Term End Date.

Formula	(Index Value on Term End Date - Index Value on Term Start Date) / Index Value on Term Start Date
Calculation	(2005 - 2000) / 2000 = 0.25%

Footnote 8. In this example, the Index Change on the Term End Date is not limited by the Maximum Gain because the Index did not go up more than 12% for the Growth Strategy or 14% for the Buffer Strategy.

Footnote 9. The Vesting Factor for a positive Index Change on the Term End Date is 100%.

Footnote 10. When there is a positive Index Change, we use the following formulas to calculate the Vested Gain.

Formula	Index Change limited by Maximum Gain x Vesting Factor = Vested Gain percentage
Calculation	0.25% × 100% = 0.25%
Formula	Remaining Investment Base for the current Term x Vested Gain percentage = Vested Gain in dollars
Calculation	$49,750 x 0.0025 = $124

Footnote 11. In this example, there is a Vested Gain on the Term End Date. This means the Strategy value on that date is the remaining Investment Base on the Term End Date plus the Vested Gain as of that date.

Formula	Remaining Investment Base on Term End Date + Vested Gain = Strategy value on Term End Date
Calculation	$49,750 + $124 = $49,874

Early Withdrawal Charge

We impose an Early Withdrawal Charge to reimburse us for contract sales expenses, including commissions and other distribution, promotion, and acquisition expenses, and to allow us to support higher Indexed Strategy Maximum Gains by investing assets for a longer duration.

The Early Withdrawal Charge applies if, during the first five Contract Years, you take a withdrawal from your Contract or Surrender it. After that, the Early Withdrawal Charge does not apply.

50

The Early Withdrawal Charge is equal to the amount that is subject to the charge multiplied by the Early Withdrawal Charge rate.

• If you take a withdrawal from your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is the amount you withdraw plus any amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge.

• If you Surrender your Contract, the amount subject to the charge is your Account Value.

• The amount subject to the charge will not include: (1) the Free Withdrawal Allowance; (2) the amount, if any, that qualifies under the Bailout right; or (3) the amount, if any, that qualifies for another waiver as described below.

The Early Withdrawal Charge rate depends on how long you own your Contract. The rate schedule is set out below.

Contract Year	1			2			3			4			5			6+
Early Withdrawal Charge Rate		8	%		7	%		6	%		5	%		4	%		0	%

Example. You Surrender your annuity in Contract Year 5 when your Account Value is $100,000. You have already used your Free Withdrawal Allowance for the year and no other exception applies. We take an Early Withdrawal Charge of $4,000 ($100,000 x 0.04) and you receive $96,000.

Example. You take a $10,000 withdrawal from your annuity in Contract Year 5 when your Account Value is $100,000. You have already used your Free Withdrawal Allowance for the year and no other exception applies. We take an Early Withdrawal Charge of $400 ($10,000 x 0.04) and you receive $9,600.

An Early Withdrawal Charge may apply if you take a withdrawal during the first five Contract Years. That charge will reduce Strategy values, including the value of a Conserve/0% Floor Strategy.

Free Withdrawal Allowance

The Free Withdrawal Allowance lets you withdraw some money from your Contract without the imposition of the Early Withdrawal Charge. For the first Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is an amount equal to 10% of the total Purchase Payments received by us. For each subsequent Contract Year, the Free Withdrawal Allowance is equal to 10% of the Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary. The Free Withdrawal Allowance is non-cumulative and you may not carry over any unused portion to other Contract Years.

For qualified annuities, the Free Withdrawal Allowance will be large enough to cover your required minimum distribution to age 93. However, if you have used your Free Withdrawal Allowance to facilitate a transfer or rollover, then an Early Withdrawal Charge may apply to a required minimum distribution.

Example. Your Account Value as of the end of Contract Year 3 is $200,000. Your Free Withdrawal Allowance for Contract Year 4 is $20,000 ($200,000 x 0.10). If you take a withdrawal of $50,000 at the beginning of Contract Year 4, the Early Withdrawal Charge will not apply to the first $20,000 of the withdrawal, but will apply to the remaining $30,000 plus the amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge. If you take another withdrawal later in Contract Year 4, the Early Withdrawal Charge applies to the entire withdrawal plus the amount needed to pay the Early Withdrawal Charge.

Early Withdrawal Charge Waivers

Bailout Right. We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge on amounts that you withdraw from this Contract at the end of a current Term if the amounts are held under an Indexed Strategy for that Term and either:

• the Maximum Gain for the next Term of that Strategy is less than its Bailout Trigger for the current Term; or

• that Strategy will not be available for the next Term.

Each current Term of an Indexed Strategy has its own Bailout Trigger, even if no funds are held under the Indexed Strategy for that Term. If your Contract has multiple Purchase Payments, the Bailout Trigger for one current Term of an Indexed Strategy may be different from the Bailout Trigger for another current Term of the same Indexed Strategy that started on a different date.

The initial Bailout Trigger for each Indexed Strategy is set out on the Contract Specifications page. It is less than the Maximum Gain that we anticipate setting for the initial Term of that Indexed Strategy.

For each subsequent Term, the Bailout Trigger is the lesser of:

• the Bailout Trigger for the Term that ended on the date the current Term began; or

• the Maximum Gain set for the current Term.

51

This means that:

• if the Maximum Gain is never set below the Bailout Trigger, then the Bailout Trigger will not change; and

• if the Maximum Gain is ever set below the Bailout Trigger, then the Bailout Trigger will be reduced for the new Term and for each Term that starts on an anniversary of that Term start date.

The Bailout Trigger will never increase from one Term to the next.

Example. The Bailout Trigger for the initial Term of an Indexed Strategy is 6.5%.

• If we set the Maximum Gain for the next Term of that Indexed Strategy at 7.5%, then you will not qualify for a waiver of the Early Withdrawal Charge at the end of the current Term and the Bailout Trigger for that next Term will continue to be 6.5%.

• If we set the Maximum Gain for the next Term of that Indexed Strategy at 5.5%, then you will qualify for a waiver of the Early Withdrawal Charge at the end of the current Term and the Bailout Trigger for that next Term will change to 5.5%.

If this waiver will apply to an Indexed Strategy at the end of a Term, we will notify you in writing at least 30 days before that Term ends. You may elect a withdrawal under the Bailout right by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request before the end of the applicable Term.

This waiver will only apply to the amount held under the Indexed Strategy for the Term that is ending. It will not apply to amounts then held under a different Strategy, or to amounts held under the same Strategy for a Term ending on a different date. You may not carry over any unused part of the waiver from one Term to the next.

If you withdraw funds that qualify for a waiver under the Bailout right, the withdrawal will reduce the Free Withdrawal Allowance for the applicable Contract Year. For example, if the amount you withdraw that qualifies for a waiver under the Bailout right in Contract Year 4 is more than 10% of your Account Value as of the most recent Contract Anniversary, then no Free Withdrawal Allowance will be available for subsequent withdrawals in Contract Year 4.

Instead of withdrawing amounts that qualify for a waiver under the Bailout right, you may wish to reallocate those amounts to a different Strategy. A Request in Good Order to reallocate funds must be received by us before the end of the applicable Term.

Extended Care Waiver. (Rider form R1462316NW-Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges for Extended Care Rider). We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge that would otherwise apply if you make a Request in Good Order and:

• your Contract is modified by the Extended Care Waiver Rider;

• you are confined in a long-term care facility or hospital and the confinement is prescribed by a physician and is medically necessary;

• the first day of the confinement is at least one year after the Contract Effective Date; and

• the confinement has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days.

You must provide us with satisfactory proof that you meet these conditions before the date of the withdrawal or Surrender. There is no charge for this rider, but it may not be available in all states. In California, the Extended Care Waiver Rider has been replaced with the Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges for Facility Care or Home Care or Community-Based Services Rider, which provides for a waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges under an expanded variety of circumstances. Please see the rider for details.

Terminal Illness Waiver. (Rider form R1462416NW-Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges Upon Terminal Illness Rider). We will waive the Early Withdrawal Charge that would otherwise apply if you make a Request in Good Order and:

• your Contract is modified by the Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges upon Terminal Illness Rider;

• you are diagnosed with a terminal illness by a physician and, as a result of the terminal illness, you have a life expectancy of less than 12 months from the date of diagnosis; and

• the diagnosis is rendered by a physician more than one year after the Contract Effective Date.

You must provide us with satisfactory proof that you meet these conditions before the date of the withdrawal or Surrender. There is no charge for this rider, but it may not be available in all states. Please see the rider for details.

52

Required Minimum Distributions. No special waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges exists for required minimum distributions except as may be offered from time to time under an automated payment program.

State Limitations. In some states, our ability to waive fees or charges may be limited by applicable laws, regulations or administrative positions. Please see the “State Variations” section below for information on additional state variations.

Annuity Payout Benefit

Under the Contract you may receive regular Annuity Payout Benefit payments for the duration of the period that you select. Once Annuity Payout Benefit payments start, you can no longer Surrender the Contract or take a withdrawal, no Death Benefit will be payable under your Contract, and your Beneficiary designations will no longer apply. The amount payable after death, if any, is governed by the Payout Option you select.

The Annuity Payout Benefit is payable if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date is reached before the earlier of: (1) a death for which a Death Benefit is payable; or (2) the date that this Contract is Surrendered.

Annuity Payout Initiation Date

The Annuity Payout Initiation Date is the first day of the first payment interval for which payment of the Annuity Payout Benefit is to be made. Annuity Payout Benefit payments are made at the end of each payment interval. This means that for annual payments, the first payment will be made one year after the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

You may select the Annuity Payout Initiation Date by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request before the last Market Close on or before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date you selected and at least 30 days before the first Annuity Payout Benefit payment is to be made.

• The earliest Annuity Payout Initiation you may select is the first Contract Anniversary.

• Unless we agree, the latest Annuity Payout Initiation Date you may select is the Contract Anniversary following your 95th birthday or the 95th birthday, of a joint owner, if earlier. If the Owner is not a human being such as a trust or a corporation, then the Annuity Payout Initiation Date may not be later than the Contract Anniversary following the 95th birthday of the eldest Annuitant, unless we agree.

The earliest permitted date and the latest permitted date for the Annuity Payout Initiation Date are set out on your Contract Specifications Page. The latest permitted date may change if an Owner changes.

If you do not select an Annuity Payout Initiation Date by the latest permitted date, we may select it for you. We will notify you in writing at least 45 days before the date we select. We will give you an opportunity to select an earlier date.

Annuity Payout Amount

The amount of each payment under the Annuity Payout Benefit is determined on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date based on the Annuity Payout Value on that date, the Payout Option that applies, and the payment interval.

The Annuity Payout Value is the amount that can be applied to the Annuity Payout Benefit is equal to: (1) the Account Value on the Annuity Payout Initiation Date; minus (2) premium tax or other taxes not previously deducted.

Form of Annuity Payout Benefit

The Annuity Payout Benefit is paid in the form of annual payments as a Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period. That fixed period will be 10 years or, if fewer, the maximum number of whole years permitted by any tax qualification endorsement.

In place of that, you may elect to have the Annuity Payout Benefit paid in any form of Payout Option that is available under your Contract. The available Payout Options are described in the Payout Options section below. You may elect a Payout Option by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request before the last Market Close on or before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and at least 30 days before the first Annuity Payout Benefit payment is to be made.

53

Payee for Annuity Payout Benefit

Payment of the Annuity Payout Benefit generally is made to the surviving Owner(s) as the payee(s). In place of that, the surviving Owner(s) may elect for payment to be made as a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover, or for payment to be made to the Annuitant. That election must be made by a Request in Good Order that we receive at least 30 days before the payment date.

Payments that become due after the death of the payee are made to:

• the surviving Owner(s); or if none

• then to the surviving contingent payee(s) designated by the surviving Owner(s); or if none;

• the estate of the last payee who received payments.

The portion of any Annuity Payout Benefit remaining after the death of an Owner or Annuitant must be paid at least as rapidly as payments were being made at the time of such death.

You may designate a contingent payee by a Request in Good Order. If you designate your spouse as a contingent payee and your marriage ends before your death, then we will treat your former spouse as having predeceased you except in the following situations: (1) if a court order provides that the former spouse’s rights as a contingent payee are to continue; or (2) if the former spouse remains or becomes an Owner.

Death Benefit

A Death Benefit is payable under your Contract if you die before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and before the Contract is Surrendered. If your spouse becomes a successor owner of the Contract, no Death Benefit will be payable on account of your death.

When the Owner is a non-natural person, a Death Benefit is payable under the Contract if the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and before the Contract is Surrendered. For this purpose, a non-natural person is a trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity.

Only one Death Benefit will be paid under the Contract. If a Death Benefit becomes payable, it will be in place of all other benefits under the Contract, and all other rights under this Contract will terminate except for rights related to the Death Benefit.

Death Benefit Payout Date

• If the Death Benefit is to be paid as a lump sum, then it will be paid as soon as practicable after the receipt of proof of death and a Request in Good Order for a lump sum payment.

• If the Death Benefit is to be paid under a Payout Option, then we will apply the Death Benefit Value to a Payout Option as soon as practicable after receipt of proof of death and a Request in Good Order. That application date will be the first day of the first payment interval for which a payment is to be made. Death Benefit payments under a Payout Option are made at the end of each payment interval. This means that, for annual payments, the first payment will be made one year after that application date.

Death Benefit Amount

• If the Death Benefit is paid in a lump sum, then it is equal to the Death Benefit Value, increased by any additional post- death interest as required by law.

• If the Death Benefit will be paid as a series of periodic payments under a Payout Option, then the amount of each payment under the Death Benefit is determined on the date that the Death Benefit Value is applied to the Payout Option. The amount or each payment will be based on the Death Benefit Value (increased by any additional post-death interest as required by law to the date it is applied to the Payout Option), the Payout Option that applies, and the payment interval.

Death Benefit Value

The Death Benefit Value is the greater of:

• the Account Value determined as of the date that the Death Benefit Value is determined; or

• the Purchase Payments, reduced proportionally for all withdrawals, but not including amounts applied to pay Early Withdrawal Charges (the “Purchase Payment base”).

In either case, the Death Benefit Value is reduced by premium tax or other taxes not previously deducted.

54

The reduction in your Purchase Payment base for withdrawals will be in the same proportion that your Account Value was reduced on the date of the withdrawal. A proportional reduction in your Purchase Payment base could be larger than the dollar amount of your withdrawal.

Example. Here is an example of how we calculate a proportional reduction of your Purchase Payment base. In this example, we assume you take an $8,000 withdrawal. To simplify the example, we also assume no Early Withdrawal Charge, no premium tax is deducted, and no additional post-death interest is added.

	Before Withdrawal		After Withdrawal		Explanation
Account Value	$	100,000	$	92,000	Your withdrawal reduces your Account Value by $8,000 (which is an 8% reduction in your Account Value). $8,000 / $100,000 = 8%
Purchase Payment Base for Death Benefit	$	120,000	$	110,400	After the withdrawal, the Purchase Payment base for the Death Benefit is also reduced by 8% or $9,600. $120,000 x 0.08 = $9,600

Determination Date

The date that the Death Benefit Value is determined is the earlier of: (1) the first anniversary of the date of death; or (2) the date that we have received both proof of death and Requests in Good Order with instructions as to the form of Death Benefit from all Beneficiaries. Thus, in many cases where there are multiple Beneficiaries, the date that the Death Benefit Value is determined will be the date when the last Beneficiary submits the necessary Request in Good Order or the first anniversary of death. Until then, the Contract values remain in the Indexed Strategies and the Indexed Strategy values may fluctuate. This risk is borne by the Beneficiaries.

Proof of Death

Before making payment of a Death Benefit, or any other payment or transfer of ownership rights that depends on the death of a specified person, we will require proof of death. We may delay making any payment until it is received. For this purpose, proof of death is:

• a certified copy of a death certificate showing the cause and manner of death;

• a certified copy of a decree that is made by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or

• other proof that is satisfactory to us.

Form of Death Benefit

The Death Benefit is paid in the form of annual payments for a fixed period of two years.

In place of that, you may elect to have the Death Benefit paid in one lump sum or in any form of Payout Option that is available under your Contract. The available Payout Options are described in the Payout Options section below. There is no additional charge associated with this election.

You may make an election by a Request in Good Order. We must receive your request on or before the date of death for which a Death Benefit is payable. If you do not make such an election, the Beneficiary may make that election after the date of death. The Beneficiary’s election must be made by a Request in Good Order that is received by us no later than the date that the Death Benefit Value is applied to a Payout Option and at least 30 days before the date of the first payment to be made.

Additional Rules

Any election is subject to the Death Benefit Distribution Rules described below.

A Payout Option that is contingent on life is based on the life of the Beneficiary or, in some cases, the life of a person to whom the Beneficiary is obligated.

We will pay the Death Benefit as a lump sum rather than as payments under a Payout Option if: (1) the Death Benefit is less than $2,000; or (2) as of the date that the Death Benefit Value is to be applied to a Payout Option, the Death Benefit Distribution Rules do not allow a two-year payout.

55

Payee of Death Benefit Payments

Death Benefit payments generally are made to the Beneficiary as the payee.

In place of that, the Beneficiary may elect to have payments made:

• as a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover to or for an annuity or tax-qualified account as permitted by federal tax law; or

• in cases where the Beneficiary is an estate, trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity, to a person to whom the Beneficiary is obligated to make corresponding payments.

Payments that become due after the death of the Beneficiary are made to:

• the contingent payee designated as part of a Death Benefit Payout Option elected by you; or if none

• then to a contingent payee designated by the Beneficiary; or if none

• the estate of the last payee who received payments.

Such payments are subject to the Death Benefit Distribution Rules described below.

You may designate a contingent payee by a Request in Good Order. A Beneficiary may make or change a payee or contingent payee, except a Beneficiary may not change a designation made as part of a Payout Option election made by you for the Death Benefit. If the Beneficiary designates his or her spouse as a contingent payee and their marriage ends before the Beneficiary’s death, then we will treat the former spouse as having predeceased the Beneficiary except to the extent a court order provides that the former spouse’s rights as a contingent payee are to continue.

Death Benefit Distribution Rules

The Death Benefit Distribution Rules are summarized below.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. The Death Benefit must be paid in accordance with the tax qualification endorsement.

• For a Nonqualified Contract. The Death Benefit must be paid either: (1) in full within five years of the date of death; or (2) over the life of the Beneficiary or over a period certain not exceeding the Beneficiary’s life expectancy, with payments at least annually, and with the first payment made within one year of the date of death.

Payout Options

The standard Payout Options are described below.

Payments under each standard Payout Option are made at the end of a payment interval. For example, if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date is October 31, 2029 and you select annual payments, then the first payment will be paid as of October 31, 2030.

Option	Description for Annuity Payout Benefit	Description for Death Benefit
Fixed Period Payout	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the Annuitant, if you direct, for the fixed period of time that you select. • If the payee dies before the end of the fixed period, then we will make periodic payments to the surviving owner(s), or if none, then to the surviving contingent payee(s), or if none, then to the estate of the last payee who received payments. • In all cases, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period. For a nonqualified contract, fixed periods shorter than 10 years are not available. For a tax-qualified contract, the only fixed period available is 10 years.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for the fixed period of time that you or the Beneficiary selects. • If the Beneficiary dies before the end of the fixed period, then we will make periodic payments to the contingent payee designated as part of any Death Benefit Payout Option that you have elected. If no such contingent payee is surviving, then such payments will be made to a contingent payee designated by the Beneficiary. If there is no contingent payee surviving, then such payments will be made to the estate of the last payee who received payments. • In all cases, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period.

56

Option	Description for Annuity Payout Benefit	Description for Death Benefit
		The fixed period cannot exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. For a tax-qualified contract, the fixed period also cannot exceed 10 years.
Life Payout	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the Annuitant, if you direct, for as long as the Annuitant lives. Payments will stop on the death of the Annuitant. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the Annuitant dies, payments will stop. If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Payout Initiation Date but before the first payment, a Life Payout will not provide any benefit at all. In that case, we will reverse the Annuity Benefit Payout election and treat the Contract as if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date had not yet been reached. • If the Owner is living, this treatment will generally allow the Owner to choose between continuing the Contract as a deferred annuity or electing a new Annuity Payout Initiation Date and another Payout Option. • If the Annuitant’s death before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date would give rise to a Death Benefit, then the Death Benefit will be available.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for as long as the Beneficiary lives. Payments will stop on the death of the Beneficiary. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the Beneficiary dies, payments will stop. If the Beneficiary dies after the Death Benefit is applied to the Payout Option but before the first payment, a Life Payout will not provide any benefit at all. In that case, we will reverse the Payout Option election and allow the Beneficiary’s estate to choose a new Payout Option or to take the Death Benefit as a lump sum. For a tax-qualified contract, a Life Payout is not available to all Beneficiaries.
Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the Annuitant, if you direct, for as long as the Annuitant lives. • If the Annuitant dies after the end of the fixed period you selected, then payments will stop on the death of the Annuitant. • If the Annuitant dies before the end of the fixed period you selected, then we will make periodic payments to the surviving owner(s), or if none, then to the surviving contingent payee(s), or if none, then to the estate of the last payee who received payments. In this case, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period you selected. For a tax-qualified contract, fixed periods longer than 10 years are not available.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for as long as the Beneficiary lives. • If the Beneficiary dies after the end of the fixed period selected, then payments will stop on the death of the Beneficiary. • If the Beneficiary dies before the end of the fixed period you or the Beneficiary selected, then we will make periodic payments to the contingent payee designated as part of any Death Benefit Payout Option that you have elected. If no such contingent payee is surviving, then such payments will be made to a contingent payee designated by the Beneficiary. If there is no contingent payee surviving, then such payments will be made to the estate of the last payee who received payments. In this case, payments will stop at the end of the fixed period you or the Beneficiary selected. The fixed period cannot exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. For a tax-qualified contract, a Life Payout with Payments for at Least a Fixed Period is not available to all Beneficiaries, and the fixed period also cannot exceed 10 years.

57

Option	Description for Annuity Payout Benefit	Description for Death Benefit
Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout	We will make periodic payments to you, or to the primary Annuitant, if you direct, for as long as the primary Annuitant lives. • If the primary Annuitant dies and the secondary Annuitant does not survive the primary Annuitant, then payments will stop on the death of the primary Annuitant. • If the primary Annuitant dies and the secondary Annuitant is surviving, then we will make one-half of the periodic payment to you, or the secondary Annuitant, if you direct, for the rest of the secondary Annuitant’s life. In this case, payments will stop on the death of the secondary Annuitant. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the primary Annuitant dies, payments will stop unless the secondary Annuitant survives. If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Payout Initiation Date but before the first payment, a Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout will never provide the full payment amount. In that case, if the secondary Annuitant agrees, we will reverse the Annuity Benefit Payout election and treat the Contract as if the Annuity Payout Initiation Date had not been reached. • If the Owner is living, this treatment will generally allow the Owner to choose between continuing the Contract as a deferred annuity or electing a new Annuity Payout Initiation Date and another Payout Option. • If the Annuitant’s death before the Annuity Benefit Payout Initiation Date would give rise to a Death Benefit, then the Death Benefit will be available.	We will make periodic payments to the Beneficiary for as long as the Beneficiary lives. • If the Beneficiary dies and the contingent payee does not survive the Beneficiary, then payments will stop on the death of the Beneficiary. • If the Beneficiary dies and the contingent payee designated as part of the Death Benefit Payout Option election is surviving, then we will make one-half of the periodic payment to the contingent payee for the rest of the contingent payee’s life. In this case, payments will stop on the death of the contingent payee. This means that, even if we have made only one payment when the Beneficiary dies, payments will stop unless the contingent payee survives. If the Beneficiary dies after the Death Benefit is applied to the Payout Option but before the first payment, a Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout will never provide the full payment amount. In that case, if the contingent payee agrees, we will reverse the Payout Option election and allow the Beneficiary’s estate to choose a new Payout Option or to take the Death Benefit as a lump sum. A Joint and One-Half Survivor Payout is only available to a Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of the owner.

We will make payments in any other form of Payout Option that is acceptable to us at the time of any election. More than one Payout Option may be elected if the requirements for each Payout Option elected are satisfied. All elected Payout Options must comply with pertinent laws and regulations.

Payments under a Payout Option are calculated and paid as fixed dollar payments. The stream of payments is an obligation of the general account of Great American Life. Fixed dollar payments will remain level for the duration of the payment period. Once payments begin under a Payout Option, the Payout Option may not be changed. Once the Contract value is applied to a Payout Option, the periodic payments cannot be accelerated or converted into a lump sum payment unless we agree.

We will use the 2012 Individual Annuity Reserving Table with projection scale G2 for blended lives (60% female/40% male) with interest at 1% per year, compounded annually, to compute all guaranteed Payout Option factors, values, and benefits under the Contract. For purposes of calculating payments based on the age of a person, we will use his or her age as of his or her last birthday.

58

Considerations in Selecting a Payout Option

Payments under a Payout Option are affected by various factors, including the length of the payment period, the life expectancy of the person on whose life payments are based, and the frequency of the payment interval (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually).

• Generally, the longer the period over which payments are made or the more frequently the payments are made, the lower the amount of each payment because more payments will be made.

• For Life Payout Options, the longer the life expectancy of the Annuitant or Beneficiary, the lower the amount of each payment because more payments are expected to be paid.

Non-Human Payees under a Payout Option

Except as stated below, the primary payee under a Payout Option must be a human being. All payments during his or her life must be made by check payable to the primary payee or by electronic transfer to a bank account owned by the primary payee.

Exceptions. Below are some exceptions to the general rule that the primary payee must be a human being. We may make other exceptions in our discretion.

• A nonhuman that is the Owner of the Contract may be the primary payee. For example, if the Owner is a trust, that trust may be the primary payee.

• Payments may be made payable to another insurance company or financial institution as a tax-free exchange, transfer, or rollover to or for another annuity or tax-qualified account as allowed by federal tax law.

Processing Applications and Requests

Processing Applications and Initial Purchase Payments

We will process an application when we have received both the application and the initial Purchase Payment.

• If that happens on a Market Day before the Market Close, we will process the application and apply the Purchase Payment on that Market Day.

• If that happens on a Market Day after the Market Close or on a day that is not a Market Day, then we will process the application and apply the Purchase Payment on the next Market Day.

We cannot process your application if it is not a Request in Good Order or if we have not received your initial Purchase Payment. Likewise, we cannot apply your initial Purchase Payment if we have not received your application.

If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting your application or sending your initial Purchase Payment.

Processing Additional Purchase Payments

• If we receive an additional Purchase Payment on a Market Day before the Market Close, we will apply it on that Market Day.

• If we receive an additional Purchase Payment on a Market Day after the Market Close or on a day that is not a Market Day, then we will apply it on the next Market Day.

We cannot apply an additional Purchase Payment if we do not have complete instructions from you.

If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before sending an additional Purchase Payment.

Processing Requests

Requests may be made by mail at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati OH 45201-5423. Request by fax may be made at 513-768-5115.

Requests for reallocations among Strategies may be made by telephone at 1-800-789-6771 between 8:00 AM and 4:00 PM Eastern Time Monday through Friday. We may also permit reallocation requests to be made at our website www.GAIGannuities.com. Some selling firms may restrict the ability of their registered representatives to convey reallocation requests by telephone or Internet on your behalf.

59

To obtain one of our forms (for example, a Strategy Selection form or a Withdrawal Request form) or to obtain more information about how to make a request, call us at 1-800-789-6771 or send us a fax at 513-768-5115. You can also request forms or information by mail at Great American Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati OH 45201-5423. You may also obtain forms on our website, www.GAIGannuities.com.

We cannot process a request unless it is a Request in Good Order. A request may be rejected or delayed if it is not a Request in Good Order.

• If we receive a Request in Good Order on a Market Day before the Market Close, we will process it using values determined at the Market Close on that Market Day.

• If we receive a Request in Good Order after the Market Close or on a day that is not a Market Day, then we will treat that request as received at the start of the next Market Day.

If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting the request.

Exception. If a withdrawal under an automatic withdrawal program is scheduled for a date that is not a Market Day, then we will process the withdrawal on the scheduled date using values at the most recent Market Close. For example, if the automatic withdrawal is scheduled for a date that falls on Sunday and there was a Market Close at 4:00 PM on the previous Friday, then we will process the withdrawal on Sunday using values determined at 4:00 PM on that Friday

Market Days and Market Close

A Market Day is each day that all markets that are used to measure available Indexed Strategies are open for regular trading.

• Saturdays, Sundays, holidays and any other day that the New York Stock Exchange and the NYSE Arca are closed are not Market Days.

• The NYSE and the NYSE Arca observe the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

A Market Close is the close of the regular or core trading session on the market used to measure a given Indexed Strategy.

NYSE	NYSE Arca
Regular trading hours usually end at 4:00 PM Eastern Time	Core trading session usually ends at 4:00 PM Eastern Time
Trading hours end at 1:00 PM Eastern Time on the day before the Fourth of July and the Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Eve.	Core trading session ends at 1:00 PM Eastern Time on the day before the Fourth of July and the Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Eve.

Regular trading or a core trading session may end at a different time on a Market Day under certain circumstances when and as permitted under applicable rules. Such circumstances generally cannot be predicted in advance.

Specific information about NYSE and NYSE Arca holidays and trading hours in any given calendar year is available at https://www.nyse.com/markets/hours-calendars.

Receipt of Purchase Payments, Applications and Requests

For purposes of processing, we deem Purchase Payments and applications, Requests in Good Order and other instructions (paperwork) mailed to our post office box as received by us at our administrative office when the Purchase Payment or the paperwork reaches the applicable processing department located at 310 E. 4th Street, Cincinnati OH 45202.

Risks and Limitations Related to Requests by Telephone or Internet

We will use reasonable procedures such as requiring certain identifying information, tape recording the telephone instructions, and providing written confirmation of the transaction, in order to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone, fax, Internet or other means are genuine. Any telephone, fax or Internet instructions reasonably believed by us to be genuine will be your responsibility, including losses arising from any errors in the communication of instructions. As a result of this policy, you will bear the risk of loss. We are not responsible for the validity of any request or action.

Telephone and computer systems may not always be available. Any telephone or computer system, whether it is yours, your service provider’s, your agent’s, or ours, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you experience technical difficulties or problems, you should consider making your request by mail.

60

Suspension of Payments or Transfers

We may be required to suspend or delay payments, withdrawals and reallocations when we cannot obtain an Index Value because:

• the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE Arca is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);

• trading on the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE Arca is restricted;

• an emergency exists such that it is not reasonably practicable to determine fairly the value of the Index; or

• we are permitted to do so under a regulatory order.

Restrictions on Financial Transactions

Federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering might, in certain circumstances, require us to block an Owner’s ability to make certain transactions. This means that we may be required to refuse to accept any request for withdrawals, Surrenders, Annuity Payout Benefit payments or Death Benefit payments, until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We may also be required to provide additional information about you and your Contract to government regulators.

Right to Cancel (Free Look)

If you change your mind about owning the Contract, you can cancel it within 20 days after you receive it. If you purchased this Contract to replace an existing annuity contract or life insurance policy, you have 30 days after you receive it. This is known as a “free look.” The right to cancel period may be longer in some states.

To cancel your Contract, you must submit your request to cancel to the producer who sold it or send it to us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423. If sent to us by mail, it is effective on the date postmarked with proper address and postage paid. Your request to cancel must be in writing and signed by you.

When you cancel the Contract within this free look period, we will not assess an Early Withdrawal Charge. Unless otherwise required by state law, you will receive the Account Value of your Contract on the day that we receive your cancellation request. The amount you receive may be more or less than your Purchase Payment(s) depending upon the amount of interest earned by your Contract during the free look period and any Vested Gain or Loss that applies as of the day that we receive your cancellation request. This means that you bear the risk of any decline in the Account Value of your Contract during the free look period. We do not refund any Daily Charge assessed during the free look period. We do not refund any Early Withdrawal Charges assessed during the free look period that relate to a withdrawal taken before you cancel the Contract.

In certain states, we are required to give back your Purchase Payment(s) if you decide to cancel your Contract during the free look period. If we are required by law to refund your Purchase Payment(s), we reserve the right to hold your Purchase Payment(s) in the Purchase Payment Account until the first Strategy Application Date on or after the end of the free look period. In those states, no interest or Vested Gain will be paid.

Annual Statement and Confirmations

At least once each calendar year, we will send you a statement that will show: (1) your Account Value; (2) all transactions regarding your Contract during the year; and (3) the interest credited to your Contract and Vested Gains and Losses credited to your Contract.

We will also send you written confirmations of Purchase Payments, Strategy allocations and renewals, withdrawals, and other financial transactions under your Contract. Statements and confirmations will be sent to your last known address on our records.

You should promptly report any inaccuracy or discrepancy in a statement or confirmation. To report an inaccuracy or discrepancy, contact us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423, or call us at 1-800-789-6771. To protect your rights, you should consider reconfirming any oral communications by sending a written statement to P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423.

61

Electronic Delivery

You may elect to receive electronic delivery of the Contract prospectus and other Contract related documents. Contact us at our website at GAIGannuities.com for more information and to enroll.

Abandoned Property Requirements

Every state has unclaimed property laws. These laws generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years from: (1) the latest permitted Annuity Payout Initiation Date; or (2) the date of death for which a Death Benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a death benefit has been triggered, but the beneficiary does not come forward to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, the unclaimed property laws will apply.

If a Death Benefit, Annuity Payout Benefit payments or other contract proceeds are unclaimed, we will pay them to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the applicable state. (Escheatment is the formal, legal name for this process.) For example, on an unclaimed Death Benefit, depending on the circumstances, the proceeds are paid: (1) to the state where the beneficiary last resided, as shown on our books and records; (2) to the state where the contract owner last resided, as shown on our books and records; or (3) to Ohio, which is our state of domicile. The state will hold the proceeds without interest until a valid claim is made by the person entitled to the proceeds.

To prevent escheatment of the Death Benefit, Annuity Payout Benefit payments, or other proceeds from your Contract, it is important:

• to update your contact information, such as your address, phone number, and email address, if and as it changes; and

• to update your Beneficiary and other designations, including complete names, complete addresses, phone numbers, and social security numbers, if and as they change.

Please contact us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423, or call us at 1-800-789-6771, to make such updates.

State unclaimed property laws do not apply to annuity contracts that are held under an employer retirement plan that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

Owner

The Owner on the Contract Effective Date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page. The Owner possesses all of the ownership rights under a Contract, such as making allocations among the Strategies, electing a Payout Option, and designating a Beneficiary.

If an Owner is a trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity, then the age of the eldest Annuitant is treated as the age of the Owner for all purposes of this Contract.

Joint Owners

• For a Nonqualified Contract. Two persons may jointly own the Contract. In this case, the term “Owner” includes the joint Owner and you must exercise all rights of ownership by joint action.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. No joint owner is permitted.

Change of Owner

• For a Nonqualified Contract. You may change the Owner at any time during your lifetime. A change of Owner cancels all prior Beneficiary designations. It does not cancel a designation of an Annuitant or a Payout Option election.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. You cannot change the Owner except to the limited extent permitted by the tax qualification endorsement.

A change of Owner must be made by a Request in Good Order. A change of Owner may have adverse tax consequences.

Assignment

• For a Nonqualified Contract. You may assign all or any part of your rights under this Contract except your rights to designate or change a Beneficiary or an Annuitant, to change Owners, or to elect a Payout Option.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. You cannot assign your rights under this Contract except to the limited extent permitted by the tax qualification endorsement.

An assignment must be made by a Request in Good Order. We are not responsible for the validity of any assignment. An assignment may have adverse tax consequences.

62

The rights of a person holding an assignment, including the right to any payment under this Contract, come before the rights of an Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary, or other payee. An assignment may be ended only the person holding it or as provided by law.

Successor Owner

Your spouse becomes the successor owner of the Contract and succeeds to all rights of ownership if all of the following requirements are met:

• a Death Benefit is payable on account of your death;

• the sole Beneficiary under the Contract is your spouse or a revocable trust or custodial account created by your spouse;

• either you make that election by a Request in Good Order before your death or your spouse makes that election by a Request in Good Order before the Death Benefit Payment Date; and

• you were not a successor owner of the Contract.

A successor owner election cancels all prior Beneficiary designations. It does not cancel a designation of an Annuitant or a Payout Option election.

In some states, state law extends this successor owner right to a civil union partner or other person who is not your spouse as defined by federal tax law. In that case, distributions after your death must be made as required by the Death Benefit Distributions Rules described in the Death Benefit section above.

Community Property

If you live in a community property state and have a spouse at any time while you own this Contract, the laws of that state may vary your ownership rights.

Annuitant

The Annuitant is the natural person on whose life Annuity Payout Benefit payments are based. The Annuitant on the Contract Effective Date is set out on your Contract Specifications Page.

• For a Nonqualified Contract. The Annuitant cannot be changed at any time that the Contract is owned by a trust, custodial account, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other entity. Otherwise, you may change a designation of Annuitant at any time before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

• For a Tax Qualified Contract. The Annuitant must be the natural person covered under the retirement arrangement for whose benefit the Contract is held.

A change of Annuitant must be made by a Request in Good Order. A change of Annuitant does not cancel a designation of a Beneficiary or a Payout Option election.

If an Annuitant dies before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date and no Death Benefit is payable, then in the absence of a new designation, the Annuitant will be:

• the surviving joint Annuitant(s); or if none

• the Owner(s).

Beneficiary

A Beneficiary is a person entitled to receive all or part of a Death Benefit that is to be paid under this Contract on account of a death before the Annuity Payout Initiation Date.

• If a Death Benefit becomes payable on account of your death or the death of a joint Owner, then the surviving Owner is the Beneficiary no matter what other designation you may have made.

• In all other cases, you may designate a person or person who will be the Beneficiaries as provided in the Designation of Beneficiary provision of the Contract.

• If no designated Beneficiary is surviving, then the Beneficiary is your estate.

• If the sole Beneficiary under the Contract is your spouse or a revocable trust or custodial account created by your spouse and all other requirements for successor ownership are met, then your spouse may become the successor owner of the Contract in lieu of receiving the Death Benefit.

63

A designation of Beneficiary must be made by a Request in Good Order. We must receive the request on or before the date of death for which a Death Benefit is payable.

• You may designate two or more persons jointly as the Beneficiaries. Unless you state otherwise, joint Beneficiaries that are surviving are entitled to equal shares.

• You may designate one or more persons as contingent Beneficiary. Unless you state otherwise, a contingent Beneficiary is entitled to a benefit only if there is no primary Beneficiary who that is surviving.

Survivorship Required

In order to be entitled to receive a Death Benefit, a Beneficiary must survive for at least 30 days after the death for which the Death Benefit is payable.

If you designate your spouse as a Beneficiary and your marriage ends before your death, we will treat your former spouse as having predeceased you unless:

• a court order provides that the former spouse’s rights as a beneficiary are to continue; or

• the former spouse remains or becomes an Owner.

Other Contract Provisions

Amendment of the Contract

We reserve the right to amend the Contract to comply with applicable Federal or state laws or regulations. We will notify you in writing of any such amendments.

Misstatement

We may require proof of the age of the Annuitant, Owner and/or the Beneficiary before making any payments under the Contract that are measured by such person’s life. If the age of the measuring life has been misstated, the amount payable will be the amount that would have been provided at the correct age. If payments based on the correct age would have been higher, we will pay the underpaid amount with interest. If payments would be lower, we may deduct the overpaid amount, with interest, from succeeding payments.

Involuntary Termination

If your Account Value on any anniversary of the initial Strategy Application Date is below the minimum value of $5,000 for any reason, we may terminate your Contract on that anniversary. If your Contract has Terms that end on the same date because you made only one Purchase Payment, any involuntary termination will occur on that date. If your Contract has Terms that end on different dates because you made more than one Purchase Payment, any involuntary termination will occur on one of those dates, which will be the end of one Term but not the end of the other Terms. In this case, the Surrender Value payable upon termination of your Contract will reflect the Vested Gains and Vested Losses used to calculate the values of Indexed Strategies with Terms that are not ending on the termination date.

Loans

Loans are not available under the Contract.

State Variations

This prospectus describes the material features of the Contract. Contracts issued in your state may provide different features and benefits from, and impose different costs than, those described in this prospectus because of state law variations. However, please note that the maximum charge is set forth in this prospectus. If you would like to review a copy of the Contract and any endorsements, contact us at P.O. Box 5423, Cincinnati, OH 45201-5423, visit our website at GAIGannuities.com or call us at 1-800-789-6771.

The following information is a summary of material state variations as of the date of this prospectus.

General

For Contracts Issued in Illinois and New Jersey: References to “spouse” have been changed to “spouse or civil union partner.”

64

Availability of Strategies

For Contract Issued in Michigan: We will not eliminate the Indexed Strategies set out on your Contract Specifications page at the end of any Term and such Indexed Strategies will be available for renewals and reallocations at the end of each Term.

Extended Care Waiver Rider. The table below summarizes material state variations related to the rider.

For Contracts Issued in:	Variations in Extended Care Waiver Rider
California	The Waiver of Early Withdrawal Charges for Facility Care or Home Care or Community-Based Services Rider (CA Rider) replaces the Extended Care Waiver Rider. The CA Rider provides a waiver under an expanded set of circumstances. The waiver will apply if, at the time of the withdrawal or surrender, or within the immediately preceding 90 days, the following conditions are met: (1) the insured is confined in a facility or is receiving, as prescribed by a physician, registered nurse or licensed social worker, home care or community-based services; (2) the insured’s confinement in a facility, the insured’s receipt of home care or community-based services, or any combination thereof has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days; and (3) the first day of such 90-day period was at least one year after the contract effective date. Facility includes a skilled nursing facility, a convalescent nursing home, or an extended care facility or a residential care facility or a residential care facility for the elderly. Home care or community-based services includes home health care, adult day care, personal care, homemaker services, hospice services and respite care as defined in the rider. Additional conforming changes have been made including revised and new definitions, and inclusion of a description of circumstances under which the waiver does not apply. The termination provision has been modified to reflect that the rider will not terminate if you transfer or assign an interest in the contract to a person or entity other than the insured.
Connecticut	The conditions under which the waiver applies have been modified. The waiver will apply if at the time of a withdrawal or surrender or within the immediately preceding 90 days all of the following conditions are met: (1) an insured is confined in a long-term care facility or hospital; and (2) the confinement has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days.
Kansas	The conditions under which the waiver applies have been modified. The first day of confinement must be at least 90 days after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date.
Massachusetts and Missouri	This waiver rider in not available in Massachusetts or Missouri.
Montana	The definition of medically necessary has been modified and refers to the insured’s physician.
Nebraska	The definition of skilled nursing facility has been modified by adding a licensed practical nurse to the list of persons who may provide nursing services or supervise the provision of nursing services.
New Hampshire	The definition of skilled nursing facility has been modified by changing the phrase “licensed and operated as a skilled nursing facility” to “operated as a skilled nursing facility.”
Pennsylvania	The conditions under which the waiver is available have been modified. The waiver will apply if at the time of a withdrawal or surrender or within the immediately preceding 90 days all of the following conditions are met: (1) an insured is confined in one or more long-term care facilities, hospital, or a combination of such; (2) the confinement is prescribed by a physician and is medically necessary; (3) the first day of the confinement is at least one year after the contract effective date; and (4) the confinement has continued for a period of at least 90 consecutive days, or has continued for a total of at least 90 days if each successive confinement occurs within six months of the previous confinement and is for the same related medical cause. The definition of long-term care facility has been modified. The following facilities have been deleted from the list of facilities excluded from that definition: a facility that primarily treats drug addicts and a facility that is a home for the mentally ill. An exclusion provision has been added to clarify that the waiver will not apply if the insured is confined in a long-term care facility or hospital for the treatment of certain types of drug addiction or mental illnesses. The definition of hospital has been modified by changing the phrase “it maintains, or has access to, medical, diagnostic, and major surgical facilities” to “it maintains, or has access to, medical and diagnostic facilities.”
Vermont	The definition of long-term care facility has been modified. The following facilities have been deleted from the list of excluded facilities: a facility that primarily treats drug addicts, a facility that primarily treats alcoholics, and a facility that is a home for the mentally ill. The definition of physician has been modified by changing the phrase “a person who is licensed in the United States as a medical doctor or a doctor of osteopathy and who is practicing within the scope of his or her license” to “a person who is licensed in the United States who is providing medical care and treatment when such services are provided within the scope of his or her license and provided pursuant to applicable law.”

65

For Contracts Issued in:

Variations in Extended Care Waiver Rider

Washington

The waiver is based on confinement to an extended care facility or hospital rather than a long-term care facility or hospital. Definitions are modified to reflect the new terminology, references to “skilled nursing facility” are changed to “nursing facility” and the related definition is modified. In the definition of nursing facility and hospital, a licensed practical nurse is added to the list of persons who may provide nursing services or supervise the provision of nursing services.

Terminal Illness Waiver Rider. The table below summarizes material state variations related to the rider.

For Contracts Issued in:	Variations in Terminal Illness Waiver Rider
Illinois, Kansas, Washington	As a result of the terminal illness, your life expectancy must be 24 months from the date of death, rather than 12 months.
Kansas	The diagnosis must be rendered 90 days after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date.
New Jersey	The requirement related to the timing of the diagnosis does not apply. But the waiver will not be available until at least one year after the contract effective date.
Massachusetts	This waiver rider in not available in Massachusetts.
Pennsylvania	The diagnosis must be rendered after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date. But the waiver will not be available until at least one year after the contract effective date. The waiver is based on a terminal condition as defined in the rider, rather than a terminal illness.
Texas	The diagnosis must be rendered on or after the contract effective date, rather than one year after the contract effective date.

Form of Annuity Payout Benefit

For Contracts Issued in Texas: Payments under a Payout Option are subject to a $50 minimum.

Right to Cancel (Free Look)

State law governs the length of the free look period and the amount of the refund that you will receive. The table below summarizes the state law provisions.

For Contracts Issued in:	Free Look Period and Refund	Replacement Situations: Free Look Period and Refund
Alabama, Colorado, Hawaii, Iowa, Maine, Mississippi, Montana, New Mexico, Ohio, Oregon, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia	20 days Account Value	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Alaska, Arizona, Connecticut, Illinois, Kansas, Michigan, New Jersey, North Dakota, South Dakota	20 days Account Value + Fees/Charges	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Arkansas, District of Columbia, Pennsylvania	20 days Account Value	30 days Account Value
Delaware, Indiana, Massachusetts, Tennessee	20 days Account Value	30 days Purchase Payments
Georgia, Idaho, Missouri, Nevada, Oklahoma, Utah	20 days Purchase Payments	30 days Purchase Payments
Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Nebraska, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas	20 days Purchase Payments	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
California	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges If owner is age 60 or older, refund amount is Purchase Payments	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges If owner is age 60 or older, refund amount is Purchase Payments
Florida	21 days Account Value + Fees/Charges	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Minnesota	20 days Account Value + Fees/Charges	30 days Purchase Payments

66

For Contracts Issued in:	Free Look Period and Refund	Replacement Situations: Free Look Period and Refund
Washington	20 days Greater of: (1) Purchase Payments or (2) Account Value minus taxes	30 days Purchase Payments
Wisconsin	30 days Account Value	30 days Account Value + Fees/Charges
Wyoming	20 days Account Value	30 days Greater of: (1) Purchase Payments or (2) Account Value + Fees/Charges

Assignment

For Contracts Issued in Ohio: Subject to the tax qualifications endorsement, if any, you may assign your rights to designate or change a Beneficiary or an Annuitant, to change Owners, or to elect a Payout Option if you make a specific Request in Good Order.

Amendment of the Contract

For Contracts Issued in Florida and Texas: You have the right to reject an endorsement that changes the provisions of this Contract to obtain or retain the intended tax treatment under federal tax law, or to take into account other pertinent laws and governmental regulations and rulings. We will not be responsible for the tax or other consequences of your rejection.

Involuntary Termination

For Contracts Issued in Texas: Our right to terminate this Contract is not tied to the minimum required value. We have the right to terminate this Contract if the Account Value would provide a benefit of less than $20 each month at age 70 under a life payout with payments for at least a fixed period of 10 years.

Index Replacement

We may replace an Index if it is discontinued or we are no longer able to use it, its calculation changes substantially, or we determine that hedging instruments are difficult to acquire or the cost of hedging becomes excessive. We may do so at the end of a Term or during a Term. We will notify you in writing at least 30 days before we replace an Index.

We would attempt to choose a replacement Index that is similar to the old Index. To determine if a new Index is similar, we will consider factors such as asset class, Index composition, strategy or methodology inherent to the Index and Index liquidity.

If we replace an Index during a Term, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the old Index up until the replacement date. After the replacement date, we will calculate Vested Gains and Losses using the new Index, but with a modified start of Term value for the new Index. The modified start of Term value for the new Index will reflect the Index Change for the old Index from the start of the Term to the replacement date.

If we replace an Index, the applicable Maximum Gain and Bailout Trigger for the Term, the applicable Maximum Loss or Buffer, and the Vesting Factors will not change.

Example. This example is intended to show how we would calculate Vested Gain or Loss on any day during a Term if we have replaced an Index during the Term. This example assumes: (1) you allocate $50,000 to a Growth/-10% Floor Strategy; and (2) the replacement is made on day 90 of the Term. To simplify the example, we assume that you take no withdrawals during the Term.

Index Change on Replacement Date for Old Index
Old Index Value at Term Start	1000
Old Index Value on Replacement Date	1050
Old Index Change on Replacement Date	(1050 - 1000) / 1,000 = 5%

67

The 5% Index Change on the Replacement Date is then used to calculate the modified start of Term value for the new Index.

Modified Start of Term Value for New Index
Old Index Change on Replacement Date	5%
New Index Value on Replacement Date	1785
Modified Start of Term Value for New Index	1785 / (100% + 5%) = 1700

The modified start of Term value for the new Index is then used to calculate the Strategy value on any date after the replacement date, including the value at the Term end.

Strategy Value at Term End
Daily Charges through Term End	$50,000 x 0.50% = $250
Remaining Investment Base at Term End	$50,000 - $250 = $49,750
Modified Start of Term Value for New Index	1700
Value of New Index at Term End	1853
Positive Index Change	(1853 - 1,700) / 1700) = 9%
Maximum Gain	Gain of 8%
Positive Index Change Limited by Maximum Gain	8%
Vesting Factor for Positive Index Change at Term End	100%
Vested Gain as a Percentage	8% x 100% = 8%
Vested Gain in Dollars	$49,750 x 8% = $3,980
Strategy Value at Term End	$49,750 + $3,980 = $53,730

Federal Tax Considerations

This section provides a general description of federal income tax considerations relating to the Contracts. The purchase, holding and transfer of a Contract may have federal estate and gift tax consequences in addition to income tax consequences. Estate and gift taxation is not discussed in this prospectus. State taxation will vary, depending on the state in which you reside, and is not discussed in this prospectus.

The tax information provided in this prospectus is not intended or written to be used as legal or tax advice. It is written solely to provide general information related to the sale and holding of the Contracts. You should seek advice on legal or tax questions based on your particular circumstances from an attorney or tax advisor who is not affiliated with Great American Life.

Tax Deferral on Annuities

Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 72 governs taxation of annuities in general. The income earned on a Contract is generally not included in income until it is withdrawn from the Contract. In other words, a Contract is a tax-deferred investment. Tax deferral is not available for a Contract when an Owner is not a natural person unless the Contract is part of a tax-qualified retirement plan or the Owner is a mere agent for a natural person. For a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, this rule means that the employer as Owner of the Contract will generally be taxed currently on any increase in the Surrender Value, although the plan itself may provide a tax deferral to the participating employee.

Under certain circumstances, based on a rule known as the “Investor Control Doctrine,” the IRS has stated that the holder of an annuity contract could be treated as the owner (for tax purposes) of the assets of a separate account that supports the annuity contract. If you were treated as the owner of an interest in the separate account, then you would be taxed on the income, gain, and loss arising out of your interest in the separate account. Although the IRS has not provided definitive guidance on the application of this rule to indexed annuity contracts, we do not believe that this rule applies to the Contract because you have no specific, fractional, or unitized interest in the separate account assets, we are not obligated to invest the separate account in any particular assets, the investment return and market value of the separate account assets is not allocated in an identical manner to any Contract, the Contract values are determined based on gains and losses regardless of the performance of the separate account assets, and the derivatives that we may hold in the separate account are not publicly traded.

Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans

Annuities may also qualify for tax-deferred treatment, or serve as a funding vehicle, under tax-qualified retirement plans that are governed by other IRC provisions. These provisions include IRC Section 401 (pension, profit sharing, and 401(k) plans), IRC

68

Section 403(b) (tax-sheltered annuities), IRC Sections 408 and 408A (individual retirement annuities), and IRC Section 457(b) (governmental deferred compensation plans). Tax-deferral is generally also available under these tax-qualified retirement plans through the use of a trust or custodial account without the use of an annuity.

The tax law rules governing tax-qualified retirement plans and the treatment of amounts held and distributed under such plans are complex. If the Contract is to be used in connection with a tax-qualified retirement plan, including an individual retirement annuity (“IRA”) under a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) Plan, you should seek competent legal and tax advice regarding the suitability of the Contract for your particular situation.

Contributions to a tax-qualified Contract are typically made with pre-tax dollars, while contributions to other Contracts are typically made from after-tax dollars, though there are exceptions in either case. Tax-qualified Contracts may also be subject to restrictions on withdrawals that do not apply to other Contracts. These restrictions may be imposed to meet the requirements of the IRC or of an employer plan.

Following is a brief description of the types of tax-qualified retirement plans for which the Contracts are available.

Individual Retirement Annuities. IRC Sections 219 and 408 permit certain individuals or their employers to contribute to an individual retirement arrangement known as an “Individual Retirement Annuity” or “IRA”. Under applicable limitations, an individual may claim a tax deduction for certain contributions to an IRA. Contributions made to an IRA for an employee under a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) Plan or Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE) established by an employer are not includable in the gross income of the employee until distributed from the IRA. Distributions from an IRA are taxable to the extent that they represent contributions for which a tax deduction was claimed, contributions made under a SEP plan or SIMPLE, or income earned within the IRA.

Roth IRAs. IRC Section 408A permits certain individuals to contribute to a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not tax deductible. Tax-free distributions of contributions may be made at any time. Distributions of earnings are tax-free following the five-year period beginning with the first year for which a Roth IRA contribution was made if the Owner has attained age 59 1/2, become disabled, or died, or for qualified first-time homebuyer expenses.

Tax-Sheltered Annuities. IRC Section 403(b) of permits public schools and charitable, religious, educational, and scientific organizations described in IRC Section 501(c)(3) to establish “tax-sheltered annuity” or “TSA” plans for their employees. TSA contributions and Contract earnings are generally not included in the gross income of the employee until distributed from the TSA. Amounts attributable to contributions made under a salary reduction agreement cannot be distributed until the employee attains age 59 1/2, severs employment, becomes disabled, incurs a hardship, is eligible for a qualified reservist distribution, or dies. The IRC and the plan may impose additional restrictions on distributions.

Pension, Profit-Sharing, and 401(k) Plans. IRC Section 401 permits employers to establish various types of retirement plans for employees, and permits self-employed individuals to establish such plans for themselves and their employees. These plans may use annuity contracts to fund plan benefits. Generally, contributions are deductible to the employer in the year made, and contributions and earnings are generally not included in the gross income of the employee until distributed from the plan. The IRC and the plan may impose restrictions on distributions. Purchasers of a Contract for use with such plans should seek competent advice regarding the suitability of the Contract under the particular plan.

Governmental Eligible Deferred Compensation Plans. State and local government employers may purchase annuity contracts to fund eligible deferred compensation plans for their employees, as described in IRC Section 457(b). Contributions and earnings are generally not included in the gross income of the employee until the employee receives distributions from the plan. Amounts cannot be distributed until the employee attains age 70 1/2, severs employment, becomes disabled, incurs an unforeseeable emergency, or dies. The plan may impose additional restrictions on distributions.

Roth TSAs, Roth 401(k)s, and Roth 457(b)s. IRC Section 402A permits TSA plans, 401(k) plans, and governmental 457(b) plans to allow participating employees to designate some part or all of their future elective contributions as Roth contributions. Roth contributions to a TSA plan, 401(k) plan, or governmental 457(b) plan are included in the employee’s taxable income as earned. Amounts attributable to Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) contributions must be held in a separate account from amounts attributable to traditional pre-tax TSA, 401(k), or 457(b) contributions. Distributions from a Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) account are considered to come proportionally from contributions and earnings. Distributions attributable to Roth account contributions are tax-free. Distributions attributable to Roth account earnings are tax-free following the five-year period beginning with the first year for which Roth contributions are made to the plan if the employee has attained age 59 1/2, become

69

disabled, or died. A Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) account is subject to the same distribution restrictions that apply to amounts attributable to traditional pre-tax TSA, 401(k), or 457(b) contributions made under a salary reduction agreement. The plan may impose additional restrictions on distributions.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

Employers may invest in annuity contracts in connection with unfunded deferred compensation plans for their employees. Such plans may include eligible deferred compensation plans of non-governmental tax-exempt employers, as described in IRC Section 457(b); deferred compensation plans of both governmental and nongovernmental tax-exempt employers that are taxed under IRC Section 457(f) and subject to Section 409A; and nonqualified deferred compensation plans of for-profit employers subject to Section 409A. In most cases, these plans are designed so that amounts credited under the plan will not be includable in the employees’ gross income until paid under the plan. In these situations, the annuity contracts are not plan assets and are subject to the claims of the employer’s general creditors. Whether or not made from the Contract, plan benefit payments are subject to restrictions imposed by the IRC and the plan.

Summary of Income Tax Rules

The following chart summarizes the basic income tax rules governing tax-qualified retirement plans, nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and other non-tax-qualified Contracts.

	Tax-Qualified Contracts and Plans	Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans	Other Non-Tax-Qualified Contracts
Plan Types	• IRC §408 (IRA, SEP, SIMPLE IRA) • IRC §408A (Roth IRA) • IRC §403(b) (Tax-Sheltered Annuity) • IRC §401 (Pension, Profit– Sharing, 401(k)) • Governmental IRC §457(b) • IRC §402A (Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b))	• IRC §409A • Nongovernmental IRC §457(b) • IRC §457(f)	• IRC §72 only
Who May Purchase a Contract	Eligible employee, employer, or employer plan.	Employer on behalf of eligible employee. Employer generally loses tax-deferred status of Contract itself.	Anyone. Non-natural person will generally lose tax-deferred status.
Contribution Limits	Contributions are limited by IRC and/or plan requirements.		None.
Distribution Restrictions	Distributions from Contract and/or plan may be restricted to meet IRC and/or plan requirements.		None.
Taxation of Withdrawals, Surrenders, and Lump Sum Death Benefit	Generally, 100% of distributions must be included in taxable income. However, the portion that represents an after-tax investment is not taxable. Distributions from Roth IRA are deemed to come first from after- tax contributions. Distributions from other plans are generally deemed to come from income and after-tax investment (if any) on a pro-rata basis. Distributions from §408A Roth IRA or §402A Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) are completely tax free if certain requirements are met. For tax purposes, all IRAs and SEP IRAs of an owner are treated as a single IRA, and all Roth IRAs of an owner are treated as a single Roth IRA.		Generally, distributions must be included in taxable income until all accumulated earnings are paid out. Thereafter, distributions are tax-free return of the original investment. However, distributions are tax-free until any investment made before August 14, 1982 is returned. For tax purposes, all non-tax-qualified annuity contracts issued to the same owner by the same insurer in the same calendar year are treated as one contract.

70

	Tax-Qualified Contracts and Plans	Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans	Other Non-Tax-Qualified Contracts
Taxation of Payout Option Payments (Annuity Benefit or Death Benefit)	A percentage of each payment is tax free equal to the ratio of after-tax investment (if any) to the total expected payments, and the balance is included in taxable income. Once the after-tax investment has been recovered, the full amount of each benefit payment is included in taxable income. Distributions from a Roth IRA, Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b) are completely tax free if certain requirements are met.
Possible Penalty Taxes for Distributions Before Age 59 1/2	Taxable portion of payments made before age 59 1/2 may be subject to 10% penalty tax (or 25% for a SIMPLE IRA during the first two years of participation). Penalty taxes do not apply to payments after the participant’s death, or to §457 plans. Other exceptions may apply.	None.	Taxable portion of payments made before age 59 1/2 may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. Penalty taxes do not apply to payments after the Owner’s death. Other exceptions may apply.
Assignment/ Transfer of Contract	Assignment and transfer of Ownership generally not permitted.		Generally, deferred earnings taxable to transferor upon transfer or assignment. Gift tax consequences are not discussed herein.
Federal Income Tax Withholding	Eligible rollover distributions from §401, §403(b), and governmental §457(b) plans are subject to 20% mandatory withholding on taxable portion unless direct rollover. For other payments, Payee may generally elect to have taxes withheld or not.	Generally subject to wage withholding.	Generally, Payee may elect to have taxes withheld or not.

Rollovers, Transfers, and Exchanges

Amounts from a tax-qualified Contract may be rolled over, transferred, or exchanged into another tax-qualified account or retirement plan as permitted by the IRC and plan(s). Amounts may be rolled over, transferred, or exchanged into a tax-qualified Contract from another tax-qualified account or retirement plan as permitted by the IRC and plan(s). In most cases, such a rollover, transfer, or exchange is not taxable, unless the rollover of pre-tax amounts is made into a Roth IRA, a Roth TSA, Roth 401(k), or Roth 457(b). Rollovers, transfers, and exchanges are not subject to normal contribution limits. The IRC or plan may require that rollovers be held in a separate Contract from other plan funds.

Amounts from a non-tax-qualified Contract may be transferred to another non-tax-qualified annuity or to a qualified long-term care policy as a tax-free exchange as permitted by the IRC Section 1035. Amounts from another non-tax-qualified annuity or from a life insurance or endowment policy may be transferred to a Contract as a tax-free exchange under IRC Section 1035.

Required Distributions

The Contracts are subject to the required distribution rules of federal tax law. These rules vary based on the tax qualification of the Contract or the plan under which it is issued.

For a tax-qualified Contract other than a Roth IRA, required minimum distributions must generally begin by April 1 following attainment of age 72 (age 70 1/2 if born before July 1, 1950). However, for a 403(b) Tax-Sheltered Annuity Plan, a 401 Pension, Profit-Sharing, or 401(k) Plan, or a 457(b) Governmental Deferred Compensation Plan, a participant who is not a 5% owner of the employer may delay required minimum distributions until April 1 following the year in which the participant retires from that employer. The required minimum distributions during life are calculated based on standard life expectancy tables adopted under federal tax law.

71

For a Roth IRA or for a Contract that is not tax-qualified, there are no required distributions during life.

A tax-qualified Contract must make required distributions after death. The required distributions vary depending on the type of beneficiary. Some beneficiaries may take payments over life or life expectancy, and others must receive all benefits within five or ten years after death. A non-tax-qualified Contract that has begun making payments under a payout option during the Owner’s life must make any remaining payments at least as rapidly after death. If payments from a non-tax-qualified Contract have not begun, then the death benefit must be paid out in full within five years after death, or must be paid out in substantially equal payments beginning within one year of death over a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary.

For a traditional IRA, a Roth IRA, or a Contract that is not tax-qualified, a beneficiary who is a surviving spouse may elect out of these requirements, and apply the required distribution rules as if the Contract were his or her own. For this purpose, federal tax law recognizes as married any two people whose marriage is valid in the state in which it was celebrated. A civil union or domestic partnership is not considered a marriage.

Premium and Other Taxes

We reserve the right to deduct from the Purchase Payment or Account Value any taxes relating to the Contract paid by us to any government entity (including, but not limited to, premium taxes, additional taxes, and maintenance taxes on insurers, Federal, state and local withholding of income, estate, inheritance, or other taxes required by law from annuity purchase payments, and any new or increased taxes on insurers or annuity purchase payments that may be enacted into law).

Currently some state governments impose premium taxes, additional taxes, and maintenance taxes on insurers based on annuity purchase payments received or applied to an annuity payout benefit. These taxes currently range from zero to 3.5% depending upon the jurisdiction and the tax qualification of the Contract. A federal premium tax has been proposed but not enacted. We may deduct any such premium or other taxes from the Purchase Payments or the Account Value at the time that the tax is imposed. We may also deduct any such tax not previously deducted from the Annuity Payout Value or Death Benefit Value.

We reserve the right to deduct from the Contract for any income taxes that we incur because of the Contract. At the present time, however, we are not incurring any such income tax or making any such deductions.

Distribution of the Contracts

Great American Advisors, LLC. (“GAA”) is the principal underwriter and distributor of the securities offered through this prospectus. GALIC and GAA are affiliated because GAA is a subsidiary of GALIC. GAA also acts as the principal underwriter and distributor of the variable annuity contracts that are issued by one of our subsidiaries.

GAA’s principal executive offices are located at 301 E Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. GAA is registered as a broker- dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as the securities regulators in the states in which it operates and registration is required. GAA is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

Contracts are sold by licensed insurance agents (the “Selling Agents”) in those states where the Contract may be lawfully sold. Such Selling Agents will be appointed agents of GALIC and will be registered representatives of broker-dealer firms (the “Selling Broker-Dealers”) that have entered into selling agreements with us and GAA. Selling Broker-Dealers will be registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will be members of FINRA.

FINRA provides background information about broker-dealers and their registered representatives through FINRA BrokerCheck. You may contact the FINRA BrokerCheck Hotline at 1-800-289-9999, or log on to www.finra.org to learn more about GAA, your Selling Agent, and his or her Selling Broker Dealer.

GAA receives no compensation for acting as underwriter of the Contracts; however, GALIC pays for some of GAA’s operating and other expenses, including overhead and legal and accounting fees. GALIC may reimburse GAA for certain sales expenses, such as marketing materials and advertising expenses, and other expenses of distributing the Contracts.

GALIC or GAA pay the Selling Broker-Dealers compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contract. The Selling Agents who solicit sales of the Contract typically receive a portion of the compensation paid to the Selling Broker-Dealers in the form of commissions or other compensation, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and the Selling Agent.

72

The amount and timing of commissions paid to Selling Broker-Dealers may vary depending on the selling agreement but is not expected to be more than 9.2% of each Purchase Payment. In most cases, such amounts paid to a Selling Broker-Dealer will be divided between the Selling Agent and the Selling Broker-Dealer. Some Selling Broker-Dealers may elect to receive a lower commission when a Purchase Payment is made, along with annual trail commissions up to 1.5% of Account Value for so long as a contract remains in effect or as agreed in the selling agreement. GALIC may pay or allow other promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or other compensation to the extent permitted by FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations.

GALIC also may pay compensation to wholesaling broker-dealers or other firms or intermediaries in return for wholesaling services such as providing marketing and sales support, product training, and administrative services to the Selling Agents of the Selling Broker-Dealers. These allowances may be based on a percentage of a Purchase Payment.

In addition to the compensation described above, GALIC may make additional cash payments, in certain circumstances referred to as “override” compensations, or reimbursements to Selling Broker-Dealers in recognition of their marketing and distribution, transaction processing and/or administrative services support. These payments are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers, and the terms of any particular agreement governing the payments may vary among Selling Broker-Dealers depending on, among other things, the level and type of marketing and distribution support provided. Marketing and distribution support services may include, among other services, placement of GALIC’s products on the Selling Broker-Dealers’ preferred or recommended list, increased access to the Selling Broker-Dealers’ registered representatives for purposes of promoting sales of GALIC products, assistance in training and education of the Selling Agents, and opportunities for GALIC and GAA to participate in sales conferences and educational seminars. The payments or reimbursements may be calculated as a percentage of the particular Selling Broker-Dealer’s actual or expected aggregate sales of our indexed annuity contracts (including the Contract) and/or may be a fixed dollar amount. Broker-dealers receiving these additional payments may pass on some or all of the payments to the Selling Agents.

You should ask your Selling Agent for further information about the commissions or other compensation that he or she, or the Selling Broker-Dealer for which he or she works, may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract.

There is no front-end sales load deducted from the Purchase Payment(s) to pay sales commissions. Commissions and other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to you. We intend to recoup at least a portion of the sales commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges deducted under the Contract.

Great American Life’s General Account

Our general account (the “General Account”) holds all our assets other than assets in our insulated separate accounts. We own our General Account assets, and, subject to applicable law, have sole investment discretion over them. The assets are subject to our general business operation liabilities and claims of our creditors and may lose value. Our General Account assets fund the guarantees provided in the Contracts.

We must invest our assets according to applicable state laws regarding the nature, quality and diversification of investments that may be made by life insurance companies. In general, these laws permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain qualifications, in Federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate bonds, preferred and common stocks, real estate mortgages, real estate and certain other investments.

We place a majority of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract in our General Account where we primarily invest the assets in a variety of fixed income securities.

We place a portion of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract in a non-unitized separate account (the “Separate Account”) that is not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We established and maintain the Separate Account pursuant to the laws of our domiciliary state for the purpose of supporting our obligation to adjust Indexed Strategy values for Vested Gains and Losses associated with the Indexed Strategies. The assets of the Separate Account are held in our name on behalf of the Separate Account and legally belong to us. The assets in the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business that we conduct. We may invest these assets in hedging instruments, including derivative contracts as well as other assets permitted under state law. To support our obligations to adjust Indexed Strategy values for Vested Gains and Losses associated with the Indexed Strategies, we may move money between the Separate Account and our General Account.

73

Contract owners do not have any interest in or claim on the assets in the Separate Account nor do Contract owners participate in any way in the performance of assets held in the Separate Account.

Legal Matters

Reliance on Rule 12h-7

Great American Life relies on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of the 1934 Act from the requirement to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of that Act.

Legal Proceedings

Great American Life and its subsidiaries are involved in litigation from time to time, generally arising in the ordinary course of business. This litigation may include, but is not limited to, general commercial disputes, lawsuits brought by contract owners and policyholders, employment matters, reinsurance collection matters and actions challenging certain business practices of insurance subsidiaries. Also, from time to time, state and federal regulators or other officials conduct formal and informal examinations or undertake other actions dealing with various aspects of the financial services and insurance industries. It is not possible to predict with certainty the ultimate outcome of any pending legal proceeding or regulatory action. However, Great American Life does not believe any such action or proceeding will have a material adverse effect upon its ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

Legal Opinion on Contracts

Legal matters in connection with federal laws and regulations affecting the issue and sale of the Contracts described in this prospectus and the organization of Great American Life, its authority to issue such Contracts under Ohio law, and the validity of the forms of the Contracts under Ohio law have been passed on by John P. Gruber, General Counsel of Great American Life.

Securities and Exchange Commission Position on Indemnification

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Great American Life pursuant to its articles of incorporation or its code of regulations or pursuant to any insurance coverage or otherwise, Great American Life has been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is therefore unenforceable.

Experts

[The consolidated financial statements and the accompanying financial statement schedule of Great American Life Insurance Company at December 31, 2020, and 2019, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.]

The Registration Statement

We filed a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Contracts offered by this prospectus. This prospectus was filed as a part of the Registration Statement, but it does not constitute the complete Registration Statement. The Registration Statement contains further information relating to the Company and the Contracts. The Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto may be inspected and copied at the office of the Securities and Exchange Commission, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., and may also be accessed at www.sec.gov. The Securities and Exchange Commission file number for the Contract is 333-                    .

Statements in this prospectus discussing the content of the Contracts and other legal instruments are summaries. The actual documents are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement. For a complete statement of the terms of the Contracts or any other legal document, refer to the appropriate exhibit to the Registration Statement.

74

SECTION II

GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INFORMATION

[To be added by amendment]

75

PART II — INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following is a list of the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the securities being offered.

Estimated Accounting Fees	$	200,000
Estimated Filing Fees	$	0
Estimated Legal Fees	$	200,000
Registration Fees	$	92,700

Item 14.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Ohio Revised Code, Section 1701.13(E), allows indemnification by the Registrant to any person made or threatened to be made a party to any proceedings, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Registrant, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant, against expenses, including judgment and fines, if he acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and, with respect to criminal actions, in which he had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Similar provisions apply to actions brought by or in the right of the Registrant, except that no indemnification shall be made in such cases when the person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct to the Registrant unless deemed otherwise by the court. Indemnifications are to be made by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors or the written opinion of independent counsel or by the shareholders    or by the court.

Article VI of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Code of Regulations includes the following provisions related to indemnification of its directors, officers, employees and agents.

ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or member of a committee of the Corporation or that, being or having been such a director or officer of the Corporation, he or she is or was serving at the request of an executive officer of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whenever the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as such a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Ohio General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), or by other applicable law as then in effect, against all expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, the cost of reasonable settlements with or without suit, attorneys’ fees, costs of investigation, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) or other federal or state acts) actually incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors, and administrators. Except as provided in ARTICLE VI Section 2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or ratified by the Board                of Directors of the Corporation. To the extent any of the indemnification provisions set forth above prove to be ineffective for any reason in furnishing the indemnification provided, each of the persons named above shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law.

1.1 Advancements. The right to indemnification conferred in this ARTICLE VI Section 1 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”). An advancement of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his omission or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Corporation or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best interests of the Corporation. An advancement of expenses shall not be made if the Corporation’s Board of Directors makes a good faith determination that such payment would violate applicable law.

Part II - Page 1

Section 2. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under ARTICLE VI Section 1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. The indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this ARTICLE VI upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for an advancement of expenses, where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation), and thereafter the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the indemnitee is so entitled.

2.1 No Defense or Presumption. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall be a defense to the suit or create a presumption that the indemnitee is not so entitled.

Section 3. Nonexclusivity and Survival of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, Code of Regulations, agreement, vote of            stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Such rights shall also not be exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any rights to which such person may be entitled by contract with the Corporation, which is expressly permitted hereby.

3.1    Amendments. Notwithstanding any amendment to or repeal of this ARTICLE VI, or of any of the procedures established by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE VI Section 6, any indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification in accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof with respect to any acts or omissions of such indemnitee occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

3.2    Survival of Rights. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VI shall, notwithstanding any amendment to or repeal of this ARTICLE VI, inure to the benefit of any person who otherwise may be entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this ARTICLE VI (or the estate or personal representative of such person) for a period of six (6) years after the date such person’s service to or in behalf of the Corporation shall have terminated or for such longer period as may be required in the event of a lengthening in the applicable statute of limitations.

Section 4. Insurance, Contracts, and Funding. The Corporation may, to the full extent then permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection, including but not limited to trust funds, letters of credit or self- insurance, on behalf of or for any persons described in this ARTICLE VI, against any liability asserted against and incurred by any such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability, loss and/or expense under the Ohio General Corporation Law. The Corporation may enter into contracts with any indemnitee in furtherance of the provisions of this ARTICLE VI and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this ARTICLE VI. Insurance may be purchased from or maintained with a person in which the Corporation has a financial interest.

Section 5. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, authorize one or more executive officers to grant rights to advancement of expenses to employees or agents of the Corporation on such terms and conditions no less stringent than provided in ARTICLE VI Section 1 hereof as such officer or officers deem appropriate under the circumstances. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to employees or agents or groups of employees or agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the provisions of this ARTICLE VI with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and members of a committee of the Corporation; provided, however, that an undertaking shall be made by an employee or agent only if required by the Board of Directors.

Part II - Page 2

Section 6. Procedures for the Submission of Claims. The Board of Directors may establish reasonable procedures for the submission of claims for indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE VI, determination of the entitlement of any person thereto, and review of any such determination.

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company (“MassMutual”), the Registrant’s parent company, maintains, at its expense, Directors and Officers Liability and Company Reimbursement Liability Insurance. The Directors and Officers Liability portion of such policy covers all directors and officers of MassMutual and of the companies which are, directly or indirectly, more than 50% owned by MassMutual, which includes the Registrant. The policy provides for payment on behalf of the directors and officers, up to the policy limits and after expenditure of a specified deductible, of all Loss (as defined) from claims made against them during the policy period for defined wrongful acts, and neglect or breach of duty by directors and officers in the discharge of their individual or collective duties as such. The insurance includes the cost of investigations and defenses, appeals, and settlements and judgments, but not fines or penalties imposed by law. The insurance does not cover any claims arising out of acts alleged to have been committed prior to December 31, 1996, or in the case of companies directly or indirectly 50% owned by MassMutual, which includes the Registrant, such later date as MassMutual or its predecessors may be deemed to control the company. The prior acts effective date for the Registrant is May 28, 2021. The policy contains various exclusions and reporting requirements.

Item 15.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not applicable

Item 16.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

(1) Principal Underwriting Agreement between Great American Life Insurance Company and Great American Advisors, Inc. effective as of February 2, 2018 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on April 24, 2018. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(2) Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession—Not applicable.

(3)(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation are incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No.  333-207914.

(3)(ii) Amended and Restated Code of Regulations is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(4)(a) Contracts

(1) Index Frontier^® 7 Pro Individual Deferred Annuity Contract (Form No. P1833521NW) is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 9, 2021. 1933 Act File No. 333- 333-252915.

(2) Index Frontier^® 5 Pro Individual Deferred Annuity Contract (Form No. P1833421NW) is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 9, 2021. 1933 Act File No. 333- 333-252915.

(3) Endorsement-Limitations on Transfer or Assignment (Form No. E1824618NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on April 24, 2018. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(4)(b) Tax Endorsements

(1) Inherited Contract Endorsement (Form No. E1091612NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(2) Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement (Form No. E6004010NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre- Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(3) Roth Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement (Form No. E6004108NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(4) Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement (Form No. E6004202NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(5) Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement for Inherited IRA (Form No. E6014407NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

Part II - Page 3

(6) Governmental Section  457 Plan Endorsement (Form No. E6004505NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre- Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(7) Tax Sheltered Annuity Endorsement (Form No. E6004308NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(8) Tax Sheltered Annuity Endorsement (Form No. E6004308NW) (TSA 403(B)/Roth 403(B)) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on November 21, 2017. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(9) Qualified Pension, Profit Sharing and Annuity Plan Endorsement (Form No. E6004405NW) (401(A), Pension or Profit Sharing) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on November 21, 2017. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(4)(c) Strategy Endorsements

(1) S&P 500 Conserve Indexed Strategy-Crediting Strategy Endorsement-Index Gain Subject to a Maximum Gain for the Term-No Index Loss (Maximum Loss 0%)-Bailout Feature (Form No. E1822517NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on November 21, 2017. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(2) S&P 500 Growth Indexed Strategy-Crediting Strategy Endorsement-Index Gain Subject to a Maximum Gain for the Term-Index Loss Subject to a Maximum Loss of 10% Each Term-Bailout Feature (Form No. E1822617NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on November 21, 2017. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(3) iShares U.S. Real Estate Conserve Indexed Strategy-Crediting Strategy Endorsement-Index Gain Subject to a Maximum Gain for the Term-No Index Loss (Maximum Loss 0%)-Bailout Feature (Form No. E1822917NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on November 21, 2017. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(4) iShares U.S. Real Estate Growth Indexed Strategy-Crediting Strategy Endorsement-Index Gain Subject to a Maximum Gain for the Term-Index Loss Subject to a Maximum Loss of 10% Each Term-Bailout Feature (Form No. E1823017NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on November 21, 2017. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(5) iShares U.S. MSCI EAFE Conserve Indexed Strategy-Crediting Strategy Endorsement-Index Gain Subject to a Maximum Gain for the Term-No Index Loss (Maximum Loss 0%)-Bailout Feature (Form No. E1829620NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 16, 2020. 1933 Act File No. 333-229687.

(6) iShares U.S. MSCI EAFE Growth Indexed Strategy-Crediting Strategy Endorsement-Index Gain Subject to a Maximum Gain for the Term-Index Loss Subject to a Maximum Loss of 10% Each Term-Bailout Feature (Form No. E1829720NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 16, 2020. 1933 Act File No. 333-229687.

(7) S&P 500 Buffer Indexed Strategy-Crediting Strategy Endorsement-Index Gain Subject to a Maximum Gain for the Term-Index Loss Subject by Buffer Each Term-Bailout Feature (Form No. E1829820NW) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 16, 2020. 1933 Act File No. 333-229687.

(4)(d) Waiver Riders

(1) Terminal Illness Waiver Rider (Form No. R1462416NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(2) Extended Care Waiver Rider (Form No. R1462316NW) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(3) California Extended Care Waiver Rider (Form No. R1462316CA) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on February 16, 2016. 1933 Act File No. 333-207914.

(5) Opinion re Legality is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 27, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(8) Opinion re Tax Matters—Not applicable.

(9) Voting Trust Agreement—Not applicable.

(10) Material Contracts

(a) Administrative Services Agreement between MassMutual Life Insurance Company, Great American Life Insurance Company, Annuity Investors Life Insurance Company, and Manhattan National Life Insurance Company effective May 28, 2021 is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(b) Amendment No. 1 to Administrative Services Agreement between MassMutual Life Insurance Company, Great American Life Insurance Company, Annuity Investors Life Insurance Company, and Manhattan National Life Insurance Company effective August 5, 2021 is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(c) Leased Employee Agreement among Glidepath Holdings Inc., Great American Life Insurance Company, Annuity Investors Life Insurance Company, and Manhattan National Life Insurance Company effective May 28, 2021 is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(11) Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings—Not applicable.

(12) Statements re Computation of Ratios—Not applicable.

(15) Letter re Unaudited Interim Financial Information—Not applicable.

(16) Letter re Change in Certifying Accountant—Not applicable.

Part II - Page 4

(21) Subsidiaries of the Registrant—Information about the subsidiaries of Great American Life Insurance Company is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(23) (a) Consent of legal counsel is included in Opinion re Legality that is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 27, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(b) Consent of independent registered public accounting firm will be filed by subsequent amendment.

(24) (a) Power of Attorney – Dominic L. Blue is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(b) Power of Attorney – Susan M. Cicco is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(c) Power of Attorney – Geoffrey J. Craddock is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(d) Power of Attorney – Roger W. Crandall is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(e) Power of Attorney – Michael R. Fanning is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(f) Power of Attorney – Paul A. LaPiana is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(g) Power of Attorney – Mark F. Muething is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(h) Power of Attorney – Michael J. O’Connor is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(i) Power of Attorney – Eric W. Partlan is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(j) Power of Attorney – Gareth F. Ross is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(k) Power of Attorney – Arthur W. Wallace is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(l) Power of Attorney – Elizabeth A. Ward is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Great American Life Insurance Company on January 6, 2022. 1933 Act File No. 333-262032.

(25) Statement of Eligibility of Trustee—Not applicable.

(26) Invitation for Competitive Bids—Not applicable.

(99) Additional Exhibits – None

(101) Interactive Data File will be filed by subsequent amendment.

(b) Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statement of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Supplementary Data:

Supplementary Insurance Information

(c) Calculation of Filing Fee Tables is filed herewith.

Part II - Page 5

Item 17.     Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment    shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)    That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)    That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(6)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Part II - Page 6

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

Number	Exhibit Description
107	Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the Individual Index-linked Modified Single Premium Deferred Annuity Contracts to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on March 31, 2022.

	Great American Life Insurance Company
March 31, 2022	By:	/s/ Christopher P. Miliano
		Christopher P. Miliano
		Head of GALIC Finance and Treasurer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the Individual Index-linked Modified Single Premium Deferred Annuity Contracts has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Capacity	Date
/s/ Dominic L. Blue* Dominic L. Blue*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Susan M. Cicco* Susan M. Cicco*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Geoffrey J. Craddock* Geoffrey J. Craddock*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Roger W. Crandall* Roger W. Crandall*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Michael R. Fanning* Michael R. Fanning*	Director Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)	March 31, 2022
/s/ Paul A. LaPiana* Paul A. LaPiana*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Christopher P. Miliano Christopher P. Miliano	Head of GALIC Finance and Treasurer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)	March 31, 2022
/s/ Mark F. Muething* Mark F. Muething*	President Chief Operating Officer Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Michael J. O’Connor* Michael J. O’Connor*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Eric W. Partlan* Eric W. Partlan*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Gareth F. Ross* Gareth F. Ross*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Arthur W. Wallace* Arthur W. Wallace*	Director	March 31, 2022
/s/ Elizabeth A. Ward* Elizabeth A. Ward*	Director	March 31, 2022

*By: /s/ John P. Gruber	As Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to powers of attorney filed herewith
John P. Gruber

Date: March 31, 2022